Roex, Inc. Launches New Website to Educate Public on the Proven Healing Powers of Nutritional Supplements

Roex, Inc., The Anti-Aging Company, will launch a new corporate website on Friday, January 26 to help educate the public about the benefits and healing properties of nutritional supplements.

The new website, found at www.roex.com, contains in-depth product information, links to scientific and medical studies and current news articles that discuss the positive benefits of nutritional supplements. “Roex.com is an excellent communication platform that allows us to educate people from all over the world about the importance of good nutrition and the vital role nutrients play in the body’s ability to heal itself,” states Rod Burreson, Founder and CEO of Roex.

Burreson, now 73, is certainly no stranger to the need to heal. A one time amateur body builder and avid student of the martial arts, as well as a former member of the U.S. Navy wrestling team, Burreson has broken many bones, some repeatedly. After breaking his right knee for a fourth time, physicians told him he would never walk again without a brace unless he had knee replacement surgery. Burreson took the opportunity to learn everything he could to rebuild his knee without surgery. “My journey led me to really understand the body, the mind and the true meaning of rehabilitation,” recalls Burreson. “With this dedication I created a company named Roex after my son Rex was killed in an airplane crash. My goal with Roex was to create products that truly work and are affordable, but without comprising on quality.”

In 1994 Roex launched its flagship product PC-95, an antioxidant that contains 95% proanthocyanidin, which are known to be 50 times more effective than Vitamin E and 20 times more effective than Vitamin C. It’s no wonder that today, PC-95 is still one of Roex’s top-selling products among the 56 nutritional supplements Roex now markets that address structure and function of the body.

In 1995 Roex launched a daily talk radio show called The Truth About Nutrition, which features high-adrenaline commentary from Burreson on current – and sometimes controversial – medical news and discusses the dangers associated with some of today’s prescription medications. The show also offers listeners viable, affordable and natural solutions to various health problems. The Truth About Nutrition is broadcast live in over 60 markets across the US and also via the Internet at www.roex.com and includes calls from listeners around the country requesting Burreson’s advice on managing various health ailments including pain, lack of sleep, sugar problems and more.

With Burreson’s extensive knowledge in the medical and nutritional fields, he offers some powerful and compelling information for his listeners. So compelling, that Burreson has often times been challenged by healthcare professionals, putting Roex under the scrutiny of the public eye. According to Burreson, that’s a position that suits him just fine. “I challenge anyone, ANYONE, in the medical field who prescribes some of today’s popular medicines to call me and try to convince me that the drugs they are prescribing are the best solutions to structure and function problems and overall long-term health. It’s just simply not possible. Most of the drugs prescribed today are dangerous and only mask symptoms and temporarily alleviate the problem. They are blockers, not enhancers to the body’s chemistry.”

Roex plans to market several products heavily in 2007, including an innovative nutritional supplement called Cell Talk, which has shown promising results in the ability to increase cell communication, thereby helping the body to get the proper message to the immune system. Future plans for the Roex website include audio and video educational clips and an interactive discussion forum for consumers.

Roex was founded in 1994 and today markets over 56 nutritional products and is one the fastest growing companies in the nutritional supplements industry. The Truth About Nutrition radio show airs live Monday-Friday at 12:00PM EST out of ABC Studios in New York City and can be heard in over 60 markets across the country. Listeners can also tune in live via the Roex website and also listen to archived versions of previous shows. Additional information can be found by visiting www.roex.com.

Arabian Leopard

Arabian leopard (Panthera pardus nimr) is a smaller subspecies of leopard than that of its cousins in Asia and Africa. It is a critically endangered and their population trend is still declining. The Arabian leopard lives in Israel, UAE, Yemen and Oman.

Habitat & Behavior

They are not leopards of the open desert and bush, but instead live in the high mountains of Arabia. It preys on mountain goats, foxes, and other mountain-dwelling animals. Each adult leopard has their own range that they violently defend from other leopards of their own sex. The male’s range might overlap that of several other females. Inside these ranges, the leopards hunt, mate, and raise young. In this dry terrain they require large territories in order to find enough food, which means that even at the best of times there have never been many leopards in this area.

Anatomy

Very light in color, the deep golden yellow between the black rosettes is only present on the animal’s back. The rest of the body is beige to grayish-white. At about 66.14 lb (30 kg) for the male and around 44.1 lb (20 kg) for the female, the Arabian leopard is much smaller than most of the African and Asian races.

Diet and Hunting

As many of their natural prey species such as the tahr and the mountain gazelle are virtually extinct, Arabian leopards often have to turn to domestic stock, mainly goats, for food bringing them into direct conflict with man. They also prey on foxes, or any other small mammal or bird. They will also readily eat carrion. These secretive animals hunt mainly around dawn and dusk but stay active throughout the night. They spend the hot hours of the day in a shady place that has an unobstructed view.

Population

This subspecies of leopard is critically endangered.

Takeda Global Research & Development Center, Inc. Names Dr. Mehmood Khan President

DEERFIELD, Ill., Jan. 19 /PRNewswire/ — Takeda Global Research & Development Center, Inc. announced that Mehmood Khan, M.D., has been named president, reporting to Dr. Masaomi Miyamoto, general manager, pharmaceutical development division, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited. Formerly senior vice president of medical and scientific affairs for Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc., Dr. Khan replaces Dr. John Yates as president.

Established in January 2004, Takeda Global Research & Development Center, Inc. integrated the clinical development activity of the Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc. research and development group and Takeda’s European research and development operation into one organization. The organization’s mission is to develop new product candidates, to conduct post-marketing clinical studies and identify and develop innovative lifecycle management approaches for marketed drugs.

“We are extremely pleased that Dr. Mehmood Khan is joining Takeda Global Research & Development Center, Inc. as president. Dr. Khan is a proven leader who brings a wealth of both academic and clinical experience to this role,” said Dr. Masaomi Miyamoto, general manager, pharmaceutical development division, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited. “Dr. Khan’s familiarity with Takeda’s global operations and his expertise in patient care will be invaluable as we work toward identifying and developing new approaches to unmet patient needs through new product candidates and successful post-marketing clinical studies.”

Dr. Khan joined Takeda in January 2003 as vice president, medical and scientific affairs from the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minn., where he served as consultant physician in Endocrinology and director of the Diabetes, Endocrine and Nutrition Clinical Trials Unit in Mayo’s division of endocrinology. At Takeda, Dr. Khan was responsible for leading all aspects of medical and scientific affairs for all of Takeda’s marketed products in the United States.

Takeda’s medical and scientific affairs department comprises several functions including medical affairs, medical services, education and scientific affairs, clinical and scientific publications and regional scientific managers.

During his tenure, Dr. Khan also directed the department’s support of launch and market entries of ROZEREM(TM) (ramelteon), AMITIZA(TM) (lubiprostone) and ACTOS(R) (pioglitazone HCl) combination products; the expanded presence of Regional Scientific Managers; the development of strategic publications plans across all therapeutic areas, as well as implemented non-promotional education grants program in accordance with industry guidelines, and formalized outcomes research function to support and communicate therapeutic value throughout the product lifecycle.

Dr. Khan earned his medical degree from the University of Liverpool Medical School, England, and completed a fellowship in clinical endocrinology in the Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. He also has served on numerous state and national committees of the American Diabetes Association, the Minneapolis Medical Research Foundation and the National Institutes of Health. Additionally, he held several visiting professorships, has published extensively and presented at many medical meetings.

Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc. and Takeda Global Research & Development Center, Inc.

Based in Deerfield, Ill., Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, the largest pharmaceutical company in Japan. In the United States, Takeda currently markets products for oral diabetes, insomnia, wakefulness and gastroenterology. Through the Takeda Global Research & Development Center, Inc. the company has a robust pipeline with compounds in development for diabetes, cardiovascular disease and other conditions. Takeda is committed to striving toward better health for individuals and progress in medicine by developing superior pharmaceutical products. To learn more about the company and its products, visit http://www.tpna.com/ and http://www.tgrd.com/ .

Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc.; Takeda Global Research &

CONTACT: Jocelyn M. Gerst of Takeda Global Research & DevelopmentCenter, Inc., +1-224-554-5542, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.tpna.com/http://www.tgrd.com/

Cuban Solenodon

The Cuban Solenodon (Solenodon cubanus), known as the Almiqui in Cuba, is a soricomorph native to Cuba. It belongs to the family Solenodontidae along with a similar species, the Hispaniola Solenodon (Solenodon paradoxus). The solenodon is unusual among mammals in that its saliva is venomous.

Appearance

With small eyes, and dark brown to black hair, it is sometimes compared to a shrew. It most closely resembles members of the family Tenrecidae, of Madagascar. It is 16 to 22 inches (40 to 55 centimeters) long from nose to tail. It resembles a large brown rat with an extremely elongated snout and a long, naked, scaly tail.

Status

While it is not yet extinct, it is still an endangered species. This is in part because it only breeds a single litter of one to three in a year.

USC University Hospital Dedicates The New Norris Inpatient Tower

Officials of USC University Hospital (USCUH), Tenet Healthcare Corporation and the University of Southern California on Wednesday dedicated the Norris Inpatient Tower, a 10-story, $150-million addition to USCUH in a ceremony attended by hospital staff, administrators, volunteers, physicians, and governing board members.

“Today marks another important milestone for USC/Norris Cancer Hospital and USC University Hospital that will further our shared mission of treating life-threatening disease and supporting advanced medical research,” said Debbie Walsh, the administrator and chief operating officer of both hospitals. “More than eight years and thousands of hours have gone into the careful planning of this new patient tower. We’re excited to finally share it with the community.”

Covering more than 193,000 square feet, the new Norris Inpatient Tower includes 146 patient beds; 96 percent of the beds are in private rooms and many are dedicated to the care of cancer patients. The new tower is attached to the main USCUH facility, which increases patient care efficiency by making it easily accessible to medical staff, patients and their families.

The Norris Inpatient Tower is equipped with advanced medical technology to support the latest in clinical care. Eleven new operating rooms nearly double USCUH’s surgical capacity and includes three ultra-modern operating suites that are primarily for minimally invasive surgeries. A fourth suite will be equipped with highly advanced intra-operative magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) equipment that will give surgeons real-time patient images and feedback during surgery, enabling them to perform even more precise neurosurgical procedures.

Additional features of the Norris Inpatient Tower’s advancements in medicine and patient care include:

An entire floor specifically designed for medical oncology inpatient care. Every room on this floor is equipped with a positive pressure system designed to shield immune suppressed patients from airborne contaminants.

A satellite pharmacy on the medical oncology floor to provide immediate chemotherapy needs to oncology patients.

A sterile processing department with some of the most advanced equipment available, including two walk-in sterilization chambers that are about five feet tall and six feet long — large enough to sterilize three operating room carts of equipment at a time.

Dedicated elevators that connect the sterile processing department to the surgery suite, which will improve efficiency.

As one of only two major university-affiliated teaching centers in Los Angeles, the new Norris Inpatient Tower adds to Los Angeles’ capacity for advanced medical research in the ongoing search for cures and treatments for cancer and other life-threatening diseases.

In the 15 years since opening its doors, USCUH has consistently grown its capacity to care for some of the area’s most acutely sick patients and has become one of “America’s Best Hospitals” as reported by U.S. News & World Report.

“USCUH is one of the youngest hospitals in the area, and we’re proud of the fast pace of accomplishments we’ve achieved through our expansion. This growth has contributed to our ability to provide high quality care for our patients,” said Walsh. “The dedication of the new Norris Inpatient Tower is the perfect capstone to celebrate the hospital’s 15th anniversary year.”

ABOUT USC UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL

USC University Hospital (USCUH) and USC/Norris Cancer Hospital, part of Tenet California, are private, research and teaching hospitals staffed by the faculty of the renowned Keck School of Medicine of the University of Southern California. USCUH and USC/Norris offer patients the compassionate environment of private hospitals hand-in-hand with the extensive experience and research capabilities of a prominent medical school. Both hospitals are fully accredited by the Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. To learn more, visit http://www.uscuh.com or call (323) 442-8500.

Birthsbirths

DEC. 26, 2006

Donna Hendren, Grensboro, twin girls

DEC. 27, 2006

Heather and Brian Woods, Madison, a girl

DEC. 29, 2006

Kimberly and Charles Purvis, Ramseur, a boy

Brooke Williams, Greensboro, a boy

Amy and Daniel Hicks, High Point, a boy

Tricia and Shane Gaydon, Winston–Salem, a boy

Krystal and Jonathan Lipford, Greensboro, a boy

Maggie Reyes, Greensboro, a boy

Kendall Gavin Tomalas, Greensboro, a boy

Elvia Flores–Vallie, High Point, a girl

Ann and Brian Sumner, Greensboro, twin girls

Dannielle Faulkner, Stoneville, a boy

Rebecca and James Chesson, Callands, Va., a boy

Tina and Kevin Mims, Burlington, a boy

Dawn and Kirk Gibson, High Point, a girl

Tarmara Speller, Greensboro, a girl

Sharon and Gregory Smith, Siler City, a girl

Amy Varinoski, Mebane, a girl

Mayra and Leoner Martinez, Greensboro, a girl

Lori and Anthony Wall, Greensboro, a boy

Khia Scott and Rayshawn Person, Greensboro, a girl

Anna and Randy Price, Greensboro, a boy

DEC. 30, 2006

Kendrice Johnson, Greensboro, a boy

Holly and David Jones, Greensboro, a girl

Tijwana and Dion Walker, Greensboro, a girl

Latoya Sligh, Greensboro, a girl

Lashonna Crafton, Greensboro, a boy and a girl

Patricia Hege, Pleasant Garden, a boy

Fatoumata Kimba, Greensboro, a boy

DEC. 31, 2006

Danielle and Scott King, Jamestown, a girl

Kimberly and Jeffrey Rosenbaum, Mayodan, a girl

Janna and Randall Smith, Graham, a girl

Allison and Steve Long, Kernersville, a boy

JAN. 1, 2006

Kimberly and Jeremy Easley, Walkertown, a boy

Jennifer Contreras, Greensboro, a girl

Sabra Seagraves, Greensboro, twin girls

Lorie Lamb, Randleman, a boy

Lamonday Allen, Pleasant Garden, a girl

Tracey and Brian Myers, Greensboro, a girl

JAN. 2, 2006

Danyelle and Dale Kearns, Pleasant Garden, a girl

Catherine and Joel Woodard, Climax, a boy

Mindy and Timothy Childress, Greensboro, a boy

Anita Almanzar, Greensboro, a boy

Sandy and Homer Wilkins, Julian, a boy

Phoung Doan and Sinh Pham, Greensboro, a girl

Angeline Brown, High Point, a girl

Leila and Chris King, Winston–Salem, a girl

Shelley and Richard Sessoms, Thomasville, a girl

Tameka Bedgood, Greensboro, a girl

Hilda Zacardias, Greensboro, a boy

Amy and Dean Schimmenti, High Point, a girl

Kimberly and Stephen Prater, Greensboro, a boy

JAN. 3, 2006

Monia Talhaoui and Abdelwahed Faidy, Greensboro, a girl

Princess Striblin, Greensboro, a girl

Sonja Alexander, Greensboro, a boy

Clairise Watkins, Greensboro, a boy

Ronell and Lloyd Kiensler, Greensboro, a girl

Roxanne Hayne, Browns Summit, a girl

Syreeta Williams, Greensboro, a boy

Natassia and Eric Payne, Greensboro, a girl

Holly McKinney, Colfax, a girl

JAN. 4, 2007

Yadira Mendoz–Pinacho, Greensboro, a boy

Adriana Lopez and Antonio Ramirez, Greensboro, a girl

Katina Rudd, Greensboro, a girl

Cindy Gibbs, Greensboro, a girl

Bandana and Navayan Khadka, Greensboro, a girl

Courtney Peeden, Greensboro, a boy

Christy and Giles Kirksey, Greensboro, a girl

Mhajrika Graves, Greensboro, a boy

Andrea Caperton, Greensboro, a boy

Stephanie and Wayne Hager, Randleman, a boy

Kimberly and Jason Aufderhar, High Point, a boy

Noemi Reyes–Juarez and Carlos Arellano, Greensboro, a boy

Meredith and Billy Dillon, Greensboro, a boy

Kiesha Charles, Greensboro, a girl

Sarah and Tracy Chrisman, Greensboro, a girl

JAN. 5, 2007

Rhonitta Hayes and Edward Hayes Jr., Greensboro, a boy

Bianca and Jeffrey Kiddy, Oak Ridge, a girl

Shameka Graves, Greensboro, a girl

Comfort Nyadzor, Greensboro, a girl

Melanie and Anthony Meadors, Greensboro, a girl

Christina Drzymalski, Greensboro, a girl

Lynn and Jason Crown, Summerfield, a girl

Danielle and Jack Gerringer, Greensboro, a girl

Laquita Smith, Greensboro, a boy

JAN. 6, 2007

Conzuela Cogdell, Greensboro, a boy

Jaime Peterson, Greensboro, a girl

Michelle and Thang Che, Greensboro, a girl

Tamara and Chris Andrews, Greensboro, a girl

Maria and Rafael Toledo, Greensboro, a girl

Pamela Hendrix, Greensboro, a boy

Karen Fox, Greensboro, a girl

Julie and Aaron Pendegraph, Summerfield, a boy

Sherricka and Christopher Stanley, Greensboro, a boy

Maria Sarao–Diaz, Greensboro, a boy

Noel Byers, Greensboro, a boy

JAN. 7, 2007

Rebecca and Brad Austin, Haw River, a girl

Kara and Todd Carrick, Madison, a boy

Kelly and Michael Benamati, Greensboro, a boy

Hmok Kbuor and Yngen Nlo, Greensboro, a girl

Lavanda Ross, Whitsett, a girl

Melanie and Rodney Herring, Burlington, a girl

Lori and Shawn Columbia, Franklinville, a girl

Lori Graves, McLeansville, a boy

Devona Hampton, Browns Summit, a girl

Patrician Redd, High Point, a boy

Amanda and Michael Stone, High Point, a boy

Clancie Joyce, Stoneville, a boy

Thamara and Steven Duncan, Greensboro, a boy

(c) 2007 Greensboro News Record. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Stomach Cancer Likely Killed Napoleon

By MATT CRENSON

NEW YORK – Napoleon Bonaparte died a more prosaic death than some people would like to think, succumbing to stomach cancer rather than arsenic poisoning, according to new research into what killed the French emperor.

Theories that Napoleon was poisoned with arsenic have abounded since 1961, when an analysis of his hair showed elevated levels of the toxic element.

But the latest review of the 1821 autopsy report just after he died concludes the official cause of death – stomach cancer – is correct.

The autopsy describes a tumor in his stomach that was 4 inches long. Comparing that description to modern cases, main author Dr. Robert M. Genta of the University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas and an international team of researchers surmised that a growth so extensive could not have been a benign stomach ulcer.

“I have never seen an ulcer of that size that is not cancer,” said Genta, a professor of pathology and internal medicine.

Further analysis suggested that his stomach cancer had reached a stage that is virtually incurable even with modern medical technology. People with similar cancers today usually die within a year.

The autopsy and other historical sources indicate that the rotund French leader had lost about 20 pounds in the last few months of his life, another sign of stomach cancer. His stomach also contained a dark material similar to coffee grounds, a telltale sign of extensive bleeding in the digestive tract. The massive bleeding was likely the immediate cause of death, Genta and his colleagues concluded.

Historical sources also don’t mention many typical signs of arsenic poisoning, such as discoloration of the fingernails, pre-cancerous blemishes on the feet and hands, cancers of the skin, lung and bladder and bleeding from the wall that separates the heart’s lower chambers.

“Can we rule out the arsenic theory? I think we have some evidence against it,” Genta said. “We cannot exclude it 100 percent, but I think we are pretty confident it’s unlikely.”

Dr. Steven B. Karch, who has also studied the case, believes Napoleon still could have been killed by arsenic or one of several medicines he received in his final days. Arsenic alone or in combination with other substances can cause fatal heartbeat irregularities, he said.

Napoleon died at age 52 while in exile on the South Atlantic island of St. Helena where he was banished after his defeat at Waterloo.

“I would say this was death by medical misadventure,” said Karch, who works as an assistant medical examiner in San Francisco.

Some medical historians have pointed out that Napoleon’s father died of stomach cancer or something like it, suggesting a possible family history of the disease. But Genta and his team speculate that Napoleon’s cancer was most likely triggered by an ulcer.

He could have been infected by the ulcer-causing bacterium Helicobacter pylori during one of his military campaigns, when a diet high in salted meats and low in fresh vegetables would have made him particularly susceptible.

The study appears in the January issue of Nature Clinical Practice Gastroenterology & Hepatology, which is available online. Besides Genta, study authors include researchers from the University Hospital of Basel and the Canton Hospital of Aarau, Switzerland; and McGill University in Montreal.

On the Net:

Nature journals: http://www.nature.com

Amazing 4D Scans Reveal Never Before Seen Images of Unborn Twins,Triplets and Quads

TRIPLETS cuddle up for the perfect family portrait – but these babies haven’t been born yet.

This amazing computer-generated image was created by anew window into the womb – 4D ultrasound.

Its high frequency sound waves produce images of inside the body – like atraditional ultrasound scan.

With the 4D scan, however, sound waves bounce back more angles to make amore detailed, moving image.

Now scientists have used the scans to make clearer CG images and life-size silicone models of what it looks like inside the womb.

They’ve discovered that twins and triplets often jostle for space and reach out for each other.

It sometimes even appears as if they are kissing.

Scots obstetrician Professor Stuart Campbell, the pioneer of 4D scans inthe UK, performed the scans for a groundbreaking National Geographic documentary In the Womb: Twins, Triplets, Quads.

The show follows the development of twins and triplets.

It even shows a very rare set of identical quads in their quest for survival.

In The Womb: Twins, Triplets, Quads is on the National Geographic Channel on Sunday at 8pm and on Channel 4 on February 15 at 9pm.

TINY FAMILY’S EARLY LOSS

THIS 4D ultrasound scan at 12 weeks reveals the pregnancy should have been triplets.

However, the empty placenta, on the right, shows vanished twin syndrome – leaving only two babies developing.

The condition arises when a foetus dies and is re-absorbed into the womb, often in the early stages of pregnancy.

Doctors believe it happens in 11 per cent of pregnancies.

UP CLOSE, BUT PERSONAL

FRATERNAL twins at 20 to 30 weeks development are portrayed in these silicone models.

Unlike identical twins, these foetuses are created by separately fertilised eggs and so grow within their own individual placenta and amniotic sac, which prevents them from touching each other during pregnancy.

ALL FOUR ONE, ONE FOUR ALL

THESE silicone models are copies of the quads carried by Julie Carles, who gave birth last year.

The rare foursome are identical, which means their mum’s fertilised egg first split into two, then each of those embryos split again.

This amazing image of the foetuses recreates their development at seven months into the pregnancy.

WOMB WITH A VIEW

IN the later stages of pregnancy, it is usually difficult to capture triplets on one scan because they have grown too big. But this computer-generated image gives us a rare look inside the womb and into their world.

AROOM TO SHARE

THIS image of brotherly love was recreated using silicone models to portray how identical twin boys at 20 to 30 weeks gestation would look.

Snuggled together in the same placenta, these two measure just 20cm from crown to rump – around the length of daddy’s hand – and would weigh around 350grams at this stage in their development.

MAGIC OF THAT FIRST KISS

THIS certainly is a close family.

The amazing new 4D scan technology appears to show these unborn twins getting up close and personal for a brotherly kiss.

Experts now believe such interaction between foetuses aids their development.

It is thought that the close contact within the womb may be mirrored in their social behaviour after the children are born.

The Highflying Pilot, Unfaithful Wife and a $15,000 Hitman ; TV WATCH

By VICTOR LEWIS-SMITH

Snapped: Women Who Kill Crime Channel

WHAT with our glorious Prime Minister endorsing humanity’s inalienable right to unlimited cheap air travel (and never mind about global warming), there’s never been a better time to launch your own airline. But if you do, take my advice and be careful what you call yourself, because I’ve overheard many a frustrated passenger inventing cruelly unfair explanations for airline acronyms, while staring disconsolately at the “delayed flights” screen in airports.

There’s ALITALIA (Airplane Lands in Toronto and Luggage In Australia), BWIA (But Will It Arrive?), PIA (Please Inform Allah), and EL AL (either Every Landing Always Late or Exploded Luggage Airliner Lost), not to mention obscene ones like LUFTHANSA ( Let Us F*** The Hostess As No Steward Available) and QANTAS (Queenies and Nymphomaniac Transvestite Air Stewards).

And although these humorous acronyms have apparently done no damage to the airlines in question, there are some experts who still maintain that the once-famous BOAC airline finally went out of business because its lettering could be rendered as Better On a Camel.

DELTA has been said to stand for Don’t Expect Loved-ones to Arrive, and that explanation seemed eerily relevant last night as I watched Snapped: Women Who Kill. Stephen Craven was a Delta pilot based in Cincinnati, we were told, but somebody clearly didn’t regard him as a loved one, because when he arrived home on a July day in 2000, he immediately had his bonce smashed in with a crowbar, and it was then ventilated three times by gunshots, just to make sure he’d never fly again.

“It must have been a robbery,” his wife Adele sobbed to detectives when the corpse was found later that evening, but something about the programme’s title (and an opening sequence that highlighted the words “deceit, lies, greed, murder”) made me suspect that she might not be telling them the whole truth.

And once I’d read that this American-made series “chronicles the lives of female criminals and what makes them snap” I’d pretty much ruled out the almost-exclusively male crime of armed robbery, and decided that what the Ohio police needed to do was cherchez la femme. Not exactly a three-pipe problem Holmes.

Using the forensic, emotionless, “just the facts ma’am” style that makes these US crime programmes so infuriatingly watchable, the narration sketched out the backgrounds of Adele and Stephen’s lives. She’d grown up in a poor Hispanic part of Long Beach, California, while he was a (literally) highflying pilot on an annual salary of $200,000, and when they’d first met, married, and moved to Cincinnati, she’d regarded him as “a knight in shining armour” who’d enable her to live the American dream.

However, after a few years they began arguing about money, and Stephen’s frequent work-related absences from the marital home persuaded Adele to set up a decorating business with a local handyman named Rusty McIntyre, who turned out to be very handy indeed. So much so that the couple spent more time panting than painting, were frequently overcome with emulsion when alone together, and had even been caught in flagrante in the company vehicle by the local police (or to use the US vernacular, “when this van’s a rocking, don’t come a knocking”).

As Sherlock once observed, even the greatest criminal masterminds always make one mistake, but Adele had made them by the shedload. In the months before the murder, she’d told at least eight neighbours that she was thinking about hiring a hitman to kill her husband, and that she was praying his plane would crash; so as neither God nor gravity had apparently lived up to Adele’s expectations, the police not unreasonably assumed that it must have been murder, and arrested both Rusty and her.

Rusty soon confessed that they’d paid $15,000 to a hitman named Ronald Pryor to hide in the Craven house and murder Stephen ( after Adele had uttered the magic words “the ferret is loose”), and both men subsequently plea-bargained (to avoid a death sentence) by agreeing to testify against Adele.

Even so, she denied all knowledge of the plot, denounced Rusty as “an obsessed psycho”, and kept her “I’m innocent” story going through four years and two trials before finally remembering that, yes, actually, she had helped to kill her husband after all. Funny how a little thing like that can just slip your mind.

Given the willingness of US jurors and court officials to reveal every aspect of a case (something that is still not legal in the UK), these crime programmes can explore details that would turn the late Edgar Lustgarten green with envy (as opposed to green with decomposition).

And although we like to think of the female murderer as a rarity, the makers are already onto series three of this format, and show no sign of running out of suitable candidates, so I guess that what we’ve been told about sugar and spice and all things nice only applies to little girls, not grown women.

Presumably, some viewers find the idea of female murderers (like female wrestlers) to be mildly titillating, but I was simply depressed by Adele’s bleak story; and to judge from courtroom footage of this broken woman, she’d already begun serving that life sentence in the dungeon of her soul, long before the authorities decided to incarcerate her in the state penitentiary.

All she’d really needed was a short word with a divorce lawyer, instead of which she ended up with a very long sentence indeed, during which she can work out what led her to make the leap from decorating to decorticating.

(c) 2007 Evening Standard; London (UK). Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Specialty Pharmaceutical Industry Veteran Michael Cola Joins NuPathe Board of Directors

CONSHOHOCKEN, Pa., Jan. 16 /PRNewswire/ — NuPathe Inc., a privately held specialty pharmaceutical company, today announced the election of Michael Cola, president, Specialty Pharmaceutical Business, Shire Pharmaceuticals, to the NuPathe Board of Directors. Mr. Cola will also serve as a member of the Company’s Audit Committee.

Mr. Cola has more than 20 years of international pharmaceutical industry experience. He has served in leadership roles in product development and commercialization, mergers and consolidations, and general management. As president of Shire he is responsible for all aspects of the company’s global CNS, GI, Renal and Dermatology businesses.

Previously, Mr. Cola was group president life sciences of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc. and held progressively senior positions at Astra/Merck and AstraZeneca. As vice president, global clinical operations at AstraZeneca, he was responsible for a range of late stage clinical development resources. Mr. Cola was also instrumental in the spinout and growth of AstraMerck as well as the creation of an independent joint venture with Astra. Mr. Cola received a B.A. degree in biology and physics from Ursinus College and an M.S. in biomedical engineering from Drexel University.

“We are very pleased that an experienced specialty pharmaceutical industry professional of Mike Cola’s caliber has agreed to join the NuPathe board of directors. His extensive commercial, product development and business growth expertise will be extremely valuable as NuPathe continues to advance toward late stage development and product commercialization opportunities in the years ahead,” said Jane Hollingsworth, chief executive officer of NuPathe.

NuPathe also recently expanded the company’s senior management team with the addition of pharmaceutical industry veteran Mark W. Pierce, MD, PhD., as the company’s vice president research and development. Prior to joining NuPathe, Dr. Pierce was senior vice president research and development at Pfizer Inc. Earlier in his career he also held senior level positions in clinical development at Abbott Laboratories and Warner Lambert.

“As we continue to advance our development programs in the months ahead, the wide range of experience that both Dr. Pierce and Mike Cola bring to NuPathe will play an important role in guiding our efforts and in supporting the growth of our company,” Ms. Hollingsworth added.

About NuPathe

NuPathe specializes in the development of therapeutics for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders including migraine, Parkinson’s disease and schizophrenia. NuPathe’s lead product, NP101, uses SmartRelief(TM), the company’s novel, transdermal patch technology, to deliver sumatriptan, a widely-used therapy for the treatment of acute migraine. Pending regulatory review and approval, NP101 would be the first ever migraine treatment based on a transdermal patch delivery. Phase I clinical results for NP101 have thus far demonstrated rapid delivery of migraine medication and improved pharmacokinetics compared to current standard of care.

For additional information visit http://www.nupathe.com/.

NuPathe Inc.

CONTACT: Kim Angelastro at Berry & Company, +1-212-253-8881,[email protected]

Web site: http://www.nupathe.com/

The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society Launches New Co-Pay Assistance Program

WHITE PLAINS, N.Y., Jan. 16 /PRNewswire/ — Patients with blood cancers who have difficulty paying for or simply cannot afford their prescription drug co-pays or health insurance premiums can now apply for assistance from The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society.

The new program is available only to patients with myeloma, lymphoma and acute myelogenous leukemia. The Society will provide financial support for patients whose income is at or within 300 percent above the Federal Poverty Level. (Information on the Federal Poverty Level is available at http://aspe.hhs.gov/poverty/.)

“Receiving a diagnosis of a blood cancer is overwhelming and that devastating news can be compounded by an inability to afford the treatments,” said Dwayne Howell, the Society’s president and CEO. “The Society is trying to do what it can to help alleviate this burden for the patients that it serves.”

Requests for assistance will be processed on a first-come, first-served basis. Patients with private insurance, Medicare beneficiaries under Medicare part B and/or Medicare Part D, Medicare Supplementary Health Insurance or Medicare Advantage are eligible if they meet the income requirements.

Patients will need to fill out an application available online at http://www.lls.org/copay or by calling (877) LLS-COPAY. They will also have to provide a diagnosis and disease form, available online, completed and signed by their physician, that confirms a blood cancer diagnosis and lists prescribed medications.

For more information on the program visit http://www.lls.org/copay or call 877-LLS-COPAY.

About The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society

The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society(R), headquartered in White Plains, NY, with 66 chapters in the United States and Canada, is the world’s largest voluntary health organization dedicated to funding blood cancer research and providing education and patient services. The Society’s mission: Cure leukemia, lymphoma, Hodgkin’s disease and myeloma, and improve the quality of life of patients and their families. Since its founding in 1949, the Society has invested more than $483 million in research specifically targeting leukemia, lymphoma and myeloma. Last year alone, the Society made 4.2 million contacts with patients, caregivers and healthcare professionals.

For more information about blood cancer, visit http://www.lls.org/ or call the Society’s Information Resource Center (IRC), a call center staffed by master’s level social workers, nurses and health educators who provide information, support and resources to patients and their families and caregivers. IRC information specialists are available at (800) 955-4572, Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET.

   Contact: Andrea Greif            914.821.8958            [email protected]  

The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society

CONTACT: Andrea Greif of The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society,+1-914-821-8958, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.lls.org/

Eczema Study Reveals Severe Emotional Effects on School Children

The British Journal of Dermatology recently published a study that revealed school children are traumatized by eczema and other skin conditions. Although there are many treatments on the market, with new drugs being developed all the time, they only provide temporary relief of symptoms and even then, most are only recommended for adults. Meanwhile, the incidence of eczema in children continues to climb. Shielding lotion, a new eczema treatment that is safe for children and is now recommended by hundreds of dermatologists, may be the answer.

The study investigated the emotional effects of eczema on 379 children between the ages of 5 and 16. Researchers spoke with the children, their parents and caregivers. Results were compared with those obtained from interviews with parents of children with chronic diseases such as epilepsy, cystic fibrosis, diabetes and kidney disease and revealed that, in terms of the emotional effect on children, there is virtually no difference between those conditions and eczema.

The study also found that, in addition to coping with the uncomfortable and painful symptoms of eczema, children are socially traumatized by the embarrassment of this sometimes unsightly skin condition and being made fun of by their peers.

As many of the drugs used for eczema treatment are not safe for children, the only recourse they usually have is moisturizers. However, moisturizers often have little or no effect on the symptoms and can exacerbate the condition. According to board certified dermatologist Dr. Lisa Benest, moisturizers send the wrong message to the skin. “Many traditional moisturizers restore the moisture to the skin on a temporary basis, but after continued use actually send a message back to the skin saying it doesn’t need any further moisture to be produced by the skin, and so we can end up with the opposite condition where the skin is less hydrated than prior to using the moisturizers.”

Dr. Benest, along with hundreds of other dermatologists, now recommends shielding lotion as eczema treatment. A good shielding lotion bonds with the outer layer of the skin to form a new protective layer that locks in natural moisture and keeps out the chemicals and other irritants that often cause the condition.

An earlier study published in the Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology also found evidence that supports the function of shielding lotion. The study revealed that a key factor in developing eczema is the structure of the skin barrier and the integrity of the cells’ lipids and binders. Dr. John Sue from the Royal Children’s Hospital in Melbourne Australia stated that researchers now believe that tiny cracks in the skin barrier predispose some people to eczema.

As shielding lotion bonds with the outer layer of the skin it may prevent the development of these tiny cracks and, therefore, eczema.

Dr. Benest is hopeful. “If we can increase the moisture in skin while decreasing the exposure to irritants or allergens then we can alleviate much of what we know as eczema.” Shielding lotion is a major breakthrough in skin care technology, and may be the ultimate remedy to the physical and emotional effects suffered by children with eczema.

Agency Now Provides 24-Hour Mental Help: Daymark Service Encourages Calls

By M. Paul Jackson, Winston-Salem Journal, N.C.

Jan. 15–Critics of the region’s mental-health services have long complained that there was no around-the-clock program to care for local mental-health patients in crisis.

That program is now available, officials said yesterday.

Daymark Recovery Services, a mental-health agency based in Kannapolis, has created a small, 24-hour mobile crisis-response team to provide care for mental-health patients in Stokes, Davie and Forsyth counties.

The program, which started last year, has so far treated about 500 customers, and Daymark officials said they hope that community residents — and mental-health providers — will take greater advantage of the program.

Billy West, Daymark’s executive director, said he hopes that more hospital physicians and nurses will refer patients to the mobile crisis team, so that those patients can be monitored between hospital visits.

“It would make me happy to see the professional community utilize mobile crisis,” West said. “I think that’s where we’ll get the most efficacy out of it.”

Daymark’s crisis service is an attempt to shore up some of the holes in the region’s patchy mental-health system.

The Winston-Salem Journal published a series of articles over the past year showing how the state’s 2001 plan to shift care from its state mental hospitals to community agencies was based on faulty assumptions about government payments for mental-health services, as well as the ability of smaller, local agencies to provide care.

As a result, private mental-health agencies have found it difficult to provide care for patients, and admissions to mental hospitals have grown.

The HopeRidge Centers for Behavioral Health, a mental-health agency in Winston-Salem, shut down in 2005, amid large debt, for example. Many of its customers were turned over to separate mental-health agencies, including Daymark.

In addition, the Charter Behavioral Health System of Winston-Salem, a psychiatric hospital, closed in 2000, making it harder for patients in crisis to get 24-hour care.

Daymark got about $200,000 from the state during the spring and summer of last year to begin a 24-hour service.

Under the service, a patient in crisis can call an emergency phone number and be evaluated to see if the mobile crisis-response team needs to see them in their home. Mental-health advocates said that the mobile team will help assess patients, possibly keeping them out of the state mental hospitals.

Daymark’s phone number in Winston-Salem is 607-9523.

The mobile team is just one part of a large program to create a large crisis-management program for Stokes, Davie and Forsyth counties. The region was one of 15 state areas designated as a crisis center by the N.C. Department of Health and Human Services in August.

CenterPoint Human Services, the region’s primary mental-health agency, proposed an extensive crisis-management program about a year ago.

CenterPoint is scheduled to submit a plan to the state by March 31 outlining its plans.

–M. Paul Jackson can be reached at 727-7473 or at [email protected].

—–

Copyright (c) 2007, Winston-Salem Journal, N.C.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Business News.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Olympic Gold Medalist Mary Lou Retton Teams With GNC to Promote Healthy Living

PITTSBURGH, Jan. 15 /PRNewswire/ — Gold Medal Olympic Gymnast Mary Lou Retton has joined an elite team of athletes who endorse the world’s leading specialty retailer of nutritional supplements, General Nutrition Centers, Inc.

Likewise, GNC today announced it will make a small contribution to Stars Gymnastics of Houston — widely recognized as one of the top gymnastics training centers in the country — where Retton serves as a volunteer. As a “Silver Medalist” sponsor, GNC’s donation will help cover travel expenses for the Stars 2006-2007 Competitive Team, which will compete in local, state and national competitions.

Retton, the latest addition to GNC’s team of endorsers, gained international acclaim by winning the All-Around Gold Medal in women’s gymnastics at the 1984 Olympic Games in Los Angeles, becoming the first American woman ever to win a gold medal in gymnastics. She also won silver medals for Team and Vault, and bronze medals for Uneven Bars and Floor Exercise. Her five medals were the most won by any athlete at the ’84 Olympics. To this day, she remains the only American ever to win the Olympic All-Around Title.

As a spokesperson for GNC, Retton will endorse the company’s high-quality nutritional supplements, appear in television and print advertising and champion promotional efforts designed to encourage Americans to live a healthy lifestyle.

“When my gymnastics career ended, I needed to think more carefully about proper nutrition to help me stay healthy and fit,” Retton said. “And now that I have four young girls, my nutritional needs are more important than ever.

“I believe everyone can live better, happier, more energetic lives by pursuing good nutrition,” she continued. “I know that GNC shares this belief, so I am thrilled to work alongside GNC to promote the Live Well message.”

In addition to being an American sports icon, Retton, 39, is a home-based business owner, motivational speaker, author, mother of four and passionate advocate for proper nutrition and healthy living. She has also worked as a columnist and broadcast commentator during past Olympic Games.

“Mary Lou Retton embodies what GNC is all about — health and wellness — and I believe she will be an excellent partner as we continue to encourage Americans to Live Well,” said GNC’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Fortunato. “We are enthusiastic about working with one of the nation’s most legendary athletes and a person of remarkable personal commitment and integrity. We look forward to a long and prosperous relationship with Mary Lou.”

Retton becomes the second high-profile athlete in recent months to join the GNC team. The company recently announced a partnership with Jerome “The Bus” Bettis, the legendary NFL running back and leader of the Pittsburgh Steelers Super Bowl XL Championship Team. Other elite athletes on the GNC team include Olympic Gold Medalist Janet Evans, Professional Triathlete Jess Stensland, International Fitness Champion Adela Garcia and World Champion Powerlifter Brad Gillingham.

About GNC:

GNC, headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pa., is the largest global specialty retailer of nutritional products; including vitamin, mineral, herbal and other specialty supplements and sports nutrition, diet and energy products. GNC has more than 4,800 retail locations throughout the United States (including more than 1,000 franchise and 1,200 Rite Aid store-within-a-store locations) and franchise operations in 46 international markets. The company — which is dedicated to helping consumers Live Well — also offers products and product information online at http://www.gnc.com/.

General Nutrition Centers, Inc.

CONTACT: Steven Nelson, of General Nutrition Centers, Inc.,+1-412-288-8389, or [email protected]

Web site: http://www.gnc.com/

Pop Fans Pour It on in the Morning

By John Schmeltzer

It’s not unusual for Dee McKinsey to have three cans of Coke before she leaves the house each morning for her job as the regional director of boards and volunteerism at the American Cancer Society in Chicago.

“There is nothing better than the feel of Coke on the back of your throat in the morning,” said McKinsey, a morning pop drinker since the 1970s, savoring the cold, stinging sensation that coffee drinkers just don’t get.

But these days, more people are enjoying that chilled morning jolt as they increasingly turn to soft drinks instead of coffee, flaunting mom’s no-pop-for-breakfast rule many had in their youth.

Consumption of soft drinks at breakfast eaten outside the home has nearly doubled in the past 15 years, while coffee consumption with breakfast outside the home has fallen nearly 25 percent, according to data compiled by New-York based consumer research firm NPD Group, which has offices in Rosemont.

The data is specific to drinks with meals and does not, for example, address the Starbucks phenomenon.

Breakfast consumers order a soft drink with their breakfast 15.1 percent of the time, compared with 7.9 percent of the time in 1990, said Harry Balzer, an NPD executive vice president who has studied American eating habits for more than 25 years. At the same time, Balzer said, coffee was being ordered 38 percent of the time, compared with 48.7 percent 15 years ago.

It probably is not surprising that soft drinks are a growing choice at breakfast considering that nearly half of the U.S. population older than age 4 consumes soft drinks on any given day, according a study commissioned by a milk group.

And consumers are drinking soda for breakfast at home more frequently, too, though not in the same numbers.

Balzer said 2.4 percent of the people who ate breakfast at home in 2006 consumed a soft drink with breakfast, compared with 0.5 percent in 1985.

Most morning consumers prefer fully sugared regular pop, but diet soda consumption continues to grow in the mornings. In 2006, 5.3 percent of those eating breakfast away from home had a diet pop, while 9.8 percent had a regular soda. Diet pop accompanied 1.7 percent of breakfasts in 1990, according to NPD.

Megan Hebenstreit, 24, a law student at Indiana University in Indianapolis, drinks Diet Coke early in the day because she can, now that she’s gone away to school.

“My mom did not allow Coke in the morning when we were growing up,” she said. “They had it in the dining hall, and it was easy to get.”

Hebenstreit said she gets headaches if she doesn’t drink a Diet Coke.

A typical soft drink contains about 35 milligrams of caffeine per 8-ounce serving, while a similar size cup of coffee has an average of 75 milligrams. But the caffeine content of a cup of coffee can be more than 100 milligrams depending upon the type of coffee and the manner in which it is brewed.

Stephen Shapiro, a former Accenture consultant who is now a motivational speaker and owner of the consulting company 24/7 Innovation, said his morning soda ritual is not just about the caffeine.

“I find that first Diet Coke in the morning is so refreshing,” he said in an e-mail message, noting that he has never worked for a soft drink company. “I sometimes drink caffeine-free and still get the same feeling.”

Jeanne Hurlbert, professor of sociology at Louisiana State University, said some of the interest in carbonated soft drinks for breakfast may stem from Southern influences.

“Coke has been ‘Southern coffee’ at breakfast for some Southerners for a long time,” she said. “It’s really not unusual to see Southern women, particularly, clutching a Diet Coke for breakfast.”

Shapiro said that may stem in part from a marketing campaign Coke ran during the late 1980s in which it encouraged consumers to “Have a Coke in the Morning.”

“During the height of the campaign, the woman who sold coffee in our office told me that more people were drinking Coke than coffee. This is when I started drinking Diet Coke for breakfast,” Shapiro said.

Balzer said the growth of pop for breakfast is probably due to soft-drink consumption by young adults, because the heaviest consumption is in the 18-to-25-year-old group.

“This is a young adult phenomenon,” he said. “This is all about what is the easiest way to get caffeine into your body.”

Despite the growing popularity of traditional soft drinks for breakfast, both Coca-Cola Co. and PepsiCo Inc., parent company of Pepsi Cola, are covering their bets by forming alliances with coffeehouses.

Pepsi has distributed Starbucks products for more than a year, and this month Coke announced that it would begin distributing in 2007 an iced coffee drink under the name of Caribou Coffee Co., the nation’s second-largest coffeehouse chain.

Brent Curry, a vice president with Hill & Knowlton Inc., said Coke and Pepsi shouldn’t bother.

“I have never a been a coffee drinker. I have already had two Diet Mountain Dews this morning. It is one of the first things I do in the morning when I get into my office,” he said, adding that he refrains from drinking the soda with his breakfast.

But that could be subject to change.

Unlike the days when it took him just 10 minutes to get to work, he now commutes on the train, and it’s a longer trip. As a result, he carries a can of Mountain Dew in his briefcase in case the train is delayed.

“If I get desperate, it is there,” Curry said.

[email protected]  

“Colour Disrobed Itself From the Body”: The Racialized Aesthetics of Liberation in Michael Ondaatje’s In the Skin of a Lion

By Lundgren, Jodi

In the first of CBC Radio’s now annual Canada Reads programs, celebrity participants selected Michael Ondaatje’s In the Skin of a Lion as the novel that all Canadians should read. That this novel, which depicts ethnic minority labourers building Toronto’s public works hi the early 1900$, should in 2002 prove useful to a state- sponsored exercise in national community-building prompts renewed inquiry into its ideological and aesthetic dimensions. During the debate, the novel’s advocate, Barenaked Ladies’ front man, Steven Page, supported his claim that the novel is “a beautiful book about the immigrant experience” (qtd. in Moss 6) by citing the representation of men who work as dyers in a tannery:

Dye work took place in the courtyards next to the warehouse. Circular pools had been cut into the stone-into which the men leapt waist-deep within the reds and ochres and greens, leapt in embracing the skins of recently slaughtered animals. In the round wells four- foot in diameter they heaved and stomped, ensuring the dye went solidly into the pores of the skins that had been part of a live animal the previous day. And the men stepped out in colours up to their necks, pulling wet hides out after them so it appeared they had removed the skin from their own bodies. They had leapt into different colours as if into different countries. (130)

That Page recalled the beauty of the imagery rather than the suffering of the workers attests to the risk involved in depicting what is finally lethal work as a visual spectacle. The focus on beauty further obscures both the racial connotations of the colour imagery, and the relevance for a multicultural nationalist thematics of such an image as leaping “into different colours as if into different countries.”

In a Canadian Literature editorial, Laura Moss, mentioning Page, criticizes the “watered down aestheticism” of the readings typically performed by the celebrity contestants on Canada Reads (8): “most often it has been the politics of the novels that is lost in the commentary on the texts” (8). The celebrities’ aestheticism finds reinforcement in the wider critical reception of Ondaatje’s work. As Glen Lowry points out, the predominantly “formalist readings” have ignored the texts’ political implications and have “effectively [elided] ‘race’ as an element of [Ondaatje’s] writing” (par.i). This separation of aesthetics and politics-tenuous at the best of tunes- is especially unsustainable in the case of In the Skin of a Lion. At the same time as the novel’s repeated images of adopting and shedding coloured skin are visually compelling, they deploy discourses of ethnicity, nationality, race, and class. Indeed, the imagery borrows intensity metonymically from the power struggles associated with it.

In The Ideology of the Aesthetic, Terry Eagleton espouses a definition of the aesthetic as “a vision of human energies as radical ends in themselves which is the implacable enemy of all dominative or instrumentalist thought” and that “signifies a return to the sensuous body” (9). As Peter Hitchcock explains, this definition of the aesthetic as sensuousness opens up a new strategy for “readers of working class culture” who have found it difficult to “maintain the aesthetic as a viable category” (25). Hitchcock further notes that although Marx “takes seriously labor’s sensate experience in his elaboration of class,… it remains severely undertheorized in working class representation” (27). I argue that Ondaatje’s novel not only attests to historical injustice (specifically, to the existence of a “vertical mosaic” of ethnicity) hi Canada, but also attempts to liberate or redeem the exploited workers through the sensate representation of labour, harnessing what Herbert Marcuse calls “the emancipatory power of… sensuousness” (Aesthetic 66). Defined as sensuousness, of course, the aesthetic cannot remain autonomous of the social discourses that constitute the body, and, although the novel’s overt emphases on class and ethnicity threaten to elide the others, the discourse of race structures and delimits the novel’s central image of liberation: the shedding of coloured skin. Its logic hinging on the fact that populations have been enslaved because of skin colour, this image restricts the possibility of liberation to the racially unmarked body.

Significantly, the novel was written during a peak period of immigration from Asia and the Caribbean and appeared in print the year before the federal government passed the Canadian Multiculturalism Act. Ondaatje, once accused of disguising his Sri Lankan heritage (Mukherjee 114), said in a 1990 interview that he “didn’t want to write an Asian story for the very reason that it would have been interpreted as a personal saga.” In discussing elsewhere what motivated him to write the novel, Ondaatje says both that “Canada has always been a very racist society-and it’s getting more so” (Turner 20) and that a novel “can be a permanent and political reflection of your time” (“Michael Ondaatje” with Bush 247). Thus, although Ondaatje deliberately chose to distance the story by writing about European immigrants in an ear lier era, his comments cue us to read In the Skin of a Lion as an implicit critique of the ongoing racial stratification in contemporary Canadian society.

A vertical mosaic of ethnicized class divisions informs the relations among the characters in In the Skin of a Lion. Although “Canada as a nation is built on immigrant labour” (Ng 474), when Ondaatje conducted research on the history of Toronto, he discovered that the “armies of immigrants who built the city” are unrepresented in its pages (Turner 21). Astounded that he could find out “exactly how many buckets of sand were used” to build the Bloor Street Viaduct, but that “the people who actually built the goddamn bridge were unspoken of” (Turner 21), Ondaatje perceived an opportunity to redress this historical imbalance. In its focalization through working class characters, his novel counters the absence noted by Canadian sociologist John Porter hi 1965: “there is almost no one producing a view of the world which reflects the experience of the poor or the underprivileged” (6), “nor does class appear as a theme in Canadian literature” (6, n.3). Porter, who encapsulated the results of quantitative research in the tide of his seminal work, The Vertical Mosaic: An Analysis of Social Class and Power in Canada, identifies a major representational challenge faced by Ondaatje when he notes that the “idea of an ethnic mosaic, as opposed to the idea of the melting pot, impedes the processes of social mobility” (70). Considering that “any form of class politics is ultimately concerned with overcoming or at least lessening class differences, not with affirming and celebrating them” (Felski 42), the concept of ethnic pluralism as the affirmation of cultural difference stands revealed as an ideological tool that secures the continued dominance of white, anglophone Canadians (71-2).1 The patterns of imagery in Ondaatje’s novel question this ideology but remain embedded within a racialized logic that ties liberation to the shedding of coloured skin and/or the attaining of whiteness.

The importance of ethnicity, and implicitly of whiteness, within In the Skin of a Lion undermines the humanist rhetoric advanced at times by the protagonist, Patrick Lewis, a Canadian-born working class man of unmarked ethnicity (hence presumably of British descent) who has arrived in Toronto in 1923 as part of a wave of “native off-farm migration” (Porter 57). As a member of the “landless proletariat,” Patrick joins with an urban “immigrant proletariat” in filling the ranks of the “lower level of unskilled workers” in Toronto (Porter 57). A withdrawn, even anti-social person, Patrick tells Alice Gull, the anarchist actress who becomes his lover, that he does not “believe the language of politics” (122) and, later, that “the trouble with ideology… is that it hates the private. You must make it human” (135). Alice, who performs allegorical political theatre for illegal gatherings of immigrants, accuses Patrick of believing in “solitude” and in “retreat,” and calls attention to his privilege as a member of the dominant British Canadian ethnic group, in contrast to “three-quarters of the population of Upper America,” who cannot “afford” Patrick’s “choices” or his “languour” (123). Whether or not Patrick enjoys as much social privilege as Alice claims (he points out that he has only “ten bucks” to his name [123]), these conversations sensitize Patrick, as point of view character, to questions of class, ethnicity, and representation, themes that recur in metafictive passages from this point forward in the novel.

The connections among skin, colour, nationality, language, and ethnicity receive their most overt, and ultimately self-reflexive, articulation in the scene depicting tannery workers stepping out of vats of red, ochre, and green dye, having “leapt into different colours as if into different countries” (130). Lest the identification of nationality with dye be considered solely metaphoric, the text clarifies that the dyers “were Macedonians mostly, though there were a few Poles and Lithuanians” who “on average had three or \four sentences of English” (130) and to whom “the labour agent” gave .”English names” (132).’ Whereas the assigning of English names obscures the men’s linguistic differences, their national identities actually determine, and are reinforced by, their status as dyers.

By themselves, the emphasis on colours and the analogy between “wet hides” and the workers’ skin (130) in this key passage might encourage objectification of the men or idealization of their occupation. This possibility dissolves immediately, however, in Patrick’s awareness of representation as a process: “If he were an artist he would have painted them but that was a false celebration” (130). That the men have, nevertheless, just been verbally painted is, as Linda Hutcheon notes, ironic (98). Yet this instance of self- reflexivity conveys more than irony, it motivates the reader to reflect on the function of aesthetics and on the politics of representation. Patrick wonders:

What did it mean in the end to look aesthetically plumaged on this October day in the east end of the city five hundred yards from Front Street? What would the painting tell? … That they had consumed the most evil smell in history, they were consuming it now, flesh death, which lies in the vacuum between flesh and skin, and even if they never stepped into this pit again-a year from now they would burp up that odour. That they would die of consumption and at present they did not know it. (130-31)

The superficial spectacle of bright, playful colours belies the life-threatening consequences of the dyers’ jobs. This scene thus illustrates the idea, shared by both Theodor Adorno (160) and Herbert Marcuse, that guilt inevitably imbues the aesthetic because art “cannot represent… suffering without subjecting it to aesthetic form, and thereby to the mitigating catharsis, to enjoyment” (Marcuse, Aesthetic 56). Despite this belief in art’s inherent guiltiness, Marcuse goes on to argue in The Aesthetic Dimension: Toward a Critique of Marxist Aesthetics that art enlists sensuousness to subvert the tyranny of reason, mobilizing images that foster in the audience both the desire for liberation from oppression and the will to enact it (62-63; 66). From this perspective, the aesthetic intensity with which Ondaatje depicts the dyers creates effects other than the simply cathartic or conciliatory. For example, after the introduction of the dyers, the reader, disarmed by the intensity of the imagery, is likely to absorb the empirical statements about working conditions that follow. An affective response, in other words, need not preempt a critical reaction and may even precipitate cognitive transformation. In a related vein, Carol Becker argues in an article on Marcuse that subversive art “does not necessarily move the intellect to a direct perception of injustice”; rather, it may “move the spirit and thus indirectly affect social change” (120).

The relations between sensory experience and emancipation remain, however, particularly fraught in the case of the sensate representation of labour. Although many of the work scenes in In the Skin of a Lion respond to Marcuse’s call for emancipation of and through sensuousness, the text is honest about the distortion of sensory experience within the institution of alienated labour. In the case of the tannery workers, for example, the dye eventually rinses off, but this cleansing proves superficial since their bodies have been permanently altered: “What remained in the dyers’ skin was the odour that no woman in bed would ever lean towards. Alice lay beside Patrick’s exhausted body, her tongue on his neck, recognizing the taste of him, knowing the dyers’ wives would never taste or smell their husbands in such a way” (132). Such sensory details serve as a reminder that, at least in the Marxist framework, “only with the supersession of private property will the senses be able to come into their own” (Eagleton 201).

The text’s liberatory elements are further compromised by the racialized discourse of colour that accompanies (and often provides the grounds for) them. For example, in a later scene, the workers leave the factory on a Saturday afternoon, “the thirty or so of them knowing little more than each other’s false names or true countries. Hey Italy! They were in pairs or trios, each in their own language as the dyers had been in their own colours…. Hey Canada! A wave to Patrick” (135). That Patrick is used as a synecdoche for Canada establishes the British heritage of the unmarked Canadian citizen. Importantly, Patrick does not work as a dyer, thus retaining, as Alice insists, some advantage over immigrants whose first language is not English. Consequently, for the dyers, emancipation is directly linked with disrobing from the colours that have been tied to their non-anglophone country of origin:

For the dyers the one moment of superiority came in the showers at the end of the day. They stood under the hot pipes, not noticeably changing for two or three minutes-as if… they would be forever contained in that livid colour, only their brains free of it. And then the blue suddenly dropped off, the colour disrobed itself from the body, fell in one piece to their ankles, and they stepped out, in the erotica of being made free. (132)

Since the colours have been associated with the labourers’ various non-British countries of origin, their loss suggests loss of heritage and rebirth as generic, English-speaking Canadians, like Patrick. A metaphor of assimilation, this scene invites a critique similar to that made by Smaro Kamboureli of the 1988 Multiculturalism Act. In fact, in the following excerpt from Kamboureli’s Scandalous Bodies: Diasporic Literature in English Canada, the dyers’ shower scene might be substituted for the Act with only modest alterations:

[It] advocates a sort of pan-Canadianism through a universalizing rhetoric…. By releasing “all Canadians” from the specificity of their histories, this legal document seeks to overcome difference rather than to confront incommensurability. Belying its intent to address systemic inequities, it executes an emancipatory gesture in the name of homogeneity and unity. (101)

Like the Multiculturalism Act, Ondaatje’s text releases the dyers from the “specificity of their histories,” executing an emancipatory gesture that nevertheless presumes a common European heritage: that “colour disrobed itself from the body… in the erotica of being made free” racializes this moment of emancipation as white. As Eric Schocket argues about Rebecca Harding Davis’ story “Life in the Iron Mills,” whiteness here emerges as “the promise that the working class will not be forever excluded from the political and social prerogatives of… white skin privilege” (47). This image correctly anticipates that these European immigrants or their descendants will become more evenly distributed among the economic strata of Canadian society. Just as the members of these groups attain social mobility, however, Canada will open its gates to third world immigration (starting in 1962), and, as sociologist Raymond Breton remarks, “whether or not the overall pattern of socio-economic mobility for minorities of European origin will repeat itself for visible minorities is not clear” (88). Noting that race, rather than ethnicity, “has become critical in accounting for patterns of inequality,” Breton speculates that “colour difference may be of greater significance since it makes ethnic boundaries more visible. Accordingly, it may lead to more persistent patterns of social exclusion and discrimination than is the case when culture is the prime factor of differentiation” (105). If the socioeconomic mobility of “visible minorities” depends on the metaphor of freedom that Ondaatje employs-that of shedding coloured skin-then the prospect is not encouraging.

As an Italian Canadian, the professional thief Caravaggio, an important secondary character in the novel, belongs to the immigrant group that holds “the lowest position in the class system” (Porter 84) during the time period of the novel. While he is in prison, “three men who have evolved smug and without race slash out” with the intent to murder him. Their only apparent motive is racism or xenophobia, as these racially unmarked men accompany their physical attack on Caravaggio with shouts of “Fucking wop! Fucking dago!” (185). This attempted murder constitutes the novel’s most blatant evidence that some “immigrants of European origin” were seen as “racially different and inferior” and subject to “prejudice and discrimination” (Breton 105). Caravaggio survives the prison attack thanks to Patrick’s vocal intervention, but his escape from prison (and from possible future attacks) depends on altering his skin colour: “Demarcation, said the prisoner named Caravaggio. That is all we need to remember” (179). Fellow members of a crew painting the prison roof “daubed his clothes and then, laying a strip of handkerchief over his eyes, painted his face blue, so he was gone- to the guards who looked up and saw nothing there” (180). As Glen Lowry notes, the “notion of’demarcation’… functions to further establish Caravaggio as a ‘racialized’ figure” (par.io). If Caravaggio must adopt colour to attain freedom, however, to sustain his liberty requires stripping himself of it. He accomplishes this with a can of turpentine and a shirt-tail (181-2). This figure of delible racial demarcation suggests the “innate” commonality of European Canadians within an economically and ethnically stratified society. The figure used to signify Caravaggio’s freedom supports the idea that non-British European immigrants can assimilate into the social order-especially if, unlike Caravaggio, they adopt “English names” (132)-at the same time as it casts doubt on the ability of visible minorities to do the same.3

Significantly, when, near the end of the book, Patrick prepares to swim through theintake tunnel of the Waterworks (which he has earlier helped to build) in order to confront Commissioner Harris and to dynamite the plant, he changes his skin colour with the help of Caravaggio and Caravaggio’s wife, Giannetta:

On deck Giannetta watches Patrick, a small lantern beside them, the only light on the boat. He takes off his shirt and she begins to put grease onto his chest and shoulders. He watches her black hair as she rubs this darkness onto his body. … Caravaggio begins to dress Patrick with water-resistant dynamite-wrapping the sticks tightly against his chest under the thin black shirt. They both wear dark trousers. Patrick is invisible except by touch, grease covering all unclothed skin, his face, his hands, his bare feet. Demarcation. (227-8)

The racial connotations of the “darkness” that is rubbed onto Patrick’s body are then foregrounded momentarily in a descriptive passage: “The lemoncoloured glare from the waterworks delineates the east end. Caravaggio could lean forward and pluck it like some jewel from the neck of a negress” (229). As Eric Schocket says of Rebecca Harding Davis’ story, “race is everywhere” in this novel and particularly in this scene, though characters of colour are not (47). When Harris, who is spending nights in the building because of working-class unrest and union agitation, sees Patrick, he is confused: “Even if he had known the man before he would not recognize him now. Black thin cotton trousers and shirt, grease- black face-blood in the scrapes and scratches” (234). Patrick’s counterfeit blackness is emphasized again as he condemns the tunnellers’ exploitation: “Harris watched the eyes darting in the man’s dark face” (235). Clearly, in this scene, as in the antebellum American literature discussed by Schocket, “blackness is used to give evidence of class difference” (Schocket 57). Yet, as Frank Davey argues, “throughout the episode the novel creates a Harris who refuses to be constructed as Patrick’s opposite” (154): “My mother was a caretaker,” Harris tells Patrick. “I worked up” (Ondaatje, Skin 235). Indeed, the racialized imagery of difference reinforces Harris’ insistence on the fundamental commonality between himself and Patrick, for, were Patrick to remove the black grease that distinguishes him from Harris, “what lies beneath is a whiteness that can be claimed as common property in a nation economically divided” (Schocket 57). In this scene, racialized representation reinforces the equation between social mobility and white skin, thus further reifying the vertical mosaic.4

The imagery of whiteness receives an alternate articulation in the case of Macedonian immigrant Nicholas Temelcoff, who perceives the acquisition of English as integral to upward mobility: “If he did not learn the language he would be lost” (46). Although he initially learns English from “radio songs” (37), like many of his fellow labourers, he decides to work nights at a Macedonian bakery and attend school during the day, where he engages in “fast and obsessive studying of English” (46). Distinguished by his powerful drive to master the language, which he finds “much more difficult than what he does in space” (43), Temelcoff also sets himself apart as an exceptional, aerial bridge worker. In the bridge scenes, Temelcoff s display of highly refined skills illustrates Marx’s idea that capitalism’s “massive unleashing of productive powers is … inseparably, the unfolding of human richness” (Eagleton 218). As Eagleton explains, “the capitalist division of labour brings with it a high refinement of individual capacities… Through capitalism, individuality is enriched and developed, fresh creative powers are bred, and new forms of social intercourse created” (218). The scene that describes Temelcoff’s spatial awareness illustrates such situated knowledge:

His work is so exceptional and time-saving he earns one dollar an hour while the other bridge workers receive forty cents…. For night work he is paid $1.25, swinging up into the rafters of a trestle holding a flare, free-falling like a dead star. He does not really need to see things, he has charted all that space, knows the pier footings, the width of the crosswalks in terms of seconds of movement281 feet and 6 inches make up the central span of the bridge. Two flanking spans of 240 feet, two end spans of 158 feet…. He knows the precise height he is over the river, how long his ropes are, how many seconds he can free-fall to the pulley…. After swinging for three seconds he puts his feet up to link with the concrete edge of the next pier. He knows his position in the air as if he is mercury slipping across a map. (35)

The spatial and temporal mastery Temelcoff exhibits in this scene rivals the dominance that Commissioner Rowland Harris exerts over space in his masterminding of Toronto’s public works. By valorizing Temelcoff s skill over any that Harris exhibits, the text constructs an alternate economy, even granting Temelcoff cognitive mastery over Harris: “He knows Harris. He knows Harris by the time it takes him to walk the sixty-four feet six inches from sidewalk to sidewalk on the bridge” (43). Furthermore, “he knows the panorama of the valley better than any engineer. Like a bird. Better than Edmund Burke, the bridge’s architect, or Harris, better than the surveyors of 1912 when they worked blind through the bush” (49). The text valorizes sensate, situated knowledge without overestimating the impact of its own subversions of value on the economic base, however, in that Temelcoff also knows Harris “by his expensive tweed coat that cost more than the combined weeks’ salaries of five bridge workers” (43). This materialist reminder exemplifies the way that Ondaatje both reveals injustice and imagines alternatives: he dextrously moves between the idealist alternate economy he constructs by aestheticizing labour, and the antagonistic social reality that that alternate economy counterposes and implicitly questions.

The scenes of labour offer some aesthetic compensation for the distortion of sensory experience, working, as Fredric Jameson writes of modernist art, “to restore at least a symbolic experience of libidinal gratification to a world drained of it” (63). The bridge scenes with Temelcoff accomplish this compensation by invoking a discourse of skilled play that rebels against the “prevailing reality principle of domination” (Marcuse, Aesthetic 62). Since the pleasure of Temelcoff s activity takes place within the context of labour, it appears to illustrate Marcuse’s thesis that “a society split into classes can afford to make man into a means of pleasure only in the form of bondage and exploitation” (“Affirmative” 115). Yet, Marcuse also believes that this physical exploitation contains the seeds of its own undoing:

When the body has completely become an object, a beautiful thing, it can foreshadow a new happiness. In suffering the most extreme reification man triumphs over reification. The artistry of the beautiful body, its effortless agility and relaxation, which can be displayed today only in the circus, vaudeville, and burlesque, herald the joy to which men will attain in being liberated from the ideal…. When all links to the affirmative ideal have been dissolved, when in the context of an existence marked by knowledge it becomes possible to have real enjoyment without any rationalization and without the least puritanical guilt feeling, when sensuality, in other words, is entirely released by the soul, then the first glimmer of a new culture emerges. (“Affirmative” 116)

In Ondaatje’s representation, Temelcoff does appear to triumph over his own exploitation and to prefigure a new cultural order of realized human potentiality. Moreover, Marcuse’s insight that the aesthetic provides a momentary release from instrumentality accounts for much of the power of Ondaatje’s descriptions of labour. That these poetically heightened scenes comprise, by their impact, the core of the text’s progressive contribution to the representation of working class lives finds support in that, time and again, reviewers isolate these passages for praise:

Ondaatje describes manual work as well as any writer I have read, not the psychological effects but its physical sensations: he describes it from the inside, as if he knows it. Work brutalizes, but it is one’s connection to the world. (Packer 3)

Descriptions of the skill and agility of the bridge workers and the laborers who build a tunnel under Lake Ontario, going about their work in the yawning maw of danger, are … graphically stunning. (Steinberg 70)

Finally, one is left remembering the descriptions of work and men at work…. And the desperate hardships and terrible exploitation of the workingmen, which led to injuries, deaths, desperation and anarchism. (Kizer 13)

The last review, in particular, suggests that, as strategy, the practice of aestheticizing labour does not idealize it, but honours those who performed it and commits their suffering to memory. As Marcuse argues, this remembrance performs a radical political function: it “spurs the drive for the conquest of suffering and the permanence of joy” (Aesthetic 73), a conquest that can occur only through social transformation. If the need for “transformation … of oppressive social circumstances” (Reitz 82) becomes lost as the circumstances are aestheticized, however, then the results are reactionary, as Patrick acknowledges when he reflects that to paint the dye-workers would be “false celebration” (130). Instead, through its self-reflexive aesthetics and materialist details, Ondaatje’s text never lets the reader forget for long that the characters perform their work as alienated labourers.

Although I have argued, adapting Marcuse, that the novel’s celebration of physical skill models a future “rich, all-round expansion of human capacities” (Eagleton 223), Temelcoff s labour takes place withi\n “exploitative social relations”: “the division of labour maims and nourishes simultaneously, generating fresh skills and capacities but in a cripplingly one-sided way” (Eagleton 219). To concretize this maiming, the novel features Daniel Stoyanoff, who had returned from North America to Nicholas Temelcoff s Macedonian village, buying “a farm with the compensation he had received for losing an arm during an accident in a meat factory…. Nicholas had been stunned by the simplicity of the contract” (44). This exchange of a limb for money starkly denotes the commodification of the human body. A similarly haunting image emphasizes the human dispensability in construction work: Temelcoff s “predecessor had been killed” in an accident, “cut, the upper half of his body found an hour later, still hanging in the halter” (41). As far as Temelcoff is concerned, then, personal liberation occurs only when, having saved enough money to “open up a bakery,” he “slides free of the bridge” (49). Rather than participating in collective struggle, Temelcoff rises to the status of entrepreneur as a “solitary” (34) man of exceptional ability.

Even though Ondaatje’s protagonist, Patrick-a literate, Canadian- born working class man of British descent-is a prime candidate to rise within the vertical mosaic, he becomes an anarchist (albeit of dubious ideological commitment), spends several years in jail, and, as is revealed in the partial sequel to In the Skin of a Lion, The English Patient, will be killed in World War II, shortly after his release from prison. In contrast, Temelcoff, who emigrated to Canada without a passport or “a word of English” after war erupted in the Balkans, achieves social mobility by studying English and by distinguishing himself as an extraordinary labourer who eventually becomes an entrepreneur. Particularly since the success of Temelcoff s bakery transcends the Macedonian community-“His bread and rolls and cakes and pastries reach the multitudes in the city” (149)-the contrasting careers of Patrick and Temelcoff illustrate the fluidity of the vertical mosaic among European immigrants in the early decades of the twentieth century. Indeed, the text’s recurring metaphor of losing skin colour and/or attaining whiteness as liberation from class oppression makes clear that the novel encodes the mobility only of European immigrants. Just as Patrick covers himself in black grease when he becomes the self-appointed spokesperson and avenger for the working class, so whiteness characterizes Nicholas when he appears as a businessman. In his first appearance as a baker, Temelcoff is “meticulously dressed in jacket and tie” but wears “no apron so that the flour dust [continues] to settle on him as he [moves] through the bakery” (139). Later in the novel, Patrick, released from prison after serving time for wilful destruction of property, walks to the “Geranium Bakery,” which is coded as a large and prosperous establishment: “He passed the spotless machines, looking for Nicholas. Buns moved forward along rollers till they were flipped over into the small lake of sizzling shortening. Finally he saw him in his suit covered with white dust at the far end of the bakery, choreographing the movement of food” (210). As proprietor, Temelcoff’s realm of expertise is no longer movement but the orchestration of production: the term “choreograph,” previously used to denote the spatial territorializing of the tycoon Ambrose Small (58) and of Commissioner Harris (111), now applies to Temelcoff. More importantly, the repeated image of Temelcoff’s being covered with flour signifies his success as a baker and once again associates upward mobility with whiteness. By emphasizing the centrality of whiteness to the class mobility of immigrants from continental Europe in the 19305, Ondaatje’s text exposes the racial stratification in existence at the time of the novel’s composition.

The narrative’s attempts to resolve the social contradictions present at its time of composition deserve particular scrutiny in the wake of the novel’s endorsement by the inaugural “Canada Reads” program. As Marxist aesthetic theorists Theodor Adorno, Fredric Jameson, and Herbert Marcuse acknowledge, artworks do not, by themselves, effect social transformation (Adorno 190; Jameson 266; Marcuse, Aesthetic 32). Yet, as Marcuse notes, art “can contribute to changing the consciousness and drives of the men and women who could change the world” (Aesthetic 32-3). In the Skin of a Lion works to transform the consciousness of its readers not only by revising history-which, it insists, can no longer be told from the totalizing point of view of the ruling class-but by revolutionizing representations of labour via the aesthetic. At the same time, however, its patterns of emancipatory imagery naturalize and reinforce a racialized vertical mosaic that compromises its vision of human liberation. Ultimately, the images of social mobility in In the Skin of a Lion, depending as they do on the ability to adopt or disrobe oneself of skins, coloured paint, dark grease, or white flour, unfortunately signify that the mosaic’s verticality will not be dissolved as easily-or at least it will not happen as “naturally”- for non-white people in Canada as it has for those of European descent.

NOTES

1 Writing in 2000, Smaro Kamboureli updates Porter’s analysis- but reconfirms its basic precepts-using a quotation from Michael Ryan: “the prominence of ethnic discourse today … is symptomatic of a culture in which ‘the contradictions that arise within … society are resolved in ways that assure the continuation of a ruling group’s hegemony'” (94). Porter treats as banal the privileges assumed by charter groups, including the prerogative to decide “what other groups are to be let in and what they will be permitted to do” (60). Contemporary scholars of multiculturalism, in contrast, perform rigorous analyses of its manifestations in order to reach similar conclusions (see, for example, Bannerji, Mackey, and Day). This may indicate that multiculturalist rhetoric has developed as a more subtle way to achieve the same goal of perpetuating the ruling group’s hegemony, while the continued banality of dominance-as exemplified by such adages as “the majority rules” and “the strongest prevails”-remains a fundamental barrier to social and global equality.

2 Notably, Caravaggio, an Italian Canadian who later becomes a professional thief, retains his Italian name when he works as a tarrer. Perhaps not incidentally, he fights regularly with his foreman. In this context, the foreman’s use of Caravaggio’s actual surname (28) may signal his anger (as when a parent reprimands a child by using the child’s full name), but it also suggests the refusal of the wily, bilingual Caravaggio to conform to an anglophone norm.

3 Interestingly, in The English Patient, Caravaggio’s ability to assimilate works in reverse. In the Canadian military, he is identified as “Italian” (35), and he serves in Italy as “not quite” a spy at the end of World War II (34). Moreover, Caravaggio, frequently referred to in The English Patient by his first name, a linguistically and nationally indeterminate “David,” appears as a cultural insider, especially in contrast to Kirpal Singh, nicknamed “Kip” by a commanding British officer and characterized as “the Sikh” for much of the novel. After the bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, it is tellingly Caravaggio who agrees with Kip that “they would never have dropped such a bomb on a white nation” (286). Although, as in the first novel, Caravaggio’s Italian Canadian identity occasions suffering in prison (in this case, torture by the Germans), within the narrative of The English Patient, his whiteness exempts him from the worst atrocities. Caravaggio’s career in the second novel thus remains consistent with the racial ideology at work in In the Skin of a Lion.

4 Although Ondaatje’s novel helps to thematize the missing Canadian discourse of class, its use of racialized imagery to express class relations re-opens the discursive aporia, for the figure of common whiteness underneath counterfeit colour finally (and falsely) erases class disparities. As Schocket contends, “to experience race as a modality of class is often to experience class not at all” (57).

WORKS CITED

Adorno, Theodor W. Aesthetic Theory. 1970. Trans. Robert Hullot- Kentor. Ed. Gretel Adorno and Rolf Tiedemann. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1997.

Bannerji, Himani. The Dark Side of the Nation: Essays on Multiculturalism, Nationalism and Gender. Toronto: Canadian Scholars’ P, 2000.

Becker, Carol. “Herbert Marcuse and the Subversive Potential of Art.” The Subversive Imagination: Artists, Society, and Social Responsibility. Ed. Carol Becker. New York: Routledge, 1994. 113- 129.

Breton, Raymond. “Ethnicity and Race in Social Organization: Recent Developments in Canadian Society.” Helmes-Hayes and Curtis, eds. The Vertical Mosaic Revisited. Toronto: U of Toronto P, 1998. 60-115.

Davey, Frank. Post-National Arguments: The Politics of the Anglophone-Canadian Novel Since 1967. Toronto: U of Toronto P, 1993.

Day, Richard J. F. Multiculturalism and the History of Canadian Diversity. Toronto: U of Toronto P, 2000.

Eagleton, Terry. The Ideology of the Aesthetic. Oxford: Blackwell, 1990.

Felski, Rita. “Nothing to Declare: Identity, Shame, and the Lower Middle Class.” PMLA 115 (2000): 33-45.

Hitchcock, Peter. “They Must Be Represented? Problems in Theories of Working-Class Representation.” PMLA 115 (2000): 20-32.

Hutcheon, Linda. The Canadian Postmodern: A Study of Contemporary English-Canadian Fiction. Toronto: Oxford, 1988.

Jameson, Fredric. The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a Socially Symbolic Act. Ithaca, NY: Cornell UP, 1981.

Kamboureli, Smaro. Scandalous Bodies: Diasporic Literature in English Canada. Don Mills, ON: Oxford UP, 2000.

Kizer, Carolyn. Review of In the Skin of a Lion. The New York Times \Book Review 27 Sept. 1987: 12-13.

Lowry, Glen. “The Representation of ‘Race’ in Ondaatje’s In the Skin of a Lion.” CLCWeb: Comparative Literature and Culture: A WWWeb Journal 6.3 (Sept. 2004): par. 1-18. 15 Jan. 2006. < clcwebjournal html>

Mackey, Eva. The House of Difference: Cultural Politics and National Identity in Canada. London: Routledge, 1999.

Marcuse, Herbert. The Aesthetic Dimension: Toward a Critique of Marxist Aesthetics. 1977. Boston: Beacon, 1978.

__. “The Affirmative Character of Culture.” 1937. Negations: Essays in Critical Theory. Trans. Jeremy J. Shapiro. Boston: Beacon, 1968.

Moss, Laura. “Canada Reads.” Canadian Literature 182 (2004): 6- 10.

Mukherjee, Arun. Oppositional Aesthetics: Readings from a Hyphenated Space. Toronto: TSAR, 1994.

Ng, Roxana. “The Social Construction of ‘Immigrant Women” in Canada.” The Politics of Diversity: Feminism, Marxism and Nationalism. Ed. Roberta Hamilton and Michle Barren. London: Verso, 1986. 269-86.

Ondaatje, Michael. The English Patient. Toronto: Vintage, 1992.

__. In the Skin of a Lion: A Novel. Toronto: Vintage, 1987.

__. “Michael Ondaatje: An Interview.” 1990. With Catherine Bush. Essays on Canadian Writing 53 (1994): 238-49.

Packer, George. Rev. of In the Skin of a Lion. The Nation 17 Oct. 1987: Electronic Pagination 1-4.

Porter, John. The Vertical Mosaic: An Analysis of Social Class and Power in Canada. Toronto: U of Toronto P, 1965.

Reitz, Charles. Art, Alienation, and the Humanities: A Critical Engagement with Herbert Marcuse. Albany: State U of New York P, 2000.

Schocket, Eric. “‘Discovering Some New Race’: Rebecca Harding Davis’s ‘Life in the Iron Mills’ and the Literary Emergence of Working-Class Whiteness.” PMLA 115 (2000): 46-59.

Steinberg, Sybil. Rev. of In the Skin of a Lion. Publishers Weekly 301 (Jul. 1987): 70.

Turner, Barbara. “In the Skin of Michael Ondaatje: Giving Voice to a Social Conscience.” Quill and Quire May 1987: 20-22.

Jodi Lundgren is a faculty member in the English Department at Thompson Rivers University, Open Learning Division. A contributor to Dropped Threads 3, she has previously published a novel, Touched, and her scholarly articles have appeared in Canadian Literature and Essays on Canadian Writing. She recently co-edited a feature on Nicole Brossard for How2, an online journal of innovative writing by women.

Copyright University of British Columbia Autumn 2006

(c) 2006 Canadian Literature. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Mucin Expression in Reactive Gastropathy: An Immunohistochemical Analysis

By Mino-Kenudson, Mari; Tomita, Shigeki; Lauwers, Gregory Y

* Context.-Reactive gastropathy is the second most common diagnosis made on gastric biopsies. Increased epithelial proliferation and modifications of epithelial cytokeratin profile, distinct from those of Helicobacter pylori gastritis, have been previously reported. However, the evaluation of mucins, important components of the protective mucosal mucous layer, has not been reported.

Objective.-To investigate alterations of membrane and secreted mucins in reactive gastropathy of various etiologies using antibodies against mucin glycoproteins.

Design.-Thirty-eight gastric biopsies diagnosed as reactive gastropathy, related to nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (n = 18) or bile reflux (n = 6) or of indeterminate etiology (n = 14), were evaluated using antibodies to MUC1, MUC5AC, MUC6, and MUC2. All cases were confirmed to be negative for H pylori. The biopsies were classified in 3 groups based on the severity of cytoarchitectural changes (mild, moderate, and severe). Mucin expression and its distribution were recorded and the results correlated with the cytoarchitectural alterations and etiologies.

Results.-Loss of MUC1, either patchy or complete, was noted in 67% of the cases. Aberrant expression of MUC5AC in pyloric glands was observed in 81% of the cases, and aberrant expression of MUC6 in the upper foveolar epithelium was diffusely seen in 14% of the cases. Aberrant expression of MUC2 in non-goblet cells was observed in a single case. Aberrant expression of MUC6 was less extensive in the nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs group than in other 2 groups (P = .03). Concurrently, the diffuse distribution of aberrant MUC6 expression was seen only in the cases of severe gastropathy (P = .09). There was no correlation between modifications in expression of other mucins and either the etiologies or the severity of cytoarchitectural changes.

Conclusions.-Expressions of membrane (MUC1) and secreted (MUC5AC, MUC6) mucins are frequently modified in reactive gastropathy. The alteration of MUC1, which is involved in cell adhesion and polarity, may play a role in the development of the serrated profile of reactive gastropathy. Milder modifications of the secreted mucins may be explained by the reactive/regenerative nature of the process. Importantly, theses changes are different from the increase in MUC6 and reduction of MUC5AC expression reported in H pylori gastritis, underlying their mechanistic differences. It is worth noting that similar alterations of mucin expression are shared by various etiologies, that is, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and bile reflux, consistent with the nonspecific nature of reactive gastropathy.

(Arch Pathol Lab Med. 2007;131:86-90)

The mucosal surface of the stomach is covered by thick layers of mucus composed of mucins, high molecular weight glycoproteins, that are acting as a protective buffer against the acid luminal environment and various exogenous agents.1 In the normal gastric mucosa, MUC1, MUC5AC, and MUC6 are expressed in a characteristic zonal pattern. MUC1 has an apical/membranous staining pattern observed in the surface and foveolar epithelium as well as mucous neck zone cells. Alternatively, in the oxyntic mucosa, chief and parietal cells show diffuse cytoplasmic staining and canalicular system staining, respectively. In contrast, MUC5AC distribution is limited to cytoplasm of the surface and foveolar epithelium and mucous neck cells throughout the stomach. MUC6 is expressed in the cytoplasm of antral pyloric glands but also in mucous neck cells and chief cells of the gastric body.2,3

The characteristics of the gastric mucous layer reflect its physiologic function and changes in its composition can be noted following various insults. Notably, the development of monoclonal antibodies to various mucins has allowed evaluation of the changes in composition and distribution in diverse pathologies. For example, the alteration of mucin expression in the setting of Helicobacter pylori infection has been extensively evaluated.1,4-6 Helicobacter pylori leads to reversible alteration of mucin glycosylation and particularly inhibition of MUC5AC expression1,4 with increase in MUC6 expression on the surface mucous cells.1,3 With regard to MUC1 expression, controversial results (decreased expression in vitro vs preserved expression in vivo) have been reported.1,4,5

Reactive gastropathy, the second most common histologic diagnosis made on gastric biopsies,7 is characterized by foveolar hyperplasia lined by tall columnar cells with variable mucin depletion and enlarged hyperchromatic nuclei. Other histologic hallmarks include ectatic capillaries and prominence of smooth muscle with minimal edema and inflammation of the lamina propria.8,9 Several etiologies have been implicated in the pathogenesis of this reactive gastropathy. Those include chronic usage of nonsteroidal anti- inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and bile reflux among others.8-11

Interestingly, little is known about the pathomechanisms associated with the development of the histologic features of reactive gastropathy. A sole report showing difference in cytoskeletal alterations between reactive gastropathy and H pylori gastritis has been published12 and we are not aware of any studies that investigated the mucin profile of reactive gastropathy. The purpose of this study was to evaluate mucin expression in biopsy specimens with this diagnosis. Interestingly, our results indicate noticeable alteration in the expression of mucins in gastric mucosa with histologic evidence of reactive gastropathy.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Thirty-six well-oriented consecutive biopsies that were interpreted as reactive gastropathy by 2 of us (M.M.-K. and G.Y.L.) formed our study group. They were obtained from the antrum of 25 women and 11 men with an average age of 57.9 years (range, 20-85 years).

The diagnosis of reactive gastropathy was established by following criteria put forth previously.8,9 In addition, all biopsies were negative for H pylori by Diff-Quick stain and did not demonstrate evidence of chronic active gastritis based on themodified Sydney classification.13 The biopsies were classified in 3 groups based on the severity of cytoarchitectural changes (mild, moderate, and severe; Figure 1, A through C). In addition, the biopsies were categorized as those related to either NSAID (n = 18) or bile reflux (n = 4) or of indeterminate etiology (n = 14), based on the review of medical charts and endoscopy reports. The reactive gastropathy was attributed to NSAID use when patients had been chronically on NSAIDs for more than 6 months. The mucosal changes were attributed to bile reflux when bile was endoscopically noted in an intact stomach.

Immunohistochemical Evaluation

Commercially available monoclonal antibodies against MUC1, MUC5AC, MUC6, and MUC2 were used (Table 1). After antigen retrieval by heating with a pressure cooker (249F, 3 minutes in citrate, pH 6.0), staining was performed with labeled streptavidin-biotin method (Dako, Glostrup, Denmark) followed by visualization with diaminobenzidine as a chromogen and light counterstain with hematoxylin. Normal gastric antrum was used as positive controls for MUC1, MUC5AC, and MUC6 staining and duodenum for MUC2. Sections that were subjected to the aforementioned antigen retrieval and stained with nonimmune serum without primary antibodies served as negative controls.

After staining, the slides were reviewed by 3 of us at a multiheaded microscope and the consensus was captured for the analysis. Mucin expression (present/absent) and topographic distribution were recorded for each of the 4 antibodies. The pattern of staining (patchy or diffuse) was also recorded. The results were correlated with the cytoarchitectural alterations and etiologies. The statistical analysis was performed using the Fisher exact probability test for a 3 rows by 3 columns contingency table and a P value of

RESULTS

Tables 2 and 3 show mucin expression in reactive gastropathy according to etiology and severity.

Five of the biopsy cases showed mild cytoarchitectural changes, 16 moderate changes, and 15 severe changes (Figure 1, A through C).

Loss of membrane mucin MUC1, either complete or patchy, was observed in 24 (67%) of the 36 cases (Figure 2, A). In contrast, aberrant expression of MUC5AC deep in the pyloric glands, which also stained with MUC6, was observed in a patchy distribution in 24 (67%) of the cases, and diffuse aberrant expression was noted in 5 cases (14%) (Figure 2, B). Abnormal expression of MUC6 in the upper foveolar epithelium, which also expressed MUC5AC, was diffusely seen in 5 (14%) of the 36 cases (Figure 2, C). Focal cytoplasmic expression of MUC2 in non-goblet cells was present in a single case. MUC2 also decorated the goblet cells of 2 cases with intestinal metaplasia.

Aberrant expression of MUC6 was less extensive in the NSAID group than in the other 2 groups (P = .03). Concurrently, the diffuse distribution of aberrant MUC6 expression in the upper foveolar epithelium was seen only in severe gastropathy (P = .09). There was no correlation between the changes in expression of other mucins and either the etiologies or the severity of cytoarchitectural changes.

COMMENT

We have demonstrated that alterations of expression of membrane (\MUC1) and secreted (MUC5AC and MUC6) mucins are frequently observed in reactive gastropathy. The changes are different from those reported for H pylori gastritis. In H pylori gastritis, MUC5AC expression on the surface epithelium is decreased and MUC6 expression extends to the surface mucous cells.1,3 With regard to MUC1 expression, controversial results have been reported.1,4,5 The difference in alterations of mucin expression between these 2 common gastropathies is not surprising because their pathogeneses are different. This is also consistent with a previous report revealing a divergence in various cytoskeleton modifications, especially cytokeratins 7 and 20 between the 2 entities.12 However, the precise mechanisms at play in the changes remain to be elucidated.

Foveolar hyperplasia is a response to excessive cell exfoliation from the surface epithelium.10 It accompanies etiologies with varied noxious mechanisms, that is, NSAIDs abuse, bile reflux, and alcoholic gastropathy.8 NSAIDs injure the gastric mucosal by at least 2 pathways. As weak organic acids, they freely diffuse across cell membranes in the highly acidic gastric environment and insult directly the mucosa lining. NSAIDs also inhibit cyclo-oxygenase enzymes required for conversion of arachidonic acid to prostaglandins.14 It results in alteration in cellular proliferation and repair, blood flow, and growth factor expression.14-16 It also leads to diminished bicarbonate and mucus secretion with decrease in hydrophobicity of the mucous gel layer.14-16 Some investigators have observed that mucosal edema and vascular ectasia of NSAIDs gastropathy may be related to the blockage of gastric microcirculation by neutrophils adherence or by reduced outflow of mucosal blood.16

After partial gastrectomy, bile reflux leads to an increase in gastric pH and bacterial contamination by fecaltype microflora. There is a close relationship between reflux (with bile concentrations at 10%-20% of levels found in hepatic bile), foveolar hyperplasia, and cell proliferation.17 The precise mechanisms of cellular alteration have not been convincingly explained. However, bile acids induce cytolysis and are associated with functional and structural alteration of the gastric mucosa.17

Aberrant expression of MUC5AC and MUC6 may correspond to the reparative metaplasia of mucins as seen in the regenerative epithelium of an animal model.18 Aberrant expression in these mucins is also reminiscent of the increase in mucous neck cells at the periphery of ulcers. In this particular animal model, the transitional phenotype between mucous neck cells and glandular cells is believed to reflect either maturation arrest of mucous neck cells or rejuvenation of glandular cells during repair and explain an extension of MUC5AC expression in the deep glandular region.19 Despite the absence of double immunostaining, it appears that there is aberrant coexpression of MUC5AC and MUC6. Notably, deep pyloric glands highlighted by MUC5AC concomitantly expressed MUC6. Concurrently, the upper foveolar epithelium that demonstrated MUC6 expression was also positive for MUC5AC. The finding may simply represent upward extension of mucous neck cells during mucosal regeneration. Conversely, the diffuse expression of MUC6 in the upper foveolar region, more commonly seen in the bile reflux and indeterminate groups (than in the NSAID group) may be related to the severity of mucosal damage noted in the former (data not shown).

Given its role in cell-cell adhesion and maintenance of cell polarity, alteration of mucin MUC1 expression may be related to the development of the characteristic serrated profile of reactive gastropathy. However, the mechanism(s) behind the loss of MUC1 expression remains to be elucidated. It includes the investigation of STAT (signal transducers and activators of transcription) transcription factors that are involved in the regulation of MUC1 expression20 and that can be controlled by NSAIDs.21

The implications of mucin alterations in reactive gastropathy remain largely to be elucidated. However, distinct differences from those of H pylori gastritis underline different mechanisms. In the latter, driven by an infectious agent, the gastric mucosa display what appears to be specific changes. Alternatively, the mucin alterations noted in reactive gastropathy may represent a common pathway of generic mucosal response shared by several etiologies. It is important, however, to gain some understanding of these changes because it may help heighten our understanding of the physiologic and pathologic alterations of the gastric mucosa when damaged.

We thank Desiree E. Eatherton, MS, and Sven Holder, MS, for their technical support.

References

1. Byrd JC, Yan P, Sternberg L, Yunker CK, Scheiman JM, Bresalier RS. Aberrant expression of gland-type gastric mucin in the surface epithelium of Helicobacter pylori-infected patients. Gastroenterology. 1997;113:455-464.

2. Jass JR. Mucin core proteins as differentiation markers in the gastrointestinal tract. Histopathology. 2000;37:561-564.

3. Corfield AP, Myerscough N, Longman R, Sylvester P, Arul S, Pignatelli M. Mucins and mucosal protection in the gastrointestinal tract: new prospects for mucins in the pathology of gastrointestinal disease. Gut. 2000;47:589-594.

4. Byrd JC, Yunker CK, Xu QS, Sternberg LR, Bresalier RS. Inhibition of gastric mucin synthesis by Helicobacter pylori. Gastroenterology. 2000;118:1072-1079.

5. Teixeira A, David L, Reis CA, Costa J, Sobrinho-Simoes M. Expression of mucins (MUC1, MUC2, MUC5AC, and MUC6) and type 1 Lewis antigens in cases with and without Helicobacter pylori colonization in metaplastic glands of the human stomach. J Pathol. 2002;197:37- 43.

6. Vinall LE, King M, Novelli M, et al. Altered expression and allelic association of the hypervariable membrane mucin MUC1 in Helicobacter pylori gastritis. Gastroenterology. 2002;123:41-49.

7. Owen DA. Gastritis and carditis. Mod Pathol. 2003;16:325-341.

8. Sobala GM, King RF, Axon AT, Dixon MF. Reflux gastritis in the intact stomach. J Clin Pathol. 1990;43:303-306.

9. Quinn CM, Bjarnason I, Price AB. Gastritis in patients on non- steroidal antiinflammatory drugs. Histopathology. 1993;23:341-348.

10. Dixon MF, O’Connor HJ, Axon AT, King RF, Johnston D. Reflux gastritis: distinct histopathological entity? J Clin Pathol. 1986;39:524-530.

11. Haber MM, Lopez I. Gastric histologic findings in patients with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug-associated gastric ulcer. Mod Pathol. 1999;12:592- 598.

12. Lauwers GY, Furman J, Michael LE, Balis UJ, Kubilis PS. Cytoskeletal and kinetic epithelial differences between NSAID gastropathy and Helicobacter pylori gastritis: an immunohistochemical determination. Histopathology. 2001;39:133- 140.

13. Dixon MF, Genta RM, Yardley JH, Correa P. Classification and grading of gastritis. The updated Sydney System. International Workshop on the Histopathology of Gastritis, Houston 1994. Am J Surg Pathol. 1996;20:1161-1181.

14. Wolfe MM, Lichtenstein DR, Singh G. Gastrointestinal toxicity of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs. N Engl J Med. 1999;340:1888- 1899.

15. Sanchez S, Alarcon de la Lastra C, Ortiz P, Motilva V, Martin MJ. Gastrointestinal tolerability of metamizol, acetaminophen, and diclofenac in subchronic treatment in rats. Dig Dis Sci. 2002;47:2791-2798.

16. Wallace JL. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and gastroenteropathy: the second hundred years. Gastroenterology. 1997;112:1000-1016.

17. Domellof L, Reddy BS, Weisburger JH. Microflora and deconjugation of bile acids in alkaline reflux after partial gastrectomy. Am J Surg. 1980;140:291- 295.

18. Hayashida H, Ishihara K, Ichikawa T, et al. Expression of a specific mucin type recognized by monoclonal antibodies in the rat gastric mucosa regenerating from acetic acid-induced ulcer. Scand J Gastroenterol. 2001;36:467-473.

19. Sugiyama A, Ichikawa H, Kobayashi C, Hashikura Y, Katsuyama T. Physiological significance of mucous neck cell-type mucins in the healing of acetic acid-induced gastric ulcers in rats. Scand J Gastroenterol Suppl. 1989;162:142- 145.

20. Gaemers IC, Vos HL, Volders HH, van der Valk SW, Hilkens J. A statresponsive element in the promoter of the episialin/MUC1 gene is involved in its overexpression in carcinoma cells. J Biol Chem. 2001;276:6191-6199.

21. Giambartolomei S, Artini M, Almerighi C, Moavero SM, Levrero M, Balsano C. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug metabolism potentiates interferon alfa signaling by increasing STAT1 phosphorylation. Hepatology. 1999;30:510- 516.

Mari Mino-Kenudson, MD; Shigeki Tomita, MD, PhD; Gregory Y. Lauwers, MD

Accepted for publication July 7, 2006.

From the Gastrointestinal Pathology Service, Department of Pathology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston.

The authors have no relevant financial interest in the products or companies described in this article.

Reprints: Gregory Y. Lauwers, MD, Massachusetts General Hospital Department of Pathology (WRN2), 55 Fruit St, Warren 2, Boston, MA 02114-2696 (e-mail: [email protected]).

Copyright College of American Pathologists Jan 2007

(c) 2007 Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Hamilton, Ohio, Pawn Shop Owners Face Drug, Gun Charges

By Lauren Pack, The Journal-News, Hamilton, Ohio

Jan. 12–HAMILTON — Owners of a Hamilton pawn shop have been arrested after sheriff’s deputies found drugs, guns and a police-issued bullet proof vest at the business and in their homes.

The Butler County Sheriff’s Office Drug and Vice Investigations Unit, with the assistance of the Hamilton Police Department, executed a search warrant about 4:45 p.m. Wednesday at Midwest Trade Inc., 537 Knightsbridge Drive, where they seized drugs, vehicles and cash, authorities said.

According to the sheriff’s office, three-quarters of a kilogram of cocaine, two pounds of marijuana, two handguns, two vehicles — a Pontiac Trans Am and a Chevy Tahoe — and approximately $6,000 were found during the search of the business.

Co-owners of the business, Alan Hibbard, 28, of Liberty Twp., and Steve Sizemore, 32, of St. Clair Twp., were taken into custody and each charged with possession of cocaine, a first-degree felony.

Less than 30 minutes later, Sizemore’s residence at 67 Shawnee Drive was searched. Items found included marijuana, steroids, hypodermic needles and $300, according to deputies.

Hibbard’s residence at 5616 Ava Court was searched at about 7:10 p.m. Items found included a tactical shotgun, a police-issued bullet proof vest, steroids, hypodermic needles and approximately $2,200, officials said.

Detective Mike Hackney, unit supervisor, said the duo were dealing drugs out of their business, calling the suspects “middle-level dealers.” The powder cocaine, which was compressed in to a block, was found along with the marijuana in a back room of the store, he said.

“They were driving nice vehicles and had nice homes. I don’t think the pawn shop was supporting that,” he said.

Hibbard and Sizemore, who have been under surveillance by deputies for weeks, are “avid gym goers,” Hackney said, adding that the steroids found at their homes were likely for personal use.

The street value of the cocaine and marijuana recovered is estimated at $30,000. The investigation is continuing and additional charges are possible.

—–

To see more of The Journal-News, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.journal-news.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Journal-News, Hamilton, Ohio

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Business News.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Concentra Operating Corporation Subsidiary Settles Class Action Lawsuit in Louisiana

Concentra announced today that one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, FOCUS Healthcare Management, Inc., has tentatively settled a class action lawsuit in Louisiana. The case, Gunderson, et al. v. F.A. Richard & Associates, Inc., et al., has been pending since 2004 in the state court of Louisiana, Parish of Calcasieu. The company, along with other preferred provider organizations (PPOs), insurance companies and third-party administrators, had been sued by four Louisiana health care providers alleging that the defendants provided legally insufficient notice under Louisiana law of PPO discounts to which the health care providers had contractually agreed. Similar cases were also filed against insurance carriers, PPOs and third-party administrators in the state court trial system and the workers compensation court system. In the settlement, FOCUS has agreed to create a $12 million settlement fund and to pay an additional $250,000 to cover actual expenses related to the administration of the settlement of the class action. The parties to the class action have mutually agreed that the settlement represents a compromise of disputed claims and is not an admission of liability for any purposes. The settlement remains subject to final court approval, following notice to class members.

Concentra Operating Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Concentra Inc., is dedicated to improving the quality of life by making healthcare accessible and affordable. Serving the occupational, auto and group healthcare markets, Concentra provides employers, insurers and payors with a series of integrated services that include employment-related injury and occupational healthcare, in-network and out-of-network medical claims review and repricing, access to preferred provider organizations, case management and other cost containment services. Concentra provides its services to approximately 200,000 employer locations and more than 1,000 insurance companies, group health plans, third-party administrators and other healthcare payors. The Company has 310 health centers located in 40 states. It also operates the Beech Street and FOCUS PPO networks.

This press release contains certain forward-looking statements, which the Company is making in reliance on the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Investors are cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and that the Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, changes in nationwide employment and injury rate trends; operational, financing and strategic risks related to the Company’s capital structure, acquisitions and growth strategy; the adverse effects of litigation judgments or settlements; interruption in its data processing capabilities; the potential adverse impact of governmental regulation on the Company’s operations; competitive pressures; adverse changes in market pricing, demand and other conditions relating to the Company’s services; possible fluctuations in quarterly and annual operations; and dependence on key management personnel. Additional factors include those described in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Former Nurse Sentenced for Product Tampering, Reports U.S. Attorney

BOSTON, Jan. 11 /PRNewswire-USNewswire/ — A former registered nurse who worked at various times at the V.A. Medical Center in Bedford, the Somerville Hospital and the Metro West Medical Center – Framingham was sentenced today in federal court for tampering with a consumer product, obtaining controlled substances by fraud, and making false statements, all in connection with the theft of narcotics from the V.A. Medical Center when she worked there.

United States Attorney Michael J. Sullivan; Jeffrey G. Hughes, Special Agent in Charge of the Northeast Field Office of Veteran’s Affairs, Office of Inspector General; Mark Dragonetti, Resident Agent in Charge of the Federal Food and Drug Administration, Office of Criminal Investigation in Boston; and John Duffey, Chief of the Bedford Veteran’s Affairs Medical Center Police, announced that MARGARET GIROUARD, age 40, of Merrimack, New Hampshire, formerly of Bedford, Massachusetts, was sentenced by U.S. District Judge William G. Young to 5 years in prison, to be followed by 3 years of supervised release during which time she will be prohibited from practicing as nurse.

On September 28, 2006, GIROUARD was convicted by a trial jury of one count of tampering with a consumer product. Earlier that month, GIROUARD pleaded guilty to the other ten counts in the Indictment charging her with 9 counts of obtaining controlled substances by fraud, and 1 count of making false statements. Today’s sentence reflects both her trial conviction and guilty plea.

According to evidence presented during the trial and information provided to the Court at the plea hearing, GIROUARD was employed as a registered nurse for the Veteran’s Affairs Medical Center (“VAMC”) in Bedford, Massachusetts from September 2001 to August 2002. During that time GIROUARD secretly removed a powerful narcotic from a number of pain patches by tampering with them and then attempting to conceal what she had done by returning the pain patches, unopened, to their packaging. In addition, GIROUARD stole numerous controlled substances, primarily pain medications, while employed at the hospital including, codeine, oxycodone, and fentanyl. GIROUARD falsely represented that she was administering the medications to patients when in fact she kept them for herself. GIROUARD’s actions deliberately circumvented hospital medication safeguards and potentially jeopardized patient health. If the tampered patches had not been discovered, and were instead used with patients, serious harm could have occurred.

Additionally, from November 29, 2003 until April 4, 2005, GIROUARD worked as a registered nurse for the Diversified Staffing Group of Natick, an agency that provides contract nursing. While an employee of Diversified Staffing, GIROUARD was placed at Metro West Medical Center – Framingham and Somerville Hospital. GIROUARD stole and consumed controlled substances, primarily pain medications, including hydromorphine, while placed at both hospitals.

Finally, GIROUARD also made false statements in her employment application for the Bedford VAMC, stating that she had not been fired from any job within the prior five years and that she did not have a drug problem nor any restrictions on her nursing license. In fact, in January 1998, GIROUARD had been fired from her position as an in-home nurse on suspicion that she had been taking some of her patient’s narcotic medications. GIROUARD was, at the time she applied to the Bedford VAMC, restricted by the Massachusetts Board of Registration in Nursing from handling narcotics. GIROUARD’s Massachusetts, Maine and New Hampshire nursing licenses have all been revoked or suspended.

Upon return of the guilty verdict last September, Judge Young ordered that GIROUARD be taken immediately into the custody of the U.S. Marshals where she has remained. She will now be turned over to the custody of the U.S. Bureau of Prisons.

The investigation was conducted by Veteran’s Affairs, Office of Inspector General and the Federal Food and Drug Administration, Office of Criminal Investigation with assistance from the Bedford Veteran’s Affairs Medical Center Police. The case was prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney Thomas E. Kanwit in Sullivan’s Criminal Division.

U.S. Attorney

CONTACT: Samantha Martin of the U.S. Attorney’s office, +1-617-748-3139

Robert Michael Educational Institute LLC Announces Personnel Changes

HADDON HEIGHTS, N.J., Jan. 11 /PRNewswire/ — Robert Michael Educational Institute LLC (RMEI) is pleased to announce two personnel changes, effective immediately. Sherri Kramer, MD, has joined the company as a full-time Director, Medical Affairs. In addition, Jessica G. Parenti has been promoted to Vice President from her previous position as Senior Director, Professional Programs.

Dr. Kramer will report to and work directly with President and CEO, Robert M. Colleluori, and Vice President, Jessica G. Parenti.

Dr. Kramer has a broad background including serving as an Emergency Department Attending Physician in several Philadelphia area hospitals, working five years as a Senior Medical Liaison for two pharmaceutical companies, including Parke-Davis and Sepracor, as well as having vast experience in the medical communications industry. “Dr. Kramer is well-versed in all disease states, including our primary therapeutic areas of infectious diseases and oncology,” said Colleluori. “She will be responsible for ensuring the accuracy of all scientific programs as well as identifying current gaps in knowledge. Dr. Kramer and Ms. Parenti will lead medical education initiatives, identifying and interacting with global key opinion leaders and will assure all adherences to ACCME and PhRMA guidelines.”

Jessica G. Parenti has been with the company two years as Senior Director of Professional Programs. Some of her new responsibilities will include business development and strategic planning for the company.

Robert Michael Educational Institute LLC, an affiliate of Robert Michael Communications, Inc., is a full-service medical education company that is dedicated to providing comprehensive medical education to healthcare providers, patients, and caregivers. Our mission is to design programs that improve diagnosis and treatment through a variety of educational programming such as national and international symposia, teleconferences, live meetings, enduring print materials and interactive Internet programs.

Robert Michael Educational Institute LLC

CONTACT: Christine Hofmann, Robert Michael Educational Institute LLC,+1-856-547-4141, ext. 212

Folk Remedies: Had Your Gin-Soaked Raisins Today?

By Kat Bergeron, The Sun Herald, Biloxi, Miss.

Jan. 11–for arthritis

What do gin-soaked raisins and copper have in common?

Answer: Both are touted as natural or folk remedies for arthritis.

Forty-six million Americans have arthritis in some form or another, and those who do know arthritis can be painful, slow you down, and in some cases, be debilitating. The Centers for Disease Control reports that in this country, arthritis limits the activities of more than 17 million adults.

No wonder so many “home cures” exist alongside more modern pharmaceutical medications and pain relievers. In addition to copper bracelets and golden raisins soaked in gin, there are such commonly heard suggestions as magnets, drinking apple cider vinegar, eating fresh pineapple, and taking gelatin and shark cartilage, to name a few.

Such folk cures — nonconventional or alternative medicine as some call it — persist through generations, despite the lack of supporting medical studies to prove whether they actually work. You likely heard about them from your grandparent, or a work colleague, or a neighbor, or a tennis buddy. Some purported cures, like the gin-soaked raisins, are cyclical in their popularity.

“They persist because on some level they do help because they have anti-inflammatory properties and people will notice some modification of inflammation and pain,” said Jim Borden, a certified nutritionist associated with Five Seasons, a health food market in Ocean Springs.

“But what I tell people is that with such things as raisins they’re only getting a little bit of a piece of their puzzle, and they need to look further into how to prevent their health problems and how to maintain better heath by controlling diet. Proper nutrition for your body type is important. You need to know about yourself.”

So here’s a quick primer on arthritis, which literally means “inflammation of a joint.” The word comes from the Greek “arthron” for joint, and “itis” for inflammation.

Inflammation is the natural swelling that is the body’s response to an injury or infection or irritation. But with arthritis, the body’s natural defense mechanisms run amok and the usual infection-repair roles are reversed to attack the body instead. That’s what causes the pain of arthritis.

That said, there are more than 100 types of arthritic conditions, including rheumatoid arthritis, gout, psoriatic arthritis, fibromyalgia, lupus, and Lyme disease, to name a few. The most common is osteoarthritis, which the Arthritis Foundation says affects 21 million, and is often associated with aging and affects weight-bearing areas such as knees.

Despite a slew of modern arthritis meds and despite naysayers of nonconventional treatments, folk cures persist and continue to intrigue the afflicted. Finding their origins is no easy task, with raisins as a case in point.

In the 1990s when popular radio announcer Paul Harvey mentioned the raisin, there was a run on golden raisins and gin, and it has returned in several cycles of popularity, including in 2006. Political pundits had fun in the last presidential election when Teresa Heinz Kerry, wife of candidate John Kerry, reportedly mentioned the gin raisins.

Some people buy regular golden or white raisins in the grocery but some also seek out health food shops, like the one where Borden works, in search of organically grown raisins because they prefer to avoid sulfites common in processed dried grapes.

Although the formula varies slightly according to what Web site you check or what person you talk to, the basics are simple: Eat nine gin-soaked raisins a day. Without that scientific placebo-controlled double blind study, proving the efficacy of this folk cure is hard. It’s literally word of mouth, but that is the way of folk medicine.

Borden explains one possible reason for the persistence of the gin-raisin remedy.

“It’s like making an extract of resveratrol, a flavonoid found in grape skins,” Borden said. He points to a Harvard study that shows mice with resveratrol in their diet are thinner and healthier and have longer life span. He also points out that the substance is found in grape juice, grape wine and other raisins, and that you can buy resveratrol extracts.

That’s the way of these folk cures. There’s often more than one source.

——

At a glance

What: In the fields of natural or folk medicines, here are a few commonly cited remedies for arthritis pain and swelling. Each of them, over time, has been tried, dropped, followed, scoffed at, poo-pooed and yet, despite any medical evidence to support the validity of the remedies, touted.

Special note: As in any non-traditional medicines, the user should use common sense and his own research, including possible consultation with a physician, before starting new treatments.

Gin & Raisins: Take a box of golden raisins (sometimes called white raisins); place in shallow container; cover raisins with distilled gin; let soak for a few weeks until gin evaporates; place in jar; eat nine raisins a day. (Note: nine is the number you see most often, but you’ll also see variations).

Apple Cider Vinegar: Two tablespoons of apple cider vinegar in 8 ounces of water, three times a day. Some people sweeten with honey or add baking soda for pH balance. (Note: EarthClinic.com says it if you stop taking this remedy for a few days, the symptoms return.)

Gelatin: You can buy animal gelatin capsules or you can make gelatin (the store variety like Jell-O) but instead of chilling it, drink it. Some suggest drinking a cup a week, then more as you become accustomed to it. Some people make concoctions with grape juice and pectin (a jam thickener, such as Certo, that contains gelatin powders).

Fresh Pineapple: Eat fresh pineapple frequently for the bromelain, an enzyme found in fresh pineapple (freezing or canning is thought to destroy the enzymes so eat fresh). Bromelain can also be purchased in capsule form as a supplement.

Copper Bracelet: Some believe that copper is absorbed by the skin to relieve joint pain when wearing a copper bracelet but the results are anecdotal and effects controversial. If you wear one, you might want to avoid the ones with anti-tarnish coating.

Magnets: Static magnet therapy is believed to relieve pain by increasing circulation, but that has not been proven by scientific studies. About.com says magnetic treatment is generally considered harmless unless it causes people to forgo other needed medical treatments.

—–

Copyright (c) 2007, The Sun Herald, Biloxi, Miss.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Business News.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

JASDAQ:3354, NYSE:PRM,

New Long Island Facility Offers Revolutionary, Non-Invasive Uterine Fibroid Treatment

LONG ISLAND, N.Y., Jan. 11 /PRNewswire/ — Metropolitan Area women suffering from the painful, embarrassing side effects of uterine fibroids now have local access to a revolutionary non-invasive outpatient procedure that combines magnetic resonance imaging and focused ultrasound to destroy these tumors. ExAblate of Long Island, the first Metropolitan Area facility to offer this incisionless procedure with the ExAblate 2000 system, is now open at 900 Northern Boulevard in Great Neck.

“The ExAblate technology combines magnetic resonance imaging and focused ultrasound, which enables us to not only see the fibroid and surrounding organs in 3D, but to destroy the targeted tumors inside the body without the need for traditional surgical incisions. On average, patients return to normal activities in one to two days. Other surgical treatments for fibroids are invasive and can require several days of hospital stay and up to six weeks of recovery time,” said Ronda Snowden M.D., partnering physician for ExAblate of Metro New York.

The ExAblate treatment offers women with symptomatic uterine fibroids the only non-invasive alternative to surgical treatment options such as hysterectomy, myomectomy, and uterine artery embolization (UAE). Hysterectomy, the full removal of the uterus can lead to complications associated with major surgery and will send the patient into early menopause. The procedure requires two to five days of hospitalization and six to eight weeks of recovery. Myomectomy, the surgical removal of he fibroid, and UAE both require hospitalization and lengthy recovery time. With ExAblate, the patient goes home the same day of the procedure and can return to her normal activities within two days.

Over 2,500 patients worldwide have already benefited from The ExAblate treatment which is the only U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) — approved system to use the breakthrough MR-guided Focused Ultrasound (MRgFUS) technology that combines MRI — to visualize tissues in the body, plan the treatment and monitor, in real time, treatment outcome – and high intensity focused ultrasound to thermally ablate tissue. MR thermal feedback, provided uniquely by the system, allows the physician to control and adjust the treatment in real time to ensure that the targeted tumor is fully treated and surrounding tissue is spared. ExAblate received FDA approval for the treatment of symptomatic uterine fibroids in October 2004.

ExAblate of Metro New York is a joint venture between local physicians and Deployed Medical Solutions Inc., a Houston, Texas based company dedicated to providing patients and gynecologists access to this revolutionary new technology. Deployed Medical Solutions owns and operates six facilities across the country.

“We are pleased that we will be able to offer our gynecologists and the women of New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut, access to this new, non- invasive treatment for a condition that has previously only been treated with invasive surgery,” said Charles Cohen, president and chief executive officer of Deployed Medical Solutions, Inc.

For more information on the ExAblate procedure please visit us on the web at http://www.exablate.net/ and http://www.exablateoflongisland.com/ or call toll free: 877-ExAblate (877-392-2523)

About Uterine Fibroids

Uterine fibroids are benign growths in the uterus that affect approximately 13 million women of child bearing age in the U.S. and can cause heavy bleeding that leads to anemia, bloating, abdominal pain and other symptoms. Each year approximately 200,000 women have hysterectomies to treat uterine fibroids. Unlike hysterectomy, myomectomy and UAE, ExAblate is completely non-invasive, using MR guided focused ultrasound to thermally ablate (destroy) growths in the uterus. For women this means no hospital stay and only 1-2 days of recovery as opposed to one week (UAE); two weeks (myomectomy); or six weeks (hysterectomy) usually associated with treatment of this condition.

About ExAblate of Metro New York

ExAblate of Metro New York provides access to the ExAblate technology to gynecologists who understand their patients’ need for a non-invasive yet effective option for treating uterine fibroids. ExAblate of Metro New York will be the first and only entity in the Metropolitan Area that provides this innovative procedure. ExAblate of Metro New York is a dedicated provider of the ExAblate procedure using MR guided Focused Ultrasound Surgery that significantly improves the patient’s quality of life.

Deployed Medical Solutions Inc.

CONTACT: Oliver Freund, +1-212-867-1762, [email protected], orKaren Arthur, +1-718-601-4475, [email protected], both for DeployedMedical Solutions Inc.

Web site: http://www.exablate.net/http://www.exablateoflongisland.com/

A Bright Comet Is Coming

If you watch the morning or evening sky these days and have a clear view of the horizon, you will be able to spot a bright object with a prominent tail.

Instructions for viewing the comet in the morning from Spaceweather.com:

At dawn, go outside and face east
Using binoculars, scan the horizon
The comet is located just south of due east

Instructions for viewing the comet in the evening from Spaceweather.com:

At sunset, go outside and face west
Using binoculars, scan the horizon
The comet is located low and to the right of Venus
A clear view of the horizon is essential

That object is comet C/2006 P1 (Comet McNaught). It was discovered on August 7th, 2006 by the hugely successful comet discoverer Rob McNaught.

At time of discovery, the comet was a very faint object, but the predicted perihelion distance (closest distance to the sun) of just 0.17 astronomical units (the average distance between the Earth and sun, about 150 million kilometers) indicated that the object has the potential to become very bright indeed.

Nobody really knows just what this comet will look like at its closest point to the sun and that is where SOHO comes in! The LASCO instrument aboard SOHO has the ability to watch comets as they get extremely close to the sun.

Fortunately for us, C/2006 P1 is going to pass right through the LASCO C3 field of view in less than a weeks’ time! As soon as SOHO’s cameras capture the comet, we will post images and further information to the SOHO website. In the meantime, you may enjoy looking at some photographs and checking out the links below for further information.

The image to the left shows the expected track of the comet through SOHO’s coronagraph LASCO C3. The comet will appear in the field of view of C3 at around 10:00 UT (05:00 EDT) on January 12th (a few hours before perihelion) in the upper-left of the images and travel almost vertically down, exiting C3’s field of view in the lower left at roughly 03:00 UT on January 16th.

Recent estimates of the comet’s maximal brightness have ranged widely from magnitude +2.1 (about as bright as Polaris, the North Star) to a super-bright -8.8 (about 40 times brighter than Venus)! The lower the magnitude number, the brighter the object. The brightest stars in the sky are categorized as zero or first magnitude. Negative magnitudes are reserved for the most brilliant objects: the brightest star is Sirius (-1.4); the full Moon is -12.7; the Sun is -26.7.

Current estimates put comet McNaught at magnitude 0 to -1, and it is still brightening. It could be -2 or -3 by the time it reaches LASCO’s field of view. This means it will be brighter than comet NEAT or comet 96P/Machholz. In other words, this could be the brightest and most spectacular comet that SOHO has ever seen!

On the Net:

NASA

SOHO

Fractional Flexor Tendon Lengthening for Advanced Metacarpophalangeal Flexion Contracture in Rheumatoid Hands

By Al-Ahaideb, Abdulaziz; Drosdowech, Darren S; Pichora, David R

This technical report discusses a subgroup of rheumatoid patients who have minimal ulnar drift but a severe fixed metacarpophalangeal joint flexion contracture for whom conventional metacarpophalangeal joint arthroplasty alone was insufficient to correct the deformity. We describe a surgical technique to deal with this clinical problem that uses fractional flexor tendon lengthening in the forearm to correct the severe flexion deformity at the metacarpophalangeal joint. (J Hand Surg 2006;31 A:1690-1693. Copyright 2006 by the American Society for Surgery of the Hand.)

Key words: Rheumatoid arthritis, hand, metacarpophalangeal joint, flexion contracture, fractional lengthening.

Rheumatoid arthritis often produces the characteristic metacarpophalangeal (MCP) joint deformities of volar dislocation and ulnar deviation. Surgical reconstruction for MCP disease typically comprises replacement arthroplasty and soft-tissue rebalancing. Associated MCP flexion contracture is usually mild and is easily corrected by metacarpal head excision. We report on a subgroup of rheumatoid patients with minimal ulnar drift but severe fixed MCP flexion contracture for whom conventional MCP arthroplasty alone was insufficient to correct the deformity. Associated contracture of the proximal interphalangeal joints was variable.

Hastings and Evans1 reported on very similar deformities in 6 hands of 3 patients from a population of 125 having systematic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The articular surface is spared in SLE; thus they were able to correct the deformity by combined MCP volar capsulotomy, intrinsic release, and metacarpal shortening. Our rheumatoid group differed in that the MCP joints were dislocated and the articular surface was damaged or destroyed.2 Therefore, MCP arthroplasty was required as part of the procedure to correct the deformity. Rather than using metacarpal shortening, we wished to determine whether fractional flexor tendon lengthening (FFTL) could be successfully applied to patients with severe rheumatoid MCP flexion contracture.

For severe wrist and finger contracture in cerebral palsy, Zancolli et al3 advocate lengthening multiple flexor tendons via circumferential release of the muscle fascia. Le Viet4 broadened the application to include Volkmann’s contracture and recommended intramuscular transverse tenotomy at the musculotendinous junction.

Materials and Methods

Thirty-seven patients had MCP arthroplasty over a 30month period. A retrospective analysis identified 8 of these patients as having severe fixed MCP flexion contractures of 90 to -120. Associated proximal interphalangeal contracture was seen in some. There were 7 women and 1 man, with a mean age of 68 years (Table 1). Three patients were rheumatoid factor positive and 2 were negative, 1 of whom was anti-nuclear antibody (ANA) positive. The rheumatoid factor status of the others was not documented. There were 5 left hands and 3 right hands; all patients were right-hand dominant. Skin maceration and intertrigo were present in 3 patients with more severely contracted hands, and all patients complained of disabling loss of hand function.

The initial evaluation before surgery included assessment of function, radiographs, and measurement of active and passive ranges of MCP motion. Preoperative grip strength testing was not performed because no patient could grasp the dynamometer.

Table 1. Patient Demographics

The average postoperative follow-up period was 17 months (range, 6-31 mo). Evaluation included subjective assessment, active and passive ranges of motion, and grip strength testing with comparison with the contralateral hand.

The surgical procedure included all of the standard features of silicone MCP replacement arthroplasty including metacarpal head resection, ulnar intrinsic tenotomy, volar plate release, capsulotomy, collateral ligament release, and flexor tendon check. If after metacarpal head excision there still was considerable MCP flexion deformity, an FFTL was performed through a separate volar forearm incision. The sublimi were individually lengthened by intramuscular transverse tenotomy and circumferential fasciotomy as described by Zancolli et al3 and Le Viet.4 In some severe contractures, some or all of the profundi were also lengthened. A successful contracture release was defined as allowing for full, unresisted passive digital extension with the MCP prosthesis in place. No additional procedure was required to correct the proximal interphalangeal contractures when present. All patients had rehabilitation with dynamic extension splinting.

Results

Table 1 shows the long flexor tendons that needed to be released at the forearm. The release was performed when the tendon was believed to be tight and notably contributing to the lack of extension. There was no correlation between the extent of FFTL required and the degree of preoperative flexion contracture.

The mean preoperative MCP contracture measured 90 to 120. The postoperative mean active and passive arcs of motion were 60 and 80, respectively. The mean active range of motion was from 4 to 63 (Table 2).

Grip-strength values ranged from 8 to 18 kg and were higher at longer postoperative intervals (Table 1). There was no difference between surgically treated and non-surgically treated hands. There was no correlation between the number of tendons lengthened and grip strength. No postoperative complications were recorded. Wound healing and skin hygiene were satisfactory.

On preoperative radiographs, all but 1 patient had Larsen grade 4 or 5 changes, confirming the advanced state of disease in this group.5 After rehabilitation, patients were able to perform simple independent daily activities such as personal hygiene and preparing meals, which were impossible before surgery.

Figure 1 shows the right hand of one of the study patients. It shows the severe degree of flexion contracture at the MCP joint with very minimal ulnar drift deformity. Figure 2 shows the maceration in the palm as a result of a long-standing flexion deformity.

Figure 3 shows the forearm incision that was used to perform the fractional flexor tendon lengthening. Figure 4 shows the first postoperative visit. It shows clearly the amount of extension we achieved in the MCP joint even before starting the physiotherapy and the extension exercises. It is obvious that the left hand has the same deformity and will have the same procedure once the right hand is rehabilitated.

Discussion

Local soft-tissue and intrinsic muscle release, metacarpal head resection, and replacement arthroplasty are the conventional means of correcting the wellknown deformity of ulnar drift. We report treatment for the severely contracted rheumatoid MCP joint. Our small group of rheumatoid arthritis patients had finger contractures like those of 3 patients with SLE described by Hastings and Evans1; the clinical photograph in their publication shows a deformity identical to that seen in some of our patients. Some of our patients had a form of mixed connective tissue dis ease rather than pure rheumatoid arthritis. Our group required MCP arthroplasty to replace damaged and dislocated joint surfaces. Correction of flexion contracture could be achieved simply by additional re section of the metacarpal neck and shaft, but this may produce relative overlengthening of the extensors and some flexors or intrinsics, with secondary loss of grip strength and function. Therefore, to avoid excessive bone resection, we selectively lengthened those extrinsic flexors that were tight.

Table 2. Surgical Outcomes

Figure 1. The hand in severe flexion deformity.

There is no loss of motion with this procedure compared with conventional arthroplasty. Bieber et al6 reported on 46 postoperative rheumatoid hands with an average flexion contracture of 10 and an average active flexion arc of 51. Our corresponding values of 4 and 60 are slightly better but are unlikely to be statistically significant. The study of Bieber et al6 did not categorize patients by degree of preoperative MCP flexion contracture. It is reassuring that the functional results in our patients are at least as good as those of arthroplasty in rheumatoid arthritis patients who had conventional deformity. No untoward effects occurred as a result of adding FFTL to MCP arthroplasty. Grip strengths were at least maintained if not improved. Most importantly, patients regained basic hand functions that had been lost before surgery.

Figure 2. Skin maceration in the hand.

Thus far, we do not have a good explanation for the pathogenesis of extrinsic MCP flexor contractures seen here. We sent a biopsy of the flexor digitorum superficialis sheath from one of our patients, and it shows evidence of inflammation. This is in keeping with the pathophysiology of rheumatoid disease.

In addition to being a retrospective study, our study has a lack of clinically relevant statistics due to a small patient population size and the absence of a control group. Nevertheless, we conclude that there is a small subgroup of rheumatoid arthritis patients with some features of mixed connective tissue disease who have severe finger flexion contracture. Furthermore, we believe that fractional flexor tendon lengthening is a reasonable adjunctive procedure to m\etacarpophalangeal arthroplasty in treating this condition. Improved arc of motion and functional outcome, maintained grip strength, lack of complications, and simplicity of the procedure help support this observation.

Figure 3. The forearm incision.

Figure 4. The postoperative visit.

References

1. Hastings DE, Evans JA. The lupus hand: a new surgical approach. J Hand Surg 1978;5:179-183.

2. Wilson RL, Carlblom ER. The rheumatoid metacarpophalangeal joint. Hand Clin 1989;5:223-237.

3. Zancolli EA, Goldner LJ, Swanson AB. Surgery of the spastic hand in cerebral palsy: report of the Committee on Spastic Hand Evaluation (International Federation of Societies for Surgery of the Hand). J Hand Surg 1983;8:766-772.

4. Le Viet D. Flexor tendon lengthening by tenotomy at the musculotendinous junction. Ann Plast Surg 1986;17:239-246.

5. Larsen A, Dale K, Eek M. Radiographic evaluation of rheumatoid arthritis and related conditions by standard reference films. Acta Radiol Diagn (Stockholm) 1977;18:481-491.

6. Bieber EJ, Weiland AJ, Volenec-Dowling S. Silicone-rubber implant arthroplasty of the metacarpophalangeal joints for rheumatoid arthritis. J Bone Joint Surg 1986;68A:206-209.

Abdulaziz Al-Ahaideb, MD, Darren S. Drosdowech, MD,

David R. Pichora, MD

From King Khalid University Hospital, King Saud University, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia; St. Joseph’s Hospital, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada; and Kingston General Hospital, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada.

Received for publication January 15, 2006; accepted in revised form August 28, 2006.

No benefits in any form have been received or will be received from a commercial party related directly or indirectly to the subject of this article.

Corresponding author: Abdulaziz Al-Ahaideb, MD, Kingston General Hospital, Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario, K7M 9C3 Canada; e- mail: [email protected].

Copyright 2006 by the American Society for Surgery of the Hand

0363-5023/06/31A10-0018$32.00/0

doi:10.1016/j.jhsa.2006.08.019

Copyright Churchill Livingstone Inc., Medical Publishers Dec 2006

(c) 2006 Journal of Hand Surgery, The. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Cefdinir Vs. Cephalexin for Mild to Moderate Uncomplicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections in Adolescents and Adults*

By Giordano, Philip A; Elston, Dirk; Akinlade, Bolanle K; Weber, Kurt; Et al

Key words: Cefdinir – Cephalexin – Uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections – USSSI

ABSTRACT

Objectives: To compare the efficacy and safety of cefdinir to that of cephalexin In adolescents and adults with mild to moderate uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections (USSSI).

Research design and methods: This was an investigator-blinded, multicenter study In which patients at least 13 years of age with USSSI were randomized to receive 10 days of cefdinir 300 mg twice dally (BID) or cephalexin 250 mg four times daily (QID). Patients were evaluated at baseline, by telephone on Days 3-5, and during office visits on Days 12-14 (end-of-therapy [EOT] visit) and Days 17- 24 (test-of-cure [TOC] visit).

Main outcome measures: Clinical response was evaluated at the TOC visit. Patient reported outcomes, Including a usefulness questionnaire, were also assessed.

Results: Three hundred and ninety-one patients were treated. The treatment groups were well matched with regard to demographic characteristics and types of infection. Abscess(es) (26%), wound infection (24%), and cellulitis (21%) were the most common infections. At the TOC visit, the clinical cure rate for both treatment groups was 89% (151/170 for cefdinir and 154/174 for cephalexin) in clinically evaluable patients (95% Cl for difference in cure rates [-6.7 to 7.3]). In the intent-to-treat analysis, cure rates were 83% for cefdinir vs. 82% for cephalexin. Clinical cure rates for infections caused by methicillin-susceptible (MSSA) and methicillin-resistant (MRSA) Staphylococcus aureusmre 93% (37/40) and 92% (35/38) for cefdinir vs. 91% (29/32) and 90% (37/41) for cephalexin (p > 0.999 comparing treatment groups for MSSA; p > 0.999 for MRSA). The usefulness questionnaire demonstrated that cefdinir was more highly rated in the mean composite score (87.4 vs. 83.6, p = 0.04), with the difference primarily due to the respondents’ preference for the convenience of taking the study medication (mean score 93.5 vs. 74.1 for cephalexin, p

Conclusions: This study demonstrated that empiric coverage of USSSIs with cephalosporin therapy remains an appropriate clinical strategy. MRSA infections responded well in both arms of the study, suggesting that the choice of a cephalosporin did not adversely affect patient outcome. However, cephalosporins do not have accepted, clinically relevant in vitro activity against MRSA. Hence, the clinical response rates seen in this study against MRSA infections must be interpreted with caution. Cefdinir was more highly rated than cephalexin in a composite usefulness assessment.

Introduction

Uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections (USSSI) such as impetigo, erysipelas, cellulitis, folliculitis, furunculosis, wound infection, and simple abscesses are frequently encountered in the ambulatory care setting1. USSSIs are commonly caused by Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, and other streptococci2. They must be distinguished from complicated skin infections, which involve deeper soft tissue or require significant surgical intervention, such as infected ulcers, burns, and major abscesses, or involve a significant underlying disease state that complicates the response to treatment. Superficial infections or abscesses in anatomical sites, such as the rectal area, where the risk of anaerobic or Gram-negative pathogen involvement is high are also considered complicated skin infections3. In clinical practice, empiric antibiotic treatment for USSSI is typically initiated at the time of the initial visit, regardless of whether a culture is performed. Abscesses are treated with incision and drainage (I&D), with antibiotics playing a secondary role4.

Because USSSIs are confined to the superficial layers of the skin and seldom result in hospitalization, they can generally be treated with an oral antibiotic with coverage against the most common Gram- positive pathogens. Among the antimicrobial agents recommended for treating USSSIs, penicillinase-stable β-lactam agents possess good microbiological activity against methicillin-susceptible strains of S. aureus (MSSA) and streptococci5. Oral cephalosporins with proven clinical efficacy for USSSIs remain the most common class of antibiotics used for the treatment of USSSIs6,7 and include cefprozil, cefuroxime axetil, cefadroxil, cefdinir, cephalexin8-14. Semisynthetic penicillins and the penicillin-β-lactamase inhibitor combination, amoxicillin-clavulanate, are also used5. In addition, fluoroquinolones, tetracyclines, trimethoprim- sulfamethoxazole, macrolides, and lincosamides have demonstrated clinical efficacy in the treatment of USSSI5.

Since most therapy for USSSI is empiric5, culture and susceptibility testing, with subsequent modification of therapy, if indicated, is generally reserved for patients with recurrent or recalcitrant USSSI, or for those at high risk of infection with methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA). However, the strains of MRSA that are emerging as an increasingly common cause of community- acquired (CA) skin infections15-17 differ from the hospital- acquired (HA) strains. The CA-MRSA strains are more likely to present as purulent infections such as abscess or furunculosis and to occur in patients without the typically described risk factors for HA-MRSA18. These CA-MRSAs are genetically distinct from HA strains, and contain the gene for Panton-Valentine leukocidin (pvl) toxin, which has been associated with necrotizing pneumonia and necrotic abscesses19.

This study compared the efficacy, tolerability, and safety of cefdinir with that of cephalexin in adolescents and adults with mild to moderate USSSI. Both study drugs are approved in the US for the treatment of such infections20,21.

Patients and methods

Study design

The study was a Phase 4, investigator-blinded, randomized, parallel-group, multicenter study conducted in the US. Patients at least 13 years of age with mild to moderate USSSIs were enrolled at 39 sites between March 25, 2005 and July 22, 2005. An institutional review board reviewed and approved the protocol for each investigative site. Written informed consent was obtained before a patient enrolled into the study. For patients who were 18 years of age or younger, written child assent and their parent/legal guardian consent were also obtained, if determined applicable by the institutional review board.

Patients

Eligible patients were at least 13 years old with a mild to moderate USSSI, which included, but was not limited to, cellulitis, erysipelas, impetigo, simple abscess, wound infection, furunculosis, and folliculitis. The clinical diagnosis of an USSSI was based on the presence of two or more localized signs/symptoms: pain/ tenderness, swelling, erythema, localized warmth, purulent drainage/ discharge, induration, regional lymph node 4 swelling or tenderness, and/or extension of redness. Abscesses surrounded by cellulitis were classified as cellulitis according to the judgment of the physician. Women of childbearing potential were required to have a negative prestudy urine pregnancy test and agree to use effective contraception throughout the study.

Study exclusion criteria included a chronic or underlying skin condition at a site of infection, infections involving prosthetic materials, a wound caused by burn injury or acne vulgaris, abscesses in anatomical sites with a high risk of anaerobic infection (e.g., rectal area), concomitant documented or suspected bacteremia, fungal infection of the nail bed or scalp, immunodeficiency, significant peripheral vascular disease, deep vein thrombosis, or superficial thrombophlebitis. The use of a systemic antibiotic within 7 days (for azithromycin, within 14 days) prior to enrollment or concomitant use during the study was prohibited, as was the use of concomitant topical therapy at the infection site. Patients taking systemic corticosteroids at a dose greater than 15 mg of prednisone (or equivalent) per day for greater than 7 days were excluded.

Antimicrobial therapy

A computer-generated randomization schedule was used to assign patients in a 1:1 ratio to receive either cefdinir capsules 300 mg twice a day (BID) for 10 days (Omnicef, Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, IL, USA) or cephalexin capsules 250 mg four times per day (QID) for 10 days (Keflex, Eli Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, IN, USA). Study drug containers were dispensed in increasing numerical sequence at each investigative site as patients were enrolled to assure random a\ssignment of the treatment regimens according to the randomization schedule. Local lesion care measures, such as daily dressing change and the use of cleansing agents (e.g., non- antibacterial soap, water, saline) were permitted. Purulent lesions were treated by incision and drainage when appropriate by the investigator.

To maintain investigator blinding, the study drug was dispensed by an unblinded third person who did not participate in the assessments of clinical response. Furthermore, the patient was instructed not to disclose any details about the study drug (e.g., dosing frequency, taste, appearance, or packaging) to the investigator.

Study procedures

Patients were evaluated during visits conducted at baseline (within 48 h of study enrollment), following the completion of treatment (study Days 12-14; end-of-therapy [EOT] visit), and at a follow-up visit (study Days 17-24; test-of-cure visit [TOC]) or within 48 h of study discontinuation for patients who were prematurely withdrawn from the study. In addition, patients were contacted by telephone during treatment (study Days 3-5); a clinic visit was scheduled if the patient’s symptoms had not improved or had worsened at that time. Patients were assessed for adverse events during the telephone call and at all clinic visits.

A specimen for culture was obtained at baseline prior to the initiation of study drug and at any time thereafter, as clinically indicated. A specimen was obtained at the TOC visit, if culturable material was available. For abscess(es) and other purulent lesions, the specimen was obtained by swab from the base of the lesion during I&D or from purulent material that was spontaneously draining from lesions that did not require I&D. For uncomplicated cellulitis and erysipelas, leading-edge needle aspiration was conducted after cleansing with normal saline or sterile water to prevent surface contamination. Specimens were sent to a central laboratory, and minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs) for isolated pathogens were determined for cephalosporins and other antibiotics using broth microdilution according to Clinical Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) methods22,23. In addition, isolates of S. aureus were tested for susceptibility to oxacillin to differentiate MSSA from MRSA using the CLSI criteria22,23. MRSAs were confirmed using the latex agglutination test (PBP2′ test kit for the detection of PBP2′, Oxoid Ltd., Basingstoke, Hants, UK). Culture results were provided to investigators to manage individual patients, on request only.

Other assessments

Patients completed three outcomes questionnaires related to the treatment of their skin infections. In a self-assessment questionnaire, patients assessed their USSSI symptoms at all visits and during the on-treatment telephone call. A questionnaire was administered at the EOT visit, in which patients rated the usefulness of study drug based on their USSSI symptom improvement, medication side effects, and convenience in taking the medication; each response was rated using a scale from 0 (least useful) to 100 (most useful) and a composite score was calculated from the three individual scores. At both the EOT and TOC visits, patients were questioned about their use of healthcare resources since their previous evaluation.

In addition, patients completed a daily diary assessing medication compliance, USSSI symptom severity, activity limitations, other problems related to the infection (e.g., lack of sleep, reduced productivity/ concentration), number of hours of paid work missed (by patients or caregivers), and use of non-routine baby- sitting.

Outcome measures

Efficacy

The investigators evaluated clinical and microbiological responses at the TOC visit or at premature discontinuation. Patients were considered a clinical cure if their signs and symptoms had improved or resolved, and additional systemic antimicrobial therapy was not required. Patients were considered a clinical failure if they experienced persistent or worsening signs and symptoms, had onset of new USSSI signs/symptoms at the baseline infection site following at least 72 h of antibiotic therapy, or needed additional antimicrobial therapy for the skin infection. An indeterminate clinical response was assigned when evaluation was impossible (e.g., no follow-up examination, use of confounding medications, or premature discontinuation due to an adverse event or protocol violation).

Microbiologic responses included patient bacteriological cure rate and target pathogen eradication rate. Bacteriologic response was assigned using the following definitions: eradication, absence of the pretreatment pathogen in a post-treatment specimen; presumed eradication, clinical cure with absence of culturable material at the primary infection site; persistence, growth of the pretreatment pathogen in a culture taken at a post-treatment visit; presumed persistence, clinical failure with absence of culturable material at the primary infection site; new infection, isolation of a new pathogen from a specimen obtained after the initiation of study drug; and indeterminate, microbiologic response could not be assigned. Target skin pathogens were S. pyogenes and S. aureus, as well as other recognized skin-related pathogens (Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus uberis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pasteureua multocida). The patient bacteriological cure rate was the percentage of clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients in whom all target pathogens were eradicated or presumed to be eradicated. The target pathogen eradication rate was the percentage of all evaluable pretreatment target pathogens eradicated or presumed to be eradicated.

Safety and compliance

Investigators monitored patients throughout the study for adverse events and recorded their severity and relationship to the study drug. All study patients who received at least one dose of the study drug were included in the safety analysis. Patients were asked to return their study drug container at the end of treatment, and the third-party individual who dispensed the study drug to patients counted unused study medication to assess treatment compliance.

Data analysis

Assuming a clinical cure rate of [approximate] 85% in each treatment group and a clinical evaluability rate of 70%, at least 380 patients were to be enrolled. This sample size would provide approximately 80% power to ensure that the 2-tailed 95% CI around the difference in response between treatments would remain within the lower bound of -0.125 for establishing non-inferiority between treatments. Statistical analyses were conducted using SAS version 8.2 (SAS Institute Inc., Cary, North Carolina).

Characteristics of treatment groups at baseline were compared using Fisher’s exact test for gender and race; one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) for age; and the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test for the infection diagnosis. Baseline data on clinical signs and symptoms were compared between treatment groups using the Cochran- Mantel-Haenszel test.

Three data sets were analyzed for efficacy: the clinically evaluable (per-protocol) patient population, the clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patient population, and the intent-to- treat (ITT) patient population. All patients who received at least one dose of the study drug and had a clinical diagnosis of USSSI supported by clinical signs and symptoms were included in the ITT population. In addition to this requirement, patients in the clinically evaluable population must have taken at least 80% of the study drug to be considered a clinical cure (3 days for those classified as a clinical failure) and received no prohibited medications during study participation (as described in the Patients section). In addition to the previous requirements, clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients were also required to have at least one pre-treatment target pathogen isolated from the primary infection site culture.

The clinical cure rate at the TOC visit in the clinically evaluable patient population was the primary efficacy endpoint. Patient bacteriological cure rate and pathogen eradication rate were secondary study endpoints. The treatment-group differences for clinical cure rate (clinically evaluable and ITT populations), patient bacteriologic cure rate (clinically and bacteriologically evaluable, and ITT populations), and pathogen eradication rate (clinically and bacteriologically evaluable, and ITT populations) at the TOC visit were analyzed using Fisher’s exact test. Binomial 95% CIs, based on the normal approximation for the binomial distribution, were computed for the difference between treatment groups. The treatment groups were compared based on clinical cure rate and patient bacteriological cure rate by infection diagnosis using the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test.

The treatment groups were also compared based on responses to the usefulness questionnaire (using one-way ANOVA), patient self- assessment (using the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test), and health care resource utilization (using Fisher’s exact test) in the clinically evaluable population. Patient diary data in the clinically evaluable population were compared using the Chi-square test (categorical data) and the t-test (continuous data). The incidence of adverse events was compared using Fisher’s exact test.

Results

Three hundred and ninety-two patients with USSSI were randomized to receive the study drug and 391 patients took at least one dose of the study drug (191 in the cefdinir treatment group and 200 in the cephalexin treatment group). The two treatment groups were well matched with regard to demographic characteristics, types of infection (Table 1), and pretreatment clinical signs and symptoms. Abscess(es) (26%), wound infection (24%), and cellulitis (21%) accounted for the majority of infections, with no significant difference in incidence between treatment groups.\Patient disposition

All 391 randomized and treated patients were included in the ITT population (Table 2). The clinically evaluable population for clinical efficacy analyses excluded 47 patients: 23 due to noncompliance with their assigned treatment regimen, 14 for receiving prohibited medications during study participation, 12 for not returning for the TOC visit, 6 for not meeting the admission criteria, 5 for having a confounding disease, and 4 for a mistimed TOC visit (a patient could have been excluded for multiple reasons, making the sum of reasons for exclusion greater than 47) (Table 2). In addition to the reasons cited for patients being clinically unevaluable, 15 and 18 patients in the cefdinir and cephalexin groups, respectively, were excluded from the clinically and bacteriologically evaluable analyses because of a negative culture at baseline.

Table 1. Characteristics of all treated patients at baseline

Table 2. Disposition of patients

Pretreatment pathogens

A total of 170 (89%) of the 191 cefdinir-treated patients and 179 (90%) of 200 cephalexin-treated patients had a positive skin culture. Of 488 isolates obtained at baseline, 197 were target skin pathogens. The incidence of target skin pathogens was as follows: S. aureus (171 [87%]), S. agalactiae (11 [6%]), S. pyogenes (7 [4%]), P. aeruginosa (4 [2%]), S. uberis (2 [1%]), P. multocida (1 [0.5%]), and S. dysgalactiae (1 [0.5%]). The 171 S. aureus isolates included 90 (53%) that were resistant to oxacillin (MRSA), which were most commonly cultured from abscesses. MIC^sub 90^ values of cefdinir and cephalothin, used as a surrogate for cephalexin23, were 1.0 g/mL and 0.5 g/mL, respectively, against MSSA and 8.9 g/mL and 4.0 g/mL, respectively, against MRSA. Culture results could be provided to investigators to manage individual patients. However, only 16 culture results were requested (i.e., four clinical cures, nine clinical failures, and three indeterminate clinical responses); of these 16 culture results, seven revealed an infection caused by MRSA (i.e., four clinical cure, two clinical failures, and one indeterminate clinical response).

Table 3. Clinical cure rate by infection diagnosis at the test- of-cure visit in clinically evaluable patients

Clinical response

There were no statistically significant differences between the treatment groups in clinical response. At the TOC visit, the clinical cure rate for both treatment groups was 89% among clinically evaluable patients (151/170 for cefdinir and 154/174 for cephalexin; 95% CI for difference in cure rates [-6.7 to 7.3]) and 88% among clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients (136/ 155 for cefdinir and 137/156 for cephalexin 95% CI [-7.7% to 7.5%]). In the ITT population, the clinical cure rate was 83% (158/191) for cefdinir and 82% (163/200) for cephalexin, 95% CI [-6.7% to 9.1%].

The clinical cure rate by infection diagnosis in the clinically evaluable population ranged from 70% to 100%, with no statistically significant difference between treatment groups (Table 3). Among clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients, the clinical cure rates for the cefdinir and cephalexin groups were 93% (37/40) and 91% (29/32), respectively, for infections caused by MSSA (p > 0.999) and 92% (35/38) and 90% (37/41), respectively, for infections caused by MRSA (p > 0.999); many of these were abscesses that had been incised and drained before start of therapy. For infections caused by S. pyogenes (p > 0.999) the clinical cure rates were 100% (2/2) and 75% (3/4) for the respective treatment groups.

Seven of 79 patients with MRSA-associated infections were clinical failures. Of these, three had been treated with cefdinir and four with cephalexin. In these seven patients, MRSA was isolated as the sole pathogen in six patients and was isolated along with S. epidermidis and Bacillus species in one patient (cefdinir group). The infections associated with these failures were furunculosis (one cefdinir), wound infection (one cefdinir), cellulitis (one cefdinir and two cephalexin), and abscess (two cephalexin). Of the seven MRSA- related clinical failures, four patients had repeat cultures performed at the TOC visit. All four patients had MRSA isolated at this repeat culture, with Enterobacter aerogenes co-isolated with MRSA in one of these patients (cefdinir group). All seven patients with MRSA evaluated as clinical failures were also classified as bacteriological failures.

Six of 72 patients with MSSA-associated infections were clinical failures. Of these, three in each group had been treated with cefdinir and cephalexin. The infections associated with these failures were cellulitis (one cefdinir and one cephalexin), paronychia (two cefdinir), and impetigo (two cephalexin). Of the six MSSA-related clinical failures, four patients had repeat cultures performed at the TOC visit. All four patients had MSSA isolated at this repeat culture, with other organisms co-isolated with MSSA in all of these patients (i.e., Bacillus species and E. cloacae in two patients; Prevotella bivia in one patient; and Pantoea species, S. epidermidis, and Stentrophomonas maltophilia in one patient).

Microbiologic response

The treatment groups were similar based on patient bacteriological cure rates in the clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients: 87% (135/155) for cefdinir and 86% (134/156) for cephalexin in patients with any isolate at baseline. In patients infected with target skin pathogen(s) the bacteriological cure rates were 92% (79/86) and 89% (70/79), p = 0.601, 95% CI [-6.5 to 13.0] for the respective treatment groups. As was observed with the clinical cure rates in the clinically evaluable population, there was no significant difference between treatment groups based on patient bacteriological response stratified by infection diagnosis. No between-group differences were observed for patient bacteriological cure rate (any isolate, target skin pathogen, and S. aureus or S. pyogenes) in ITT patients (data not shown).

Table 4. Eradication rates at the test-of-cure visit for pathogens isolated from clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients

Of the target skin pathogens isolated at baseline from clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients, 87% were eradicated or presumed eradicated in each treatment group at the TOC visit (95% CI, -9.0% to 9.7%) (Table 4). Eradication rates for MSSA, MRSA, and S. pyogenes were 93%, 89%, and 100%, respectively, for cefdinir and 88%, 88%, and 75%, respectively, for cephalexin. There was good correlation between clinical response and bacteriological eradication of pathogens, with discordant results based on clinical and bacteriological responses in only four patients (one cefdinir and three cephalexin), who were each classified as a clinical cure, but had documented bacterial persistence based on repeat culture.

There was no significant increase in MIC (> 2-fold dilution) in any organisms isolated at follow-up that were originally present at baseline (average of 15.3 6.95 days between specimen collections). Among patients from whom a bacterial isolate was obtained after baseline, 11 patients in the cefdinir group had 18 new isolates not found at baseline, the most common being S. epidermidis (three patients). Thirteen patients in the cephalexin group had 18 new isolates, the most common being S. epidermidis (four patients), Enterobacter faecalis, and Peptostreptococcus magnus (two patients each).

Other outcomes

In the usefulness questionnaire, completed at the EOT visit, cefdinir was more highly rated in the composite assessment (87.4 vs. 83.6, p = 0.04), primarily due to a statistically significant preference for the convenience of taking cefdinir compared with cephalexin (93.5 vs. 74.1, p

Safety

Only one patient each in the cefdinir group (diarrhea) and the cephalexin group (gastroenteritis) experienced a treatment-related adverse event that led to premature discontinuation of the study drug. The most common treatment-related adverse events were diarrhea (10% cefdinir, 4% cephalexin, p = 0.017), nausea (3% and 6%, respectively, p = 0.203), and vaginal mycosis (3% and 6% of females, respectively, p = 0.500). Most adverse events were mild or moderate in intensity and resolved rapidly without intervention. No patient experienced a treatment-related serious adverse event during his/ her participation in the study.

Discussion

This study of cephalosporin therapy for USSSI demonstrated comparable clinical cure rates of 89% in clinically evaluable patients for cefdinir and cephalexin at the TOC visit conducted approximately 3 weeks after the completion of a 10-day treatment course, and outcomes were similar between groups for each infection diagnosis. In the ITT analysis, which provides a more realistic and unbiased assessment of clinical effectiveness in a clinical practice setting than does a per-protocol analysis24, the two study drugs were also comparable with regard to clinical outcomes. Clinical outcomes were similar between groups for each infection diagnosis. The clinical cure rates for purulent infections in the clinically evaluable group ranged from 85% to 100%, and the clinical cure rates for cellulitis ranged from 84% to 90%. In a similarly designed study conducted almost a decade ago by Tack et al., the clinical cure rates at the TOC visit in clinically and bacteriologically evaluable patients were 88% among cefdinir-treated patients (300mg BID for 10 days) and 87% among cephalexin-treated (500mg QID for 10 days) patients12, prior to the emergence of more widespread CA-MRSA infection.

MRSA represented 46% of all target skin \pathogens in this study. Most MRSA were isolated from purulent infections (69 of 90 isolates) with the highest number found isolated from abscesses. In recently published studies16,17, S. aureus was the most frequently isolated pathogen from culturable skin lesions with the majority of the isolates being methicillin resistant.

MRSA is considered resistant to both study drugs25, although MIC^sub 90^s for cefdinir and cephalothin (as a surrogate for cephalexin) were 8 g/mL and 4 g/mL, respectively. However, the clinical cure rate of patients infected with MRSA was 92% and 90%, respectively, in the cefdinir and cephalexin groups. The finding that MRSA infections responded at least as well as MSSA infections, despite the use of a β-lactam agent, is in agreement with previous studies26,27. For example, Fridkin et al. observed that treatment of CA-MRSA infections with an antibiotic lacking activity against MRSA was not associated with adverse outcomes28. This suggests that successful treatment for abscesses caused by MRSA is based primarily on I&D, more so than on antibiotic selection4,29.

The clinical cure rates for cellulitis were 90% and 84%, respectively, in the cefdinir and cephalexin treatment groups. For cellulitis, most are caused by streptococci regardless of the non- specific isolation of a different pathogen (e.g., MRSA) by culture. Furthermore, in this study many cases of abscesses with associated cellulitis were categorized as cellulitis. This is reflected by the low rate of recovery from cellulitis of S. pyogenes, the primary pathogen in uncomplicated cellulitis, and a high rate of S. aureus, which is less frequently involved. Cephalosporins remain active against streptococci5. Despite this fact, a retrospective review of uncomplicated cellulitis by Madaras-Kelly revealed a 40% failure rate with cephalexin30. However, in the study microbial cultures were obtained in

The study limitations, as previously described, include: all enrolled patients were required to have a specimen for culture collected at baseline, which is likely to have skewed the enrollment of patients towards those with abscesses (26% of all entry diagnoses); the results of culture in patients with USSSIs are often non-specific; in some patients entering the study with a diagnosis of cellulitis, the cellulitis was associated with an abscess; and, since most MRSAs in this study were isolated from purulent infections, I&D, spontaneous drainage, and needle aspiration are likely to have contributed to clinical response for purulent infections, and in particular MRSA-associated infections, where the drugs have limited antibacterial activity.

Both study drugs were well tolerated, with only one patient in each treatment group discontinuing the study prematurely due to a treatment-related adverse event. Despite a statistically significant difference in the incidence of diarrhea between treatment groups, there was a similar rate of discontinuation from the study due to this adverse event (one patient in each treatment group) and similar patient opinion of the impact of medication side effects.

Conclusions

Both study drugs provided comparable clinical response in this population of adolescents and adults with USSSIs. Patients rated cefdinir as more useful overall for treating their infection, likely influenced by the strong preference for the convenience of taking cefdinir twice daily as compared with taking cephalexin four times daily.

Incision and drainage appears to remain the most important therapeutic intervention for purulent infections, especially those caused by MRSA, and should precede antibiotic therapy for these infections whenever possible. Cephalosporins remain an appropriate clinical strategy for the treatment of USSSIs, with the selection between agents ultimately being based on compliance and cost.

Acknowledgment

Declaration of interest: This study was sponsored by Abbott Laboratories. The authors acknowledge the contributions of Victoria Mullally, Andrea Smith, and George E. MacKinnon, III, Ph.D., Abbott Laboratories, and Sandra Noms, PharmD, Noms Communications, for manuscript preparation.

They also acknowledge the investigators who enrolled patients in this study but are not authors of this paper:

Thomas Adams, MD, Murray, KY; Jay Adler, MD, Colorado Springs, CO; Stephen Braden, MD, Bryan, TX; Robert Broker, MD, Simpsonville, SC; Timothy Bruya, MD, CCTI, Spokane, WA; Patricia Buchanan, MD, Eugene, OR; Eric Carter, MD, New York, NY; John Champlin, MD, Carmichael, CA; Shane Christensen, MD, CCRP, West Jordan, UT; Weldon Collins, MD, FAAD, Beaumont, TX; Merra Dewan, MD, Omaha, NE; Jimmy Durden, MD, Tallassee, AL; David Estock, MD, PA, Wilmington, DE; Richard Fei, MD, Lafayette, LA; Thomas Fiel, DO, Tempe, AZ; Chester Fisher, Jr., MD, MPH, Newport News, VA; David George, MD, Louisville, KY; Richard Guzzetta, MD, Clovis, CA; Dan Henry, MD, CCRP, West Jordan, UT; Ronica Kluge, MD, Fort Meyers, FL; James Kratzer, MD, MPH, FAAP, Fresno, CA; Frank Maggiacomo, DO, Cranston, RI; Frank Mazzone, MD, San Luis Obispo, CA; Michael McAdoo, MD, Milan, TN; Carmen Molina, MD, FAAP, Hialeah, FL; Thomas Nolen, MD, FAAFP, Columbiana, AL; Bruce Rankin, DO, CCTI, Deland, FL; Ernie Riffer, MD, Phoenix, AZ; Jeffrey Rosen, MD, Coral Gables, FL; Daniel Rowe, MD, West Palm Beach, FL; Gary Ruoff, MD, Kalamazoo, MI; Renee Scheidell, MD, West Jordan, UT; John Sibille, MD, Sunset, LA; Malcolm Sperling, MD, Fountain Valley, CA; Gary Tarshis, MD, PC, ABFP, Colorado Springs, CO; Randall Watson, MD, West Jordan, UT; Charles White, MD, Lexington, TN; and, Kevin Wingert, MD, Clovis, CA.

* The data summarized in this paper were presented in part during a poster session at the 46th Annual International Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, September 27-30, 2006, San Francisco, CA, USA

References

1. Doern GV, Jones RN, Pfaller MA, et al. Bacterial pathogens isolated from patients with skin and soft tissue infections: frequency of occurrence and antimicrobial susceptibility patterns from the SENTRY Antimicrobial Surveillance Program (United States and Canada, 1997). Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis 1999;34:65-72

2. Swartz MN. Cellulitis and subcutaneous tissue infections, In: Mandell GL, Bennett JE, Dolan R, editors. Principles and practice of infectious diseases. New York: Churchill Livingstone Inc.; 2000. p. 1037-57

3. US Department of Health and Human Services, Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. Uncomplicated and complicated skin and skin structure infections – developing antimicrobial drugs for treatment. Draft Guidance July 1998. At: http://www.fda.gov/cder/guidance/ index.htm [accessed: July 7, 2006]

4. Elston DM. Optimal antibacterial treatment of uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections: applying a novel treatment algorithm. J Drugs Dermatol 2005;4(Suppl 6):S15-S19

5. Stevens DL, Bisno AL, Chambers HF, et al. Practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of skin and soft-tissue infections. Clin Infect Dis 2005;41:1373-406

6. NPA(TM) Plus (National Prescription Audit Plus). IMS Health. April, 2006

7. Physician Drug & Diagnosis Audit (PDDA) from Verispan, January 2006 – March 2006

8. Nolen T. Comparative studies of cefprozil in the management of skin and soft-tissue infections. Eur J Clin. Microbiol Infect Dis 1994;13:866-71

9. Schatz BS, Karavokiros KT, Taeubel MA, et al. Comparison of cefprozil, cefpodoxime proxetil, loracarbef, cefixime, and ceftibuten. Ann Pharmacother 1996;30:258-68

10. Wilson SE. The management of skin and skin structure infections in children, adolescents and adults: a review of empiric antimicrobial therapy. Int J Clin Pract 1998;52:414-7

11. Wiseman LR, Benfield P. Cefprozil: a review of its antibacterial activity, pharmacokinetic properties, and therapeutic potential. Drugs 1993;45:295-317

12. Tack KJ, Keyserling CH, McCarty J, et al. Study of use of cefdinir versus cephalexin for treatment of skin infections in pediatric patients. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1997;41: 739-42

13. Bucko AD, Hunt BJ, Kidd SL, et al. Randomized, double-blind, multicenter comparison of oral cefditoren 200 or 400 mg BID with either cefuroxime 250 mg BID or cefadroxil 500 mg BID for the treatment of uncomplicated skin and skin-structure infections. Clin Ther 2002;24:1134-47

14. Parish LC, Routh HB, Miskin B, et al. Moxifloxacin versus cephalexin in the treatment of uncomplicated skin infections. Int J Clin Pract 2000;54:497-503

15. Zetola N, Francis JS, Nuermberger EL, et al. Community- acquired methicillin-resistant Stapkylococcus aureus: an emerging threat. Lancet Infect Dis 2005;5:275-86

16. King MD, Humphrey BJ, Wang YF, et al. Emergence of community- acquired methicillin-resistant Stapkylococcus aureus USA 300 clone as the predominant cause of skin and soft-tissue infections. Ann Intern Med 2006;144:309-17

17. Moran GJ, Amii RN, Abrahamian FM, et al. Methicillin- resistant Stapkylococcus aureus in community-acquired skin infections. Emerg Infect Dis 2005;11:928-30

18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Four pediatric deaths from community-acquired methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus – Minnesota and North Dakota, 1997-1999. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 1999;48:707-10

19. Lina G, Piemont Y, Godail-Gamot F, et al. Involvement of Panton-Valentine leukocidin-producing Stapkylococcus aureus in primary skin infections and pneumonia. Clin Infect Dis 1999;29:1128- 32

20. Omnicef Prescribing Information. Abbott Laboratories 2005. At: www.abbott.com [accessed July 7, 2006]

21. Keflex Prescribing Information. Advancis Pharmaceutical Corporation 2005. At: http://www.advancispharm.com/ products/keflex/ [accessed July 7, 2006]

22. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, 2000. Performance standards for antimicrobial disk susceptibility tests; approved standard NCCLS do\cument M2-A7 and 10th informational supplement (M100-S10[M2])

23. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards, 2000. Methods for dilution antimicrobial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically; approved standard-fifth edition, M7-A5 and 10th informational supplement (M100 S10[M7])

24. Matilde-Sanchez MM, Chen X. Choosing the analysis population in non-inferiority studies: per-protocol or intent-to-treat. Statist Med 2006;25:1169-81

25. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. Performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing; sixteenth informational supplement. CLSI document M100-S16 (ISBN 1-56238-588- 7). Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087-1898 USA, 2006

26. Lee MC, Rios AM, Aten MF, et al. Management and outcome of children with skin and soft tissue abscesses caused by community- acquired methicillin-resistant Stapkylococcus aureus. Pediatr Infect Dis J 2004;23:123-7

27. Young DM, Harris HW, Charlebois ED, et al. An epidemic of methicillin-resistant Stapkylococcus aureus soft tissue infections among medically underserved patients. Arch Surg 2004;139:947-53

28. Fridkin SK, Hageman JC, Morrison M, et al.; for the Active Bacterial Core Surveillance Program of the Emerging Infections Program. Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus disease in three communities. New Engl J Med 2005;352:1436-44

29. Chambers HF. Community-associated MRSA – resistance and virulence converge. New Engl J Med 2005;352:1485-7

30. Madaras-Kelly KJ, Arbogast R, Jue S. Increased therapeutic failure for cephalexin versus comparator antibiotics in the treatment of uncomplicated outpatient cellulitis. Pharmacotherapy 2000;20:199-205

CrossRef links are available in the online published version of this paper: http://www.cmrojournal.com

Paper CMRO-3609_4, Accepted for publication: 08 September 2006

Published Online: 30 October 2006

doi:10.1185/030079906X148355

Philip A. Giordano(a), Dirk Elston(b), Bolanle K. Akinlade(c), Kurt Weber(a), Gerard F. Notario(c), Todd A. Busman(c), Mary Cifaldi(c) and Angela M. Nilius(c)

a Orlando Regional Medical Center, Department of Emergency Medicine, Orlando, FL, USA

b Geisinger Medical Center, Danville, PA, USA

c Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago, IL, USA

Address for correspondence: Philip A. Giordano, MD, Oriando Regional Medical Center/ Department of Emergency Medicine, 86 West Underwood Street, Suite 300, Orlando, FL 32806, USA. Tel.: +1 407 237 6329; Fax: +1 407 370 5105; email: [email protected]

Copyright Librapharm Dec 2006

(c) 2006 Current Medical Research and Opinion. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Nonspecific Behaviors As Early Indications of Cerebral Vasospasm

By Doerksen, Kathy; Naimark, Barbara

Abstract: This study investigated nonspecific behaviors as early indications of vasospasm following subarachnoid hemorrhage. Although symptoms of vasospasm (e.g., lowered level of consciousness, focal deficits such as hemiplegia or aphasia), are well recognized, the significance of early appearance of nonspecific symptoms such as restlessness, unusual behaviors, and impulsive behavior has not been investigated in detail. The study design included descriptive quantitative elements and a small qualitative component. Nonspecific behaviors were recorded, and the prevalence of those behaviors in individuals developing vasospasm was noted. Of 60 participants, 31 developed vasospasm; 24 of the 31 initially presented with nonspecific behaviors (p

Early detection is critical in allowing prompt intervention and treatment of cerebral vasospasm, with the goal of preventing ischemia or infarction. Although symptoms of vasospasm (e.g., a decreased level of consciousness) or the onset of focal deficits (e.g., facial weakness, limb drift, hemiplegia, aphasia) are well recognized (Qureshi, Sung, et al., 2000), the significance of vague symptoms such as restlessness, unusual behaviors, and impulsive behaviors is less well understood. This study investigated the incidence of vague symptoms exhibited by patients who are at risk of vasospasm following subarachnoid hemorrhage.

Background

Subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH) resulting from aneurysmal rupture occurs in approximately 30,000 people per year in North America (Ullman & Bederson, 1996). Of people who experience SAH, 22%-40% will develop symptomatic cerebral vasospasm (Haley, Kassell, & Torner, 1993; Qureshi, Suarez, et al., 2000). Cerebral vasospasm is a narrowing of the lumen of one or more cerebral arteries. It can result in ischemia of cerebral tissue, and it is the primary cause of disability and death in individuals with a subarachnoid hemorrhage due to an aneurysm rupture (Cook, 2004; Haley, et al.).

Vasospasm generally occurs 4-14 days after aneurysm rupture, with peak occurrence at 7-10 days (Powsner, O’Tuama, Jabre, & Melhem, 1998; Qureshi, Sung, et al., 2000; Ullman & Bederson, 1996). Symptoms of vasospasm include focal deficits and a decreased level of consciousness (Cook, 2004; Oropello, Weiner, & Benjamin, 1996). Recently, Doerksen, Naimark, and Tate (2002) reported that of 30 study participants admitted with SAH from aneurysmal rupture exhibited vague symptoms such as restlessness, unusual behaviors, and impulsive behaviors; they went on to develop vasospasm 5 hours to 5 days after exhibiting these symptoms. Interestingly, two of the nine patients had a Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) score indicating a normal level of alertness or consciousness. The literature contains minimal information on this phenomenon. Unterberg, Sakowitz, Sarrafzadeh, Benndorf, and Lanksch (2001) reported that 8 of 60 patients presented with “altered mental status” concurrently with vasospasm. There was no detailed description of the altered mental status.

Research Question

The question for this study was the following: What is the association of nonspecific behaviors with the incidence of cerebral vasospasm?

Design

A descriptive quantitative design was used, with a small qualitative component to provide a more detailed description of nurse-documented behaviors exhibited by the patients. Diagnostic tests (e.g., computed tomography [CT] and serum sodium) were conducted per the standard of care to rule out confounding factors. To link the presence of the examined nonspecific behaviors with recovery, a statement about outcome was completed when the patient was discharged. The University of Manitoba Education and Nursing Research Ethics Board approved the study.

Methodology

Recruitment

All nurses on the neurosurgical unit received an informal presentation. Those willing to participate were asked to submit their name using a box left on the unit. Approximately 30 nurses agreed to participate.

On admission of a patient to the unit, the nurses asked whether the patient or proxy was interested in learning more about the study from the research assistant. When the patient or proxy agreed, the research assistant explained the study, ensured that the patient met the inclusion criteria, and obtained consent. A nurse decided whether a patient was too drowsy or confused to decide on participation and would therefore require proxy consent. If a participant later became competent, consent was obtained directly from the participant.

Procedures

The nonspecific behavior categories and definitions were made available to the nurses in poster format. After a patient consented to participate in the study, a sheet of paper describing the nonspecific behavior categories and their definitions was placed on the patient’s bedside chart. The nurses were instructed to record in detail on the vital signs sheet any of the behaviors exhibited by study participants. Typically, nurses documented their observations on the chart progress notes; some nurses wrote more in-depth notes than others. Having the study form visible on the vital signs sheet was convenient for the nurses and reminded them of the behaviors to be observed and recorded in detail.

Doerksen et al. (2002) found that, following a ruptured aneurysm, some patients displayed restlessness, impulsiveness, or strange behaviors. However, no previous literature provided detailed descriptions of these behaviors. In this study common words whose dictionary definitions are congruent with observed nonspecific behaviors were used to categorize behaviors. The primary types of nonspecific behaviors were restless, impulsive, strange, and other (Table 1).

The nurses were instructed to conduct a routine neurological assessment if a patient demonstrated any of these nonspecific changes in behavior. The assessment primarily involved administration of the GCS, which is the current standard protocol used for neurological assessment. It should be noted that the nurses routinely assessed the patients for limb strength and signs of dysphasia. Patients who were within the usual time frame for vasospasm (i.e., 4-14 days after aneurysm rupture) and exhibited restlessness, impulsiveness, strange behavior, focal deficits, or a decreased level of consciousness underwent a CT angiogram (CTA) or digital subtraction angiogram (DSA), as well as other diagnostic tests, to investigate for vasospasm to rule out other potential problems. A neurosurgeon decided whether a CTA or a DSA was required. It was the standard of care to initiate this type of testing when patients experience signs or symptoms of vasospasm. In keeping with current clinical practice, patients who did not exhibit the studied nonspecific behaviors or any other symptoms of vasospasm routinely underwent a CTA 7-10 days after aneurysm rupture.

Sample Selection

Participants recruited for the study met the following criteria:

* diagnosed with subarachnoid hemorrhage due to ruptured aneurysm

* Hunt and Hess clinical grade 1-4 upon study entry (Table 2)

* before or in the classic time for vasospasm (4-14 days after aneurysm rupture)

* no diagnosis of vasospasm

* native speaker of English.

Selected patients were entered into the study as soon as possible after being admitted to the neuroscience unit. Participation in the study was to be terminated when the participant met one of the following conditions:

* exhibited symptoms and was diagnosed with vasospasm

* passed the 4-14 day time frame in which vasospasm typically occurs

* was discharged from the hospital or transferred from the neurosurgical unit

* exhibited a change in neurological condition not attributable to vasospasm, as diagnosed by a neurosurgeon.

The research assistant gathered demographic data from the chart and recorded the data using a coded number. These data included age, gender, admission date, number of days postbleed on admission, location of aneurysm, surgical procedure and date, medical history, surgical history, Hunt and Hess and Fisher scores on admission, test results (CT scans, CTAs, DSAs, daily serum sodium), and the presence or absence of vasospasm. For the purpose of the study, the presence or absence of vasospasm, rather than its severity, was considered. The research assistant also recorded a statement on the participant’s discharge status as an outcome measure.

Research Instruments

Observed nonspecific behaviors were entered on the vital signs record. Neurological status, measured by the GCS score, was noted on the neurological record.

Data Analysis

Raw data were entered into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet and analyzed using Statistical Analysis System (SAS) Version 9.1. Statistical analyses included chisquare testing and Fisher’s exact test. The nurses’ observations of all nonspecific behaviors were analyzed using content analysis.

Results

An analysis of demographic and clinical characteristics associated with nonspecific behaviors is presented in the quantitative component of the study. The qualitative findings complement the quantitative data by providing detailed descriptions of the nonspecific behaviors.

Demographics

Sixty patients (39 females and 21 males) met the inclusion criteria and consented directly or by proxy t\o participate in the study. Their ages ranged from 27 to 82 years; the mean age was 53 years 12.2 SD.

Clinical Characteristics

Although grades 1-4 of the Hunt and Hess scale were represented, 45 (75%) of the patients were categorized as grade 1 or 2, indicating relatively good clinical neurological status on admission. The Fisher score (Fisher, Kisuer, & Davis, 1980) describes the amount and location of blood seen on the admission CT scan and is a predictive tool for vasospasm; scores range from 1 to 4 Table 3 shows the distribution of study participants’ Fisher scores. Although the result did not reach statistical significance, it is interesting to note that there was little variance in Fisher scores between those who experienced vasospasm and those who did not.

The 29 patients who were within the classic time frame for vasospasm and who exhibited restlessness, impulsiveness, or strange behavior underwent a CTA or a DSA to investigate for vasospasm. Six of the 29 patients required a DSA for diagnosis, and the other 23 had a CTA. The odds ratio of 16.477, with a confidence interval of 4.579-59.17, indicated that the incidence of nonspecific behaviors was significant (p

Of 29 patients exhibiting nonspecific behaviors, 22 demonstrated a single nonspecific behavior and 7 demonstrated a combination of nonspecific behaviors. When the three nonspecific behavior types (restlessness, impulsiveness, and strange behaviors) were examined individually, none was significant in discriminating between patients who developed vasospasm and those who did not. However, 9 of 11 patients exhibiting nonspecific behaviors in the other category were diagnosed with vasospasm (p

The time of vasospasm diagnosis is presented in Table 5. It is relevant to note that 74% of all symptoms occurred before 7 days postbleed. The majority of individuals who developed vasospasm had a normal GCS score (Table 6). Of 24 patients who exhibited nonspecific behaviors, 21 had normal serum sodium levels when vasospasm was diagnosed (Table 7). In addition, hydrocephalus was absent in 21 of 24 patients who exhibited nonspecific behaviors at the time of vasospasm diagnosis.

Forty-four of the 60 study participants were discharged home. Of the 16 patients who were not discharged home, 13 experienced nonspecific behaviors and were diagnosed with vasospasm (p

Qualitative Findings

All of the categories of nonspecific behaviors (restlessness, impulsiveness, strange behaviors, and other) occurred among patients in the study. Nurses documented the behaviors in detail as they occurred. Table 1 lists examples of the behaviors, as recorded by the nurses.

It was found that 5 of the 11 patients who experienced other behaviors described a type of hallucination.

Three of those patients were diagnosed with vasospasm, and two were not.

Discussion

The study was designed to explore the possibility that nonspecific behaviors observed in some patients admitted with SAH may be early indicators of cerebral vasospasm. Because vasospasm is the primary cause of disability and death in this population, early detection is critical.

In our study, 24 of 29 patients (83%) who exhibited the defined nonspecific behaviors were later diagnosed with vasospasm (p

Eighteen of the 24 patients diagnosed with vasospasm who experienced nonspecific behaviors had a GCS score of 15 (Table 6). Drowsiness is noted in the literature as a symptom of vasospasm (Cook, 2004; Oropello et al., 1996); if it occurs, it should be reflected in a changed GCS score. The finding that 18 patients demonstrated nonspecific behaviors without a change in the GCS further supports our hypothesis that these symptoms may occur earlier than drowsiness and that the GCS is not a reliable tool for detecting vasospasm.

Seventeen of the 24 patients who demonstrated nonspecific behaviors were diagnosed with vasospasm before the seventh day after hemorrhage. This result is of interest because the literature indicates that the peak time for vasospasm to occur is 7-10 days postbleed (Powsner et al, 1998; Qureshi, Sung, et al., 2000; Ullman & Bederson, 1996).

The literature also suggests that hyponatremia is an early sign of vasospasm (Macdonald & Weir, 2001). The finding that 21 of 23 patients who developed nonspecific symptoms before the seventh day postbleed and were later diagnosed with vasospasm had normal serum sodium levels supports our hypothesis that nonspecific behaviors may precede other recognized signs and symptoms associated with vasospasm.

Three of the 21 patients who experienced nonspecific symptoms and were diagnosed with vasospasm were noted to have hydrocephalus. These three patients were being treated for hydrocephalus via intermittent drainage of cerebrospinal fluid. It is possible that hydrocephalus may have affected their behavior (Qureshi, Suarez, et alv 2000).

As described above, 7 of the 31 patients diagnosed with vasospasm did not experience nonspecific symptoms before the occurrence of expected symptoms signaling neurological deterioration (Table 4). The initial clinical symptoms of these 7 patients were detected through routine nursing assessments. The specific symptoms included expressive dysphasia (2 patients); weakness of arm, leg, or both (3 patients); generalized drowsiness (1 patient); and confusion (1 patient). These symptoms are commonly noted in the literature and are recognized by healthcare professionals as indicating vasospasm.

Five patients experienced nonspecific behaviors in the absence of vasospasm. The explanations included atrial fibrillation and subsequent subacute infarctions in the frontal and occipital lobe, air over the frontal lobes demonstrated on CT, temporary hydrocephalus, and a serum sodium level of 128. No obvious physiological explanation was recorded for the fifth participant, except that vasospasm was ruled out. It is possible that the participant was experiencing delirium, intensive care unit psychosis, or sleep deprivation.

Outcomes Related to Nonspecific Behaviors

Significantly, 13 of the 16 patients with vasospasm who could not be discharged home had experienced early nonspecific symptoms. Given the nature of these nonspecific symptoms and the vascular territory of the vasospasm, cognitive impairment might account for difficulty in functioning independently.

Qualitative Findings

The quantitative analysis coding was based on the descriptions of the predefined nonspecific behaviors. The nurses’ documentation of behaviors in the restless and impulsive categories matched the definitions provided at the study’s outset. Behavior categorized as strange also corresponded well with the definition; however, the definition of confusion needs to be considered in relation to these behaviors. In particular, the patient who described concern about her husband in the garage could reasonably be considered confused, although she was oriented according to the GCS. On the GCS, confusion is assessed based on a patient’s orientation to name, place, and time; this formulation may be too limited to assess confusion.

The other category applied to 5 of 11 patients who described visual hallucinations. A possible explanation for one patient was that lorazepam had been administered to treat anxiety. Visual hallucinations could be explained by the presence of delirium. Delirium involves a variety of symptoms, including hallucinations. It can be caused by any of several factors (e.g., fever, intoxication; Hickey, 2002). Given the significance in the quantitative results of the presence of vasospasm and incidence of the other symptoms (p

Limitations

The relatively small study cohort resulted in small individual- category numbers. Therefore, despite the association between nonspecific behaviors and the presence of vasospasm, small numbers in the individual categories of restless, impulsive, and strange failed to predict vasospasm. Behaviors in the other category demonstrated statistical significance, but the information provided in this category and possible confounding factors require further investigation. Information regarding drug or alcohol abuse was not directly available for evaluation. The presence of pain, headache in particular, was not considered a factor that would influence nonspecific behaviors. The standard assessment of level of orientation and confusion using the GCS may be too limited and may influence certain qualitative findings related to the GCS score. A further limitation might be that the research was conducted at a single site. However, the site is a tertiary care hospital and the only center in the province where patients can receive this type of care.

Nursing Implications

Nurses need to be educated about the importance of observing nonspecific behaviors following subarachnoid hemorrhage. They should watch for these behaviors when conducting routine neurological assessments. In this study, the nonspecific behaviors were observed in some patients when the GCS was still within normal limits and before the peak time for vasospasm diagnosis. Nurses’ recognition of these behaviors can lead to earlier initiation of effective treatment.

Future Research

The findings of this study can lead to an important line of inquiry in the early detection of cerebral vasospasm. Future studies should be undertaken in multiple sites, and larger numbers of patients should be studied, particularly in relation to individual n\onspecific behaviors. Future research must take into account unrelated conditions that could be associated with nonspecific behaviors, such as hydrocephalus, medical therapies, uncontrolled pain, or drug or alcohol abuse. In administering the GCS, confusion should be well-articulated to clarify its role in the context of nonspecific behaviors.

If recognition of nonspecific behaviors as an early warning of vasospasm is incorporated into nursing practice on neurological units, patient outcomes should be improved. Therefore, future outcomes research concerning patients diagnosed with ruptured cerebral aneurysm who have experienced nonspecific behaviors should include measures of quality of life and physical functioning.

Summary

This objective of this study was to determine the significance of nonspecific behaviors associated with the onset of cerebral vasospasm. The quantitative results demonstrated a significant correlation between the nonspecific behaviors, collectively, and a diagnosis of vasospasm. The onset of these symptoms was seen to occur before the peak time frame for vasospasm and before occurrence of the signs and symptoms commonly recognized as indicating vasospasm.

The qualitative analysis provided detailed information supporting the definitions of restkss and impulsive behavior. The prevalence of patients with hallucinations indicates a need for further investigation into implications for nursing management.

Acknowledgments

This study was funded by the Health Science Centre Foundation’s Dolly and Michael Gembey Nursing Research Award. We would like to acknowledge our appreciation of the patients and family members who agreed to participate in our study. We would also like to thank the nurses on the neurosurgical unit for volunteering their time and effort in support of this study. Ann Huggard, RN, and Janice Nesbitt, RN, are particularly thanked for their assistance in obtaining consents and coUecting data. Dr. Michael West, section head, neurosurgery, is thanked for his ongoing support of clinical research in neurosurgery.

References

Cook, N. F. (2004). Subarachnoid haemorrhage and vasospasm: Using physiological theory to generate nursing interventions. Intensive and Critical Care Nursing, 20, 163-173.

Doerksen, K., Naimark, B. J., & Tate, R. B. (2002). A comparison of a standard neurological tool to a stroke scale for detecting symptomatic vasospasm. Journal of Neuroscience Nursing, 34, 320- 325.

Fisher, C. M., Kistler, J. P., & Davis, J. M. (1980). Relation of cerebral vasospasm to subarachnoid hemorrhage visualized by computerized tomographic screening. Neurosurgery, (SCl), 1-9.

Haley, E. C., Jr., Kassell, N. F., & Torner, J. C. (1993). A randomized controlled trial of high-dose intravenous nicardipine in aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage:. A report of the Cooperative Aneurysm Study. Journal of Neurosurgery, 78, 537-547.

Hickey, J. V. (2002). The clinical practice of neurological and neurasurgical nursing (5th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

Hunt, W. E., & Hess, R. M. (1968). Surgical risk related to time of intervention in the repair of intracranial aneurysms. Journal of Neurosurgery, 2S(I), 14-20.

Macdonald, R. L, & Weir, B. (2001). Medical aspects of vasospasm. In Cerebral Vasospasm (pp. 353-416). San Diego: Academic Press.

Oropello, J. M., Weiner, L, & Benjamin, E. (1996). Hypertensive, hypervolemic, hemodilutional therapy for aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage: Is it efficacious? No. Critical Care Clinics, 12, 709- 730.

Powsner, R. A., OTuama, L. A., Jabre, A., & Melhem, E. R. (1998). SPECT imaging in cerebral vasospasm following subarachnoid hemorrhage. Journal of Nuclear Medicine, 39, 765-769.

Qureshi, A. I., Suarez, J. I., Bhardwaj, A., Yahia, A. M., Tamargo, R. J., & Ulatowski, J. A. (2000). Early predictors of outcome in patients receiving hypervolemic and hypertensive therapy for symptomatic vasospasm after subarachnoid hemorrhage. Critical Care Medicine, 28, 824-829.

Qureshi, A. I., Sung, G. Y., Razumovsky, A. Y1 Lane, K., Straw, R. N., & Ulatowski, J. A. (2000). Early identification of patients at risk for symptomatic vasospasm after aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage. Critical Care Medicine, 28, 984-990.

Ullman, J. S., & Bederson, J. B. (1996). Hypertensive, hypervolemic, hemodilutional therapy for aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage. Is it efficacious? Yes. Critical Care Clinics, 12(3), 697-707.

Unterberg, A. W., Sakowitz, O. W., Sarrafzadeh, A. S., Benndorf, G., & Lanksch, W. R. (2001). Role of bedside microdialysis in the diagnosis of cerebral vasospasm following aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage. Journal of Neurosurgery, 94, 740-749.

Questions or comments about this article may be directed to Kathy Doerksen, MN RN CNN(c), at [email protected]. She is a clinical nurse specialist in neurosurgery at the Health Sciences Centre, Winnipeg, MB, Canada.

Barbara Naimark, PhD RN, is an associate professor, Senior Scholar Faculty of Nursing, at the University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, MB, Canada.

Copyright 2006 American Association of Neuroscience Nurses

0047-2606/06/3806/0409$5.00

Copyright American Association of Neurosurgical Nurses Dec 2006

(c) 2006 Journal of Neuroscience Nursing. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Combined Use of Honey, Bee Propolis and Myrrh in Healing a Deep, Infected Wound in a Patient With Diabetes Mellitus

By Lotfy, M; Badra, G; Burham, W; Alenzi, F Q

Diabetes mellitus is a group of diseases characterised by high levels of blood glucose resulting from defects in insulin production, insulin action, or both. Diabetes can be associated with serious complications including diabetic foot disease. Diabetic foot disease is estimated to affect 15% of people with diabetes.1

Wound healing is a process that involves inflammation, proliferation/regeneration and finally remodeling. The normal orderly pattern is disrupted in chronic non-healing wounds, which are characterised by decreased levels of growth factors and increased protease activity. Wound healing is affected by serum albumin, tissue oxygenation, infection, hyperglycaemia, cytokines and proteases.2

A marker of non-healing wounds may be the prolonged presence of extracellular matrix molecules in the dermis.1 Other markers and potential mediators include increased levels of transforming growth factor (TGF)-β3,4 proteolytic factors such as matrix metalloproteinases,5 and the absence of IGF-I.6

Wound care includes a variety of approaches to enhance healing, with treatment of infection, vascular reconstruction, achieving adequate glycaemic control, removal of pressure, and ongoing wound debridement being important aspects of this care.2

A deep wound with tissue loss in the right foot of a 65-year-old male patient with diabetes mellitus was treated by a standard protocol that included strict control of blood sugar level. In addition, an antibiotic regimen was included to combat anaerobic and aerobic infection. Also, a paste consisting of myrrh, bee propolis and honey (MPH) was applied to the wound. Following treatment, the wound settled and healed well (Fig. 1).

The patient presented to the out-patient clinic of Minufiya University Hospital (MUH) with possible osteomyelitis. A foot wound showed severe oedema and the patient was unable to bear weight on the foot. On examination, the patient had a large abscess beneath the skin of the foot. An incision (3 cm) was made, pus was drained and the wound was cleaned. The patient returned home with antibiotic (gatifloxacin; 400 mg twice a day for five days) and an anti- inflammatory agent.

X-ray examination showed no bony abnormality and inflammation was prominent around the smallest toe. Two days later, the patient’s foot was re-examined and debridement of the wound was performed to remove dead skin and necrotic tissue inside the opened cavity.

At all times during treatment, blood sugar level was controlled (in the range 150-170 mg/dL) using insulin. The patient was kept on metronidazole (1500 mg/day) and combined amoxicillin with clavulanic acid (1500 mg/day) for 10 days. Thereafter, ciprofloxacin (1500 mg/ day) was used instead of the combined amoxicillin with clavulanic acid. Pentoxifylline, vitacid calcium (vitamin C and calcium carbonate) and vitazinc (vitamins A and E plus zinc) were added to the treatment regimen to aid vascularity and healing. From the beginning of treatment until the deep wound healed, the patient was maintained on an oral dose of bee propolis (400 mg/day). Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (a good indicator of treatment efficacy) was 125 mm prior to treatment and dropped to 65 mm after two weeks and 25 mm after four weeks, where it stabilised.

The most significant results were obtained during the use of the MPH paste (800 mg bee propolis, 50 g myrrh, mixed together in honey). The paste was prepared every three days and stored in a refrigerator. Wound cleaning was performed daily using standard methods in addition to the MPH paste to fill the wound cavity. The effectiveness of the paste in keeping the wound clean was indicated by a complete absence of pus and cellular exudate. After four weeks the wound had healed well and the patient returned to work.

Poor wound healing in people with diabetes is well recognised.7 However, there is little information about many aspects of foot care in people with diabetes, including wound healing.8 The American Diabetes Association9 suggests a range of predisposing factors to explain poor healing of wounds in people with diabetes, including abnormal cellular and/or inflammatory pathways, peripheral neuropathy and vascular disease and/or tissue hypoxia. Abnormal cellular function, particularly in fibroblasts and neutrophils, has been found in people with diabetes. In vitro, hyperglycaemia may be toxic to these cellular elements, while in vivo it may result in a greater susceptibility to infection.

Modest differences in the function of neutrophils, macrophages and fibroblasts associated with hyperglycaemia have been postulated, but these have not been demonstrated conclusively in vivo. Advanced glycosylation end products accumulate in diabetes as a result of hyperglycaemia, leading to the non-enzymatic glycosylation of collagen.10 This process results in the production of abnormal collagen, which is highly inflexible and prone to breakdown, particularly over pressure areas.11

In this report, a paste is described that keeps a wound clean, which is especially important in cases that involve tissue loss. The MPH paste contains safe and effective components that have prominent antimicrobial activity.

Myrrh is an oleogum resin obtained from the stem of the plant Commiphora molmol. It is a safe, natural flavouring substance approved by the US Food and Drug Administration.12,13 In experimental studies on Swiss albino mice, myrrh from C. molmol exhibited no mutagenicity and proved to be a potent cytotoxic drug against Ehrlich solid tumour cells. The antitumour potential of C. molmol was comparable with that of the standard cytotoxic drug cyclophosphamide.14 Studies with animal and human models demonstrate antischistosomal and other antiparasitic activity for myrrh and have found it to be safe and effective.15,16

Myrrh has considerable antimicrobial activity and is used in a variety of diseases.17 It has antibacterial and antifungal activity against standard pathogenic strains of Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus aureus, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Candida albicans.18 In addition, it has an antidiabetic effect, especially in non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM).19 Moreover, Myrrh has found pharmacological application in the reduction of cholesterol and triglycerides.20

Propolis is a resinous substance collected from trees by the bee Apis mellifera, which uses it as a building and insulating material in the hive. It is known that propolis has antimicrobial, antioxidative, anti-ulcer and antitumour, anti-inflammatory, hypotensive and immune stimulatory activities.21

Antimicrobial activity has been observed against S. aureus,22,23 Streptococcus pyogenes,24 Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacterial species and Candida species,25,26 S. mutons,27 anaerobic bacteria in the human oral cavity,28 salmonellas,29 and other microorganisms including mycobacteria.30 Antibacterial activity of propolis against Staphylococcus aureus is higher when extracts are prepared in 60- 80% ethanol.22 In vitro synergy between propolis and antimicrobial drugs has been investigated,31,32 and preparations combining propolis with antibiotic and antifungal agents are of potential medical interest.26

Honey is an ancient remedy that has regained popularity as an alternative treatment for antibiotic-resistant bacteria. Both honey and sugar pastes are considered useful as topical antimicrobial agents, mainly because of their high osmolarity and the ability to minimise water availability to bacteria.33 Although the dilution of honey by wound fluid is likely to reduce the efficacy of its osmotic effect, the slow and sustained production of hydrogen peroxide by some types of honey (e.g., manuka honey) is capable of maintaining an antimicrobial effect at a concentration approximately 1000-fold higher than that used commonly in antiseptic solutions (i.e., 3%).33 Also, certain components of manuka honey (e.g., flavonoids and aromatic acids) demonstrate antimicrobial properties.33

Honey is also an effective wound deodorant, an effect attributed to the presence of glucose, which is metabolised by bacteria in preference to proteinaceous necrotic tissue, resulting in the production of lactic acid and not the malodorous compounds generated by protein degradation.33 In addition, the observed benefits of honey in infected wounds may be attributed to the high glucose content and low pH, both of which stimulate macrophages.34

In the present case study, application of MPH resulted in a clean and odour-free wound, which healed well. However, the results of this single case need to be confirmed in a study of a larger number of patients. In the meantime, use of the MPH paste would appear to reduce the cost of deep wound treatment and improve the outcome in the patients affected.

References

1 Mancini L, Ruotolo V The diabetic foot: epidemiology. Rays 1997; 22: 511-23.

2 Bloomgarden ZT. Diabetes complications. Diabetes Care 2004; 27: 1506-14.

3 Loots MA, Lamme EN, Zeegelaar J, Mekkes JR, Bos JD, Middelkoop E. Differences in cellular infiltrate and extracellular matrix of chronic diabetic and venous ulcers versus acute wounds. J Invest Dermatol 1998; 111: 850-7.

4 Jude EB, Blakytny R, Bulmer J, Boulton AJ, Ferguson MW. Transforming growth factor-beta 1, 2, 3 and receptor type I and II in diabetic foot ulcers. Diabet Med 20\02; 19: 440-7.

5 Lobmann R, Ambrosch A, Schultz G, Waldmann K, Schiweck S, Lehnert H. Expression of matrix-metalloproteinases and their inhibitors in the wounds of diabetic and non-diabetic patients. Diabetologia 2002; 45:1011-6.

6 Blakytny R, Jude EB, Martin Gibson J, Boulton AJ, Ferguson MW. Lack of insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF1) in the basal keratinocyte layer of diabetic skin and diabetic foot ulcers. J Pathol 2000; 190: 589-94.

7 Bouter KP, Storm AJ, de Groot RRM et al. The diabetic foot in Dutch hospitals: epidemiological features and clinical outcome. Eur J Med 1993; 2: 215-8.

8 Pecoraro RE, Ahroni JH, Bpyko EJ et al. Chronology and extremities of tissue repair in diabetic lower-extremity ulcers. Diabetes 1991; 40:1305-13.

9 American Diabetes Association. Consensus development conference on diabetic foot wound care. Diabetes Care 1991; 22: 1354-60.

10 McInnes A. Guide to the assessment and management of diabetic foot wounds. The Diabetic Foot 200; 4 (Suppl 1): SI-II.

11 Ikes RS, Wolfe JHN. The diabetic foot. BMJ 1991; 303: 1053-5.

12 Hall BL, Oser BL. Recent progress in the consideration of flavoring ingredients under the food additive amendment. 3. GRAF substances. Food Tcchnol 1965; 19: 151-97.

13 Ford RA, Api AM, Letizia CS. Monographs on fragrance to raw materials. Food Chem Toxicol 1992; 30 (Suppl): 91S-92S.

14 Al Harbi MM, Qureshi S, Ahmed MM, Rafatulla S, Shah AH. Effect of Commiphora molmol (oleogum resin) on the cytological and biochemical changes induced by cyclophosphamide in mice. Am J Chin Med 1994; 22: 77-82.

15 Botros S, Sayed H, El-Dusoki H et al. Efficacy of Mirazid in comparison with praziquantel in Egyptian Schistosoma mansoniinfected school children and households. Am J Trop Med Hyg 2005; 72 (2): 119- 23.

16 Sheir Z, Nasr AA, Massoud A et al. A safe, effective, herbal antischistosomal therapy derived from myrrh. Am J Trop Med Hyg 2001; 65: 700-4.

17 El Ashry ES, Rashed N, Salama OM, Saleh A. Components, therapeutic value and uses of myrrh. Pharmazie 2003; 58 (3): 163-8.

18 Dolara P, Corte B, Ghelardini C et al. A. Local anaesthetic, antibacterial and antifungal properties of sesquiterpenes from myrrh. Planta Med 2000; 66 (4): 356-8.

19 Al-Awadi F, Fatania H, Shamte U. The effect of a plant mixture extract on liver gluconeogenesis in streptozotocin induced diabetic rats. Diabetes Res 1991; 18 (4):163-8.

20 Michie CA, Cooper E. Frankincense and myrrh as remedies in children. J R Soc Med. 1991; 84: 602-5.

21 Lotfy M. Biological activity of bee propolis in health and disease. Asian Pac J Cancer Prev 2006; 7: 22-31.

22 Fernandes Junior A, Balestrin ECC, Cunha MLRS. Anti- Staphylococcus aureus activity of bee propolis extracts prepared with different ethanol concentrations. Rev Cinc Farm 2003; 24: 147- 52.

23 Fernandes Junior A, Leomil L, Fernandes AAH, Sforcin JM. The antibacterial activity of propolis produced by Apis mellifera L. and Brazilian stingless bees. J Venom Anim Toxins 2001; 7: 173-82.

24 Bosio K, Avanzini C, D’avolio A, Ozimo O, Savoia D. In vitro activity of propolis against Streptococcus pyogenes. Lett Appl Microbiol 2000; 31:174-7.

25 Drago I, Mombelli B, De Vecchi E, Fassina MC, Tocalli L, Gismondo MR. In vitro antimicrobial activity of propolis dry extract. J Chemotherapy 2002; 12: 390-5.

26 Stepanovic S, Antic N, Dakic I, Svabic-Vlahovic M. In vitro antimicrobial activity of propolis and synergism between propolis and antimicrobial drugs. Microbiol Res 2003; 158: 353-7.

27 Koo H, Rosalen PL, Cury JA, Park YK, Bowen WH. Effects of compounds found in propolis on Streptococcus mutans growth and on glucosiltransferase activity. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2002; 46:1302-9.

28 Santos FA, Bastos EMA, Uzeda B, Carvalho MAR, Farias ESA, Braga FC. Antibacterial activity of Brazilian propolis and fractions against oral anaerobic bacteria. J Ethnopharmacol 2002; 80: 1-7.

29 Orsi RO, Sforcin JM, Rail VLM, Funari SRC, Barbosa L, Fernandes Junior A. Susceptibility profile of Salmonella against the antibacterial activity of propolis produced in two regions of Brazil. J Venom Anim Toxins 2005; 11:109-16.

30 Banskota AH, Tezuka Y, Kadota S. Recent progress in pharmacological research of propolis. Phytother Res 2001; 15: 561- 71.

31 Scheller S, Dworniczak S, Waldemar KK, Rajca M, Tomczik A, Shani J. Synergism between ethanolic extract of propolis (EEP) and anti-tuberculosis drugs on growth of mycobacteria. Z Naturforsch C 1999; 54: 549-53.

32 Fernandes Junior A, Balestrin EC, Betoni JEC, Orsi RO, Cunha MLRS, Montelli AC. Propolis: anti-Staphylococcus aureus activity and synergism with antimicrobial drugs. Mem Inst Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro 2005; 100: 563-6.

33 Molan PC. The role of honey in the management of wounds. J Wound Care 1999; 8: 415-8.

34 Cooper RA, Molan PC. Honey in wound care. J Wound Care 1999; 8:340.

M. LOTFY*, G. BADRA[dagger], W. BURHAM[double dagger] and F. Q. ALENZI

* Biunmiicnl Research Unit, Molecular and Cellular Biology Department, Genetic Engineering and Biotechnologif Research Institute, Minufiya University, Sadat City; [dagger] Department of Hepatohgif and Internal Medicine, National Liver Institute, Minnfiya University, Minufiya; [double dagger] Department of Surgery, Faculty of Medicine, Mansoura University, Mansoura, Egypt; Department of Medical Laboratories, College of Applied Medical Sciences, King Faisal University, Dammam, Saudi Arabia

Correspondence to: Dr Mahmoud Lotfy

Molecular and Cellular Biology Department, Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology

Research Institute, Minufiya University, Sadat City, PO 79, Minnfiya, Egypt

Email: [email protected]

Copyright Step Communications Ltd. 2006

(c) 2006 British Journal of Biomedical Science. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Immune-Mediated Paraneoplasia

By Thirkill, C E

ABSTRACT

Cancers induce a loss of homeostasis through the uncontrolled production and release of a variety of biologically active cellular products, natural compounds produced in unnatural quantities within abnormal anatomical locations. Often, there is an immune response to which the cancerous growth may succumb, or have the characteristics required to survive. If, during its proliferation, the cancer should coincidentally express a potent autoantigen then the organ in which that antigen is normally located may be damaged by the resultant immune response. Paradoxically, this aberrant immunological activity rarely has any appreciable inhibitory effects on the causal cancer. This inconsistency may result from the cancer’s ability to block the host’s immunological activity, while the affected organ situated elsewhere has no such capacity. Some predisposition, such as trauma to the affected organ, may prove a prerequisite that provides access to hitherto immunologically privileged sites. The effects of the subsequent loss of tolerance are often the first indication of a health problem, prompting the patient to seek medical help. Immune- mediated paraneoplasia is identified by antibody activity with any of a small but growing collection of organ-specific antigens demonstrated to have a distinct disease association and an apparent involvement in autoimmunity. Examples of the most common are described as introduction to this unusual collection of autoimmune diseases, for which in some cases the cause is known, and these may provide insight into the cause of those that are not.

KEY WORDS: Autoimmunity.

Gene expression.

Neoplasms.

Introduction

Immune-mediated paraneoplasia (IMP) is a collection of cancer- associated syndromes that involve pathological immunological activity.1-3 Autoimmunity is implicated by reports of patients displaying abnormal antibody reactions focused on single antigens expressed within the affected organ. Evidence of cancer-induced autoimmunity accumulates from findings of malignancies expressing specific immunologically reactive epitopes, and sometimes the complete antigens involved in the patient’s autoimmunity.1,7-13

The autoantigens are organ and cell-specific, and in some cases surgical removal of the neoplasm has resulted in amelioration of immune-mediated paraneoplasia.2,14-18 Gammaglobulin treatment is reported to have beneficial results in some through processes that include anti-idiotype immunomodulation.19 Plasmapheresis and immuno- suppression may provide symptomatic relief in others,3,6,15,20 but no single immunomodulation is universally successful.

Acceptance of an immunological cause and effect led to the use of serological assays that detect abnormal antibody activity with a growing collection of paraneoplasia-associated antigens. As many are associated with a specific neoplasia, their recognition can lead to the identity of the type of cancer involved.4-6 The individuality of the patient ensures considerable diversity of immunological activity with any given malignancy, but the same abnormal immunological reaction manifesting in different patients with the same type of cancer is indicative of a common pathway of sensitisation.

The possibility that IMPs may reveal the ‘Achilles heel’ of the cancer should not be overlooked. It is possible to use isotope- linked antibodies that react with the autoantigen to image the growth and locate metastases not recognised previously. The same process may also be used in targeting cancer treatment. While this possibility carries the risk of increasing the patient’s autoimmune activity, suitably modified immunoglobulins can now be constructed that reduce the risk of harm to the host.21

Immune-mediated paraneoplasia commonly involves very few of the many antigens that compose the organ involved, a characteristic of autoimmunity in general that invites further inquiry into the therapeutic use of antigen-specific immunomodulations.

Failure of some paraneoplasia to respond to treatment, even after apparently successful cancer treatment, may result from the unfortunate initiation of self-perpetuating immunological reactions involving specific host antigens to which tolerance has been lost. Successful treatment of IMP may require combination therapy aimed at eliminating the patient’s cancer, and immunological desensitisation to address the abnormal hypersensitivity that may prove as debilitating and life-threatening as the malignancy.

Immune-mediated paraneoplasia

From the earliest published descriptions, the secondary effects of cancer were, and continue to be, found most often in patients with small cell carcinomas, which are the archetypical inducer of IMP.22,23 Other neoplasia such as thymomas, lymphomas, adenomas, ductal carcinomas and melanomas represent additional causes of cancer-induced immunological abnormalities, but the greater proportion of autoimmune reactions continue to be reported in association with, and sometimes preceding the recognition of, small cell carcinomas.5,6 The high prevalence of neurological disorders occurring with this malignancy may result from its surmised neuroendocrine origins, the Kulchitsky cell.24-28 Loss of control of such influential cells can have an immediate and deleterious effect on homeostasis, often inducing an impressive immune response as the transformed cells begin the inappropriate translation of genes not normally expressed in the organ in which the cancer develops.29

Paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration

Paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration (PCD) was the first paraneoplasia to be described and occurs in a wide range of different types of neoplasia such as lymphomas, carcinomas of the ovaries, uterus, breast, in addition to the most frequently culpable small cell carcinoma. The pathological process involves the immunological inhibition and loss of specific brain cells. The selective destruction of Purkinje cells brought attention to the syndrome, but other brain components subsequently were found to suffer immune-mediated damage.3,31,32 The resultant loss of cognisance initially may be confused with other diseases before the syndrome is recognised and the responsible cancer identified.6,33- 35

When first recognised as a distinct clinical entity, PCDs were immediately suspected to involve autoimmunity,30 and since have been shown to include abnormal antibody activity with a series of distinct neuronal proteins. With respect to the sensitisation process, the earliest immunological ‘cancer connection’ was established in paraneoplastic cerebellar degenerations when, in some cases, the cause of the unnatural hypersensitivity could be traced to small cell carcinomas expressing the autoantigens involved in the patient’s pathological immunological activity.36 Recognising this mode of sensitisation revealed a common theme in the pathogenesis of the IMP.

The brain proteins involved in PCD are identified by their relative mass observed in Western blot reactions of the patient’s sera on an extract of brain. Examples include the Yo, Hu and Ri antigens but are not limited to these proteins as some cancer patients develop central nervous system (CNS) syndromes in the absence of immunoreactivity with either.3,41,42 This immunological disparity suggests that those who react with the Yo, Hu or Ri antigens are experiencing the same antigenic stimulus, while those who do not may be reacting to closely related members of the same family of proteins, as clinical presentations are very similar.

The Yo syndrome may develop in association with breast, ovarian and transitional cell carcinomas, or adenocarcinoma. The Yo antigen is located in the cytoplasm of Purkinje cells, and in some cases is found expressed in the patient’s cancer.139

The Hu antigen is a member of the family of RNA-binding proteins located in neurons of the central and peripheral nervous systems. Antibody reactions with this protein are associated with the appearance of paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis (PEM).37 At autopsy, antibody complexes and activated lymphocytes recognising the Hu antigen are found in the brain of the affected individual.38 In a few cases, response to treatment and survival is increased in those who produce high titres of antibodies to the Hu antigen.39 It could be surmised that benefit ensues from an immunological inhibition of the carcinoma expressing the Hu antigen, a possibility that provides added incentive for continued efforts to develop new antigen- specific immune-mediated therapeutics.4,40

The immune response to the Ri antigen is associated with the induction of paraneoplastic opsoclonas-ataxia in breast and lung cancer patients. The antigen is also a member of the family of RNA- binding proteins located in the brain and spinal cord, and has been described as an aberrant expression in the neoplasia of affected individuals. As with many other suspected autoantigens, the Ri antigen is highly conserved in nature and even shares homology with components of yeast and retroviral proteins, a reminder that superimposed infections may occasionally be responsible for the induction of CNS hypersensitivity, and thus confuse the diagnosis.140,150

The list of immunoreactive neuronal proteins continues to grow but the Yo, Hu and Ri antigens represent recognised disease- associated cancer markers, and antibody reaction\s with either is reason to suspect occult neoplasia in a patient presenting with an unexplained CNS disorder and this type of immunoreactivity.

Although cytotoxic antibody activity is suspected in paraneoplastic brain syndromes, unlike the Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome and paraneoplastic pemphigus, efforts at passive transfer to experimental animals with antibodies reactive with the Yo, Hu and Ri antigens have failed to reproduce the signs and symptoms of the disease.43 Nevertheless, these antibody reactions have an immunological connection with cancer that serves to prompt appropriate screening when encountered in patients for whom no other explanation for a loss of cognisance is apparent.11

Muscle

The Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome (LEMS) is one of the most frequently studied paraneoplasia and is linked with small cell carcinomas expressing the specific neurotransmitter protein involved in the myasthenia.44 Current doctrine advocates that the ectopic appearance of immunological epitopes of the voltage-gated calcium channels prompts a related and pathological immune response that cross-reacts with the corresponding component in the muscle presynaptic nerve terminal.2,45 The clinical significance of autoantibodies in the production of LEMS is supported by passive transfer experiments in which antibodies from affected individuals were shown to produce similar transient myasthenic effects in neonatal mice following intraperitoneal infusion of the patient’s immunoglobulins.46

Thymoma-associated myasthenia gravis

A variant of the phenomenon of ‘ectopic expression’ occurs in some rare malignant thymomas shown to express neurofilaments sharing antigenic epitopes with the acetylcholine receptor (AChR), a key component of the autoimmune reactions of myasthenia gravis (MG), and titin, a muscle-specific protein.47-49 However, these observations invite further inquiry into this coincidental expression as the mode of sensitisation because laboratory animals given transplants of thymomas have failed to produce antibodies that typify either paraneoplastic or classic MG.51 This paradox should be addressed because it is essential that the mode of sensitisation in paraneoplasia, and indeed all autoimmune diseases, be identified if successful immunomodulations are to be developed.144,145

In the case of thymomas, the expression of only an epitope of the suspect autoantigen contrasts with that described in small cell carcinomas, in which the whole molecular autoantigen appears in the cancer. The recognition of immunologically cross-reactive epitopes requires an appreciation of the need to closely match epitopes, as those expressed by the malignancy may not be exactly those involved in the patient’s pathological immune activity; hence the need to consider ‘molecular mimicry’.47,49-51 Epitope differences are not always readily apparent in Western blot analyses, as they require the more sensitive technique of molecular matching using specific synthesised epitopes to uncover any appreciable sequence and immunological relationship.52

A spectrum of severity of thymic transformations occurs in thymomas, ranging from gross to barely recognisable; a situation that has provoked supposition that classical MG evolves from the benign, less-recognised thymic changes that almost always accompany this disease.48 In this respect, similarities are recognised and the nature of paraneoplastic and classical MG tend to converge.

The production of autoantibodies that react with key muscle components has in some cases diminished following early and complete surgical removal of the thymoma; a result that coincides with the increased survival rate of MG patients following thymectomy.2,50 However, this does not exclude the occasional example of the appearance of MG following thymectomy.14,15 The immunological complexities of the myasthenias slowly unravel as pieces of information on the pathogenicity of each fall into place, and more of the workings of this collection of autoimmune diseases is understood.

Paraneoplastic stiff man syndrome

Rheumatological disorders are sometimes the first indication of occult cancer in patients who present with unclear rheumatic complaints.55 Those that characterise paraneoplastic stiff man syndrome (PSMS) are precipitated by noise, fear or touch, and initially may be confused with other diseases involving muscular rigidity.

Antibody production to amphiphysin was originally thought pathognomonic for PSMS.56,57 Amphiphysin is a neuronal protein associated with synaptic vesicles and found in different isoforms in the nodes of Ranvier of the brain and around tubules in skeletal muscle. Expression of amphiphysin by small cell and breast carcinomas indicates one possible pathway leading to loss of tolerance, and complies with ‘aberrant ectopic expression’ as the sensitisation process.1 However, more recent studies reveal immunoreactivity with this potential autoantigen can develop in association with breast, ovarian and small cell carcinomas in the absence of stiffness.58,59 The same abnormal hypersensitivity also occurs in association with many other paraneoplasias such as sensory neuropathy, encephalomyelitis, cerebellar degeneration and the LEMS.3,58,62 This apparent confusion may result from varying genetic susceptibility and/or the need for secondary complications such as trauma or infection that expose target tissues.

There is little doubt that immunoreactivity with amphiphysin is abnormal and sufficient reason to arouse suspicion of an underlying neoplasm, but it is not representative of any specific type of malignancy. The implication of amphiphysin as an autoantigen in

paraneoplasia continues and is strengthened by recent demonstration of passive transfer of neurological symptoms to rats by antibodies that react with this 128 kDa protein.151 These findings prompt the need for further studies of the predisposition to amphiphysin sensitisation to identify the factors that lead to a loss of tolerance to this important and widespread tissue component.

An immunological connection exists between PSMS, the classical stiff man syndrome61,62 and that developing in some cases of insulin- dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM).63 All three involve endocrine imbalance resulting from autoimmune interference with different pathogeneses, but include the coincidental production of antibodies to glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD). Although different epitopes of GAD are involved in each disease,64,65 the commonality involving the same molecule may prove exceedingly interesting when the cause of the sensitisation process in these three different syndromes is finally identified. Until the aetiology of each is understood, the coincidence continues to represent another example of immunological overlap between paraneoplasia and diseases unrelated to cancer.

Skin

Skin disorders may be the most common form of paraneoplasia, and on first encounter can easily be mistaken for a multitude of other problems. However, the possibility of an occult neoplasia should be included in deliberations of the cause when bullous pemphigus is diagnosed. This insidious syndrome has been described in patients with both malignant and benign neoplasia, with an obvious survival bias towards that induced by benign growths.66-68

The appearance of pemphigus ranks as one of the strongest stimuli prompting a patient to seek medical attention. Occurring most often in patients with lymphocytic leukaemia or malignant lymphoma, there is no known direct immunological connection between the patient’s neoplasiam and the eruption of the dermatological disorder. The pattern of sensitisation may follow the path of other paraneoplasia and result from aberrant ectopic expression, but a thorough analysis of this possibility has yet to be undertaken.

There are several distinct skin-related immunological reactions associated with the appearance of cancer-induced pemphigus. Some of the antigens involved are recognised as the cytoplasmic components desmoplakin, envoplakin and periplakin, but also include members of the desmoglein family of cell surface proteins.69,70 Antibody activity with these skin keratinocyte components is demonstrated classically by Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation assay and indirect immunofluorescence, in which antibodies of the IgG subclass predominate.68,71

Blistering oral lesions commonly accompany those of the skin and provide easily biopsied samples for direct immunofluorescence when abnormal antibody and aggregates of complement components are found to be localised in intercellular spaces. Confirmation can be made using the well-established technique of indirect immunofluorescence on sections of rodent urinary bladder, where related antibodies are found to localise on epithelial cell surface antigens.68,72,73 Western blot reactions on extracts of normal human skin reveal antibody interactions with any or all of five paraneoplastic pemphigus-related proteins that have relative molecular weights of 170,190,210, 230 and 250 kDa.74,75

Tissue cultures of human keratinocytes labelled with any convenient isotope and mixed with serum samples from the PNP patient result in the immunoprecipitation of PNPrelated skin proteins, demonstrable by polyacrylamide gel analysis and subsequent autoradiography.70,75,76

Passive transfer of comparable skin lesions to neonatal mice with antibodies from PNP patients provides another example of cytotoxic immunoglobulins encountered in paraneoplasia. As with other types of paraneoplasia, the pathogenesis of PNP appears founded in antibody- mediated autoimmunity resulting from cancer-induced sensitisation to specific disease-related proteins.70,77

Eye

Early enquiries into the immunological aspects of vision loss in cancer patients described the remote ocular effects of cancer as the Visual paraneoplastic syndrome’ (VPS), and included evidence of abnormal immunological activity directed a\t the various cell types that comprise the multilayered neurosensory retina.78,79 Different immunological reactions reported by separate groups of researchers gave advanced warning of the need to organise continuing studies in order to understand the full scope of what were immediately suspected to be cancer-induced autoimmune retinopathies.80-82 From the very beginning, the small cell carcinoma appeared to be the most frequently encountered cause of cancer-induced blindness.23,35

The implication of autoantibodies in the production of paraneoplastic retinopathies was first suspected when immunoglobulins that reacted with retinal ganglion cells were demonstrated in a patient with small cell carcinomaassociated retinal degeneration.78,82,83 This aberrant immune response was shown to hold the potential for harm when it was demonstrated that an intraocular injection of rabbit antibodies that reacted with retinal ganglion cells produced experimental retinal ganglion cell ablation in cats.84,85 The results of these experiments illustrated how the selective loss of specific ocular components can occur through antibodymediated reactions in sensitised individuals.85,86 Immunological similarities between host neurofilaments and antigens expressed by small cell carcinoma gave evidence of epitope cross- reactivity87,88 comparable to that reported in the autoimmune reactions of patients with thymomas, in which parts of the autoantigen are expressed.47,49,50

Subsequent research uncovered a series of single retinal proteins involved in the antibody reactions of patients with small cell carcinoma-associated retinal degeneration. The first was that of the 23 kDa photoreceptor component, later identified as recoverin, essential to the functions of rhodopsin.89 The recombinant equivalent of this protein, now used routinely as the test antigen in the serological identification of recoverin hypersensitivity, identifies a specific immunological subclass of paraneoplastic retinopathy and a clinically distinctive form of retinal degeneration.141,142

The signs and symptoms of retinal degeneration caused by cancers distant from the eye led to the designation cancer-associated retinopathy – the CAR syndrome.35,90,91 The preponderance of cancer- induced vision loss in small cell carcinoma patients again demonstrates the relatively high frequency of paraneoplasia induced by this particular type of malignancy.

The pathological significance of antibodies in the pathogenesis of CAR was suspected from its first encounter.’2 Continuing findings emphasised the complexities of CAR and revealed that, in addition to the antiretinal antibodies that identify and participate in the retinopathy, the patient’s serum contains factors and/or antibodies that react with and are detrimental to optic nerve functions.93,94

Ensuing enquiries into the damaging properties of antirecoverin antibodies illustrated an apoptosis-inducing activity on in vitro cultivated monolayers of rat retina cells,’5 and antibody-mediated retinal degenerations in vivo following intraocular injection of these immunoglobulins into the genetically prone Lewis rat. This animal is exquisitely sensitive to the induction of autoimmune reactions in the eye and provides a useful model to demonstrate the pathological processes involved in immune-mediated retinal degeneration100,101 and the significance of inherited susceptibility.96

Entry of immunoglobulins to the inner workings of the neuronal retina may depend on leaks induced in the bloodretina barrier by the biochemical influence of the cancer, with subsequent access to the intracellular CAR antigen(s) through means comparable to those proposed to occur in other autoimmune diseases in which autoantibodies react with cytoplasmic and nuclear components.97,98

Reports on the pathological consequences of immunological reactions with the 23 kDa CAR antigen (recoverin) began to appear in the literature with mounting frequency as acceptance of the sight- robbing characteristics of the CAR syndrome increased. Correlation of the 23 kDa antigen/antibody reaction with loss of photoreceptor cells in which the antigen is located, and the coincidental expression of the same retinal protein by the patient’s small cell carcinoma, was the first example of the immunological ‘cancer connection’ responsible for initiating the events that lead to an immune-mediated retinal degeneration.7,10-13 Five additional retinopathy-related retinal antigens have since been discovered in this laboratory, with relative molecular weights of 20, 22, 40, 45 and 62 kDa, and undoubtedly there are more, each associated with different types of retinal degeneration.164-168

The 20, 45 and 62 kDa retinopathy-related antigens are all expressed in the outer segments of the photoreceptor cells of the retina, while the 22 kDa antigen is expressed in the nerve fibre layer. All four are also expressed in the optic nerve. Autoimmune reactions with such disseminated CNS components may be responsible for the few reports of cancer-associated retinal degeneration accompanied by optic neuropathy.102-104

Although the 20, 22, 40 and 45 kDa reactions were found originally in cancer patients, retinal proteins sharing these same masses have since been described in the abnormal immunological activity of patients for whom no immediate explanation for the vision loss is apparent.103 Such findings may illustrate the limitations of the Western blot method, as many proteins share the same molecular mass and a reaction at any given site on the blot could involve any of a collection of antigens of similar size, manifesting as a single band.

Conventional evaluation of a suspect autoantigen requires that Witebsky’s postulates be addressed by demonstrating that the isolated antigen incites a related organ-specific autoimmune reaction, transferable by either immune cells or antibodies.163 An animal model of experimental cancerinduced retinopathy, demonstrated in guinea pigs through the intraperitoneal propagation of viable small cell carcinoma cells, provides an alternative approach. This model is based on finding an American Type Culture Collection- derived small cell carcinoma expressing the 40 kDa CAR antigen located naturally in the outer plexiform layer of the retina.99 Following intraperitoneal propagation of this culture in Pristane- primed guinea pigs, a ‘quiet’ retinal degeneration ensued, similar to that described in clinical observations of CAR syndromes, and was accompanied by the production of antibodies that reacted with the 40 kDa CAR antigen.155,157

However, attributing the retinal degeneration solely to the immune response is presumptions, as contributions from the many other cancer components and products the animals were exposed to cannot be excluded from the production of the experimental retinopathy. Propagating viable cancer cells in experimental animals results in a profusion of influences from the expression of a multitude of antigenic components and biologically active products, but the procedure has value. Although more difficult to interpret, investigating the influences of viable cancer cells in vivo permits an interesting replication to the complexities the patients experience.

Several reports implicate immunological activity with the enolases in retinal degeneration,153 and there is no doubt that some retinopathy patients do present with indications of a loss of tolerance to these components of glycolysis. However, as with reports implicating heat shock proteins in autoimmunity, it is difficult to attribute an organ-specific autoimmune disease to immunological activity with antigen(s) expressed in every tissue.159

The CAR and melanoma-associated retinopathy (MAR) syndromes are rare examples of autoimmune diseases in which the sensitisation process is traced to a cause. Sensitisation to the enolases and heat shock proteins could evolve from microbial infections because these proteins are expressed throughout nature. But the question remains: why the eye?

Retinal pigment epithelium hypersensitivity

The retinal pigment epithelium (RPE) may also be involved in adverse immunological activity, as it is in age-related macular degeneration.146-148 The RPE is a highly specialised ocular tissue with its own peculiar immunological characteristics, some of which are known to preserve the integrity of the entire eye.160,161 Evidence also implicates RPE hypersensitivity as an added complication in CAR, where its influence may be subtle and only inhibitory to cells that are required to function with a high degree of efficiency in the maintenance of the retina.149

Pigmentary changes occur in the extremely rare syndrome bilateral diffuse uveal melanocytic proliferation (BDUMP) in which the RPE is often lost. Most cases are traceable to malignancies that are found commonly after presentation and diagnosis of this syndrome. The few described in the absence of any cancer may have been induced by a tumour that regressed. Cellular damage may result from the biochemical influence of the cancer; however, immunological involvement remains a possibility, but is questionable due to the scarcity of patients to study.169

Retinal pigment epithelium cells can be propagated in vitro and provide the means to evaluate the effects of a patient’s immunological activity directly on the viable tissue, in the presence and absence of complement.14’1 In vitro and in vivo assays permit the antigenic dissection of the RPE and have led to the implication of specific antigens such as the 57 kDa and 65 kDa RPE proteins in adverse immunological activity.156,162

Melanoma-associated retinopathy

Intraocular melanomas are not included in MAR syndromes. These retinal degenerations develop as a remote effect of cutaneous malignant melanoma, usually many years after apparent successful treatment. Onset of the signs and symptoms that typify this syndrome suggest a recurrence and metastasis, if not a\lready recognised. Electroretinograph (ERG) findings resemble those of congenital stationary night blindness,105 with diminished b-wave activity. In some cases, this coincides with immunological findings of a focus of antibody activity on cells in the inner nuclear layer of the retina, where the nuclei of bipolar cells are located.106-110 Immunological inhibition of bipolar cells could explain the decreased b-wave activity. No specific protein is associated with the immunological idiosyncrasy of the classic MAR syndrome that may instead involve lipid or carbohydrate antigens.

The MAR syndrome includes immunologically distinct subgroups, as is the case with the CAR syndrome. The 20 kDa retina/optic nerve antigen recently has been described in association with vision loss in a group of melanoma patients, but the same reaction appears in some patients with lupus-related retinopathies. This commonality may implicate an embryological cohesion that shows an immunological skin connection in patients with dermatological disease who suffer concomitant retinal degeneration.152

Visual fields in MAR, as with those in other types of paraneoplastic retinopathy, can resemble that of retinitis pigmentosa, sharing the same characteristic of a ‘quiet’ noninflammatory and progressive degeneration.111 Optic nerve involvement is common and could represent a major contributing factor to immune-mediated vision loss in the MAR syndromes, comparable to that reported in CAR.

Chronic demyelinating polyneuropathy in melanoma patients has been attributed to immunological crossreactivity between melanoma and Schwann cells, both of which originate from neuroectodermal cells. These immunological similarities are comparable with those of other immune-mediated paraneoplasia and could involve antibody- mediated damage such as that associated with the vitiligo that may also complicate melanoma.112

Paraneoplastic optic neuropathy

Cancer-induced demyelinisation is another characteristic of paraneoplasia and may be the presenting sign in a variety of different malignancies.113,115 That encountered in lymphomatous optic neuritis was among the first paraneoplasia to be linked with autoimmunity.116,117

Confusion may arise with that resulting from treatment,118,119 but demyelination occurring as a remote effect of cancer can be identified by distinct immunological reactions such as those described in the 23 and 62 kDa CAR syndromes. The ‘patchy’ demyelination is comparable with that typical of multiple sclerosis.92,102,104

Cancer-induced demyelination can occur at any stage in the development of the malignancy. As with the majority of paraneoplasia, paraneoplastic demyelination develops primarily in association with small cell carcinoma,92,104 but is reported in patients with a variety of types of neoplasia.114,117,120-123

Lymphoma-associated retinopathy

A rare form of retinal degeneration appears in some lymphoblastic, Hodgkin’s and non-Hodgkin’ lymphoma patients. The immunological reactions in Hodgkin’s patients are unusual in that they include a focus of antibody activity on retinal cone pedicles, but the antigen(s) participating in this anomalous immunological reactivity remain unidentified. Detailed reports of the clinical features of each type of lymphoma-related retinopathy (LAR) have appeared in the literature, accompanied by descriptions of optic nerve involvement, but the events that initiate the immunological peculiarities of these syndromes are not understood and may differ from those attributed to ocular sensitisation induced by solid tumours. Viral agents suspected of causing some of these maladies eventually may be implicated as the source of sensitisation.

Onset of vision loss in paraneoplastic retinopathy can be sudden and rapid or delayed and slow; characteristics that appear dependent on the type of malignancy involved. It is significant that the antibody reactions so clearly defined in small cell carcinoma- associated retinopathy do not appear in the other forms of paraneoplastic vision loss. As each appears to present with distinct immunological characteristics, it can be predicted that in time the antigens involved in MAR, breast cancer-associated retinopathy (BCAR), LAR and paraneoplastic optic neuropathy (PON) will be recognised and provide clues to the events that initiate these pathological immune-mediated ocular degenerations.143

Breast cancer-associated retinopathies

The immunological features of BCAR develop late in the history of the cancer and may indicate a recurrence in an apparently ‘cured’ patient. The few that have been encountered exhibit a focus of antibody activity on retinal photoreceptors or the outer plexiform layer where the 40 kDa CAR antigen is expressed.155 There is a clear need to learn more of the immunological nature of the BCAR syndrome because of the possibility that this immunemediated loss of vision may be confused with treatmentrelated ocular toxicity.118,119

Vasculitis

Little is known about cancer-associated vascular disorders, which can range from mild, hardly noticeable lesions to the production of life-threatening emboli. In many cases these vasculopathies resemble those that appear in connection with other types of disease unrelated to cancer. Specific immunological characteristics are not yet recognised, so blockage and inflammation may result from cancer- induced biochemical imbalance such as the influence of cancer procoagulant or a direct immunological influence on the antigens peculiar to the retinal vascular endothelium.124-126

If recognised early, cutaneous leucocytoclastic vasculitis, which has a strong association with cancer, can prompt the search for occult neoplasia. However, attributing a patient’s vascular changes directly to a malignancy is sometimes questionable, as an ageing individual may be suffering from a collection of unrelated diseases and present with different types of vasculitis emanating from superimposed health problems such as polyarteritis nodosa,127 thromboembolism128 and Henoch-Schonlein purpura.129

Most recognised cancer-associated vasculopathies are disseminated in both arteries and veins and are resistant to conventional therapy.128,130-132 The ‘cancer connection’ is suspected in some cases by the correlation of disappearing vasculitis with successful cancer treatment, and a recurrence with reappearance of the growth. Paraneoplastic vasculitis illustrates a real cancer-induced pathological effect that in many cases involves inflammation, and the pathogenesis may be comparable with that seen in other types of cancerinduced immunological confusion. However, any such connection has yet to be demonstrated.

In summary

The finding that some well-recognised autoantigens and/or component epitopes are actively expressed by dendritic cells in the normal thymic medulla is probably of great relevance to the induction and avoidance of autoimmunity.53,54 As the centre of immunological instruction, the thymus is the locus of surveillance, where immune cell education occurs and autoreactive populations are depleted. The ‘learning’ process requires close contact with host autoantigens to induce the tolerance required for natural survival. Loss of tolerance is minimised in the normal individual where active immunological suppressor functions are intact. Accordingly, autoimmune reactions in cancer patients may be restricted to those with faulty suppressor function, making them genetically predisposed to succumb to sensitisations that lead to the immune-mediated paraneoplasia.33

In an increasing number of cases, aberrant immunological reactions in paraneoplasia are traced to the fact that the patient’s cancer expresses the same autoantigen involved in the pathological response.7-11,99 Sensitisation is proposed to result from such abnormal exposure, but this line of reasoning is not without flaws.3,5 In the case of PEM, antibody production to the cerebral protein designated as the Hu antigen is used to identify the syndrome, and expression of the Hu antigen can be demonstrated in the patient’s malignancy.40,43 However, an immunological response to the Hu antigen can occur in cancer patients without symptoms of the Hu syndrome.39 Why some succumb and others do not is not understood, but it could involve the need for disruption in the blood/brain barrier such as that demonstrated in animal models of cancer- induced neuropathies.39,43,99,133,134,154

Small cell carcinomas are known to express numerous CNS components, but immune-mediated paraneoplasia has a low incidence relative to the total number of cases reported annually. Therefore, sensitisation cannot be attributed simply to exposure to ‘sequestered’ proteins, and other factors must be involved. If expression of neurological proteins in the wrong place at the wrong time is the mechanism whereby some individuals lose tolerance to specific cellular components, a predisposition to abnormal hypersensitivity may be responsible, similar to that recognised in other autoimmune diseases.1,33

The production of antibodies to the same autoantigen in different individuals with the same type of paraneoplasia supports the proposal of an immunological ‘cancer connection’ and suggests that the stimulus might be traced to the same site on the same chromosome in each patient. If the chromosomal location of the autoantigen is adjacent to a transformation site, expression could result from coincidental translation during tumourigenesis. This possibility has been addressed in relation to the expression of the 23 kDa CAR antigen, the retinal photoreceptor protein recoverin, with tantalising results.158 Co-translation due to genomic proximity would ensure that specific transformation sites dictate precisely which potential autoantigen the host will be exposed to, should cotranslation occur. Moreover, the co-translated ‘paraneoplastic autoantigen’ would probably be the product of a single gene, and all those are tha\t have been recognised to date.

The scarcity of immune-mediated paraneoplasia could be due to the need for multiple transformation sites to be influenced, some being more likely than others to lead to cancer.115 The transformation site associated with the gene encoding the autoantigen(s) could be of minor importance, not entirely essential to cancerous growth, and may not always be included in the conversion to cancer.136,137 This may explain why cancers of the same type are not all found to be expressing ‘paraneoplasia-associated autoantigens’.

If the theory of co-translation proves correct, immunemediated paraneoplasia will provide an opportunity to learn more about the chromosomal transformation sites involved in carcinogenesis. Once the chromosomal location of the autoantigens involved is established, an upstream and downstream search of adjacent genes could identify a related transformation site, and possibly even the specific carcinogen required to influence its activity.35 This pursuit is encouraged by the finding that the autoimmune response in LEMS involves the expression of an antigen encoded at a chromosomal region close to one that undergoes rearrangements in the transformation to small cell carcinoma.138

Paraneoplasia provides examples of autoimmune reactions for which the cause may be readily identified, which is a rare occurrence in immunobiology. Most recognised autoimmune diseases have no known cause, but some may emanate from a combination of genetic susceptibility and the appearance of ‘transient neoplasia’. Short- lived neoplasia can appear and then disappear as they succumb to the actions of immune surveillance. Immunological confusion could occur and a key cellular component recognised as alien during the process of ridding the host of the transformed cells. Once tolerance is broken, the response might persist from continued exposure to the native tissue component involved in the autoimmune disease, or it could decline and disappear, as seen in infection- or vaccine- induced Guillain-Barre syndrome.

Studies of the immunology of paraneoplastic disease continue to reveal much about the events that occur in the production of abnormal hypersensitivity involving single proteins. The similarities between paraneoplastic syndromes and other autoimmune diseases sometimes are quite striking. Enquiries into commonalities may bring a better understanding of the means whereby specific antigens become the target of misdirected immunological activity in the majority of autoimmune diseases currently of unknown aetiology.

Supported by unrestricted funding from Research to Prevent Blindness (RPB) and NEI core grant 1 P30 EY12576-03.

References

1 Dropcho EJ. Antiamphiphysin antibodies with small-cell lung carcinoma and paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis. Ann Neural 1996; 39: 659-67.

2 Gripp, S, Hilgers K,Wurm R, Schmitt G. Thymoma: prognostic factors and treatment outcomes. Cancer 1998; 83 (8): 1495-503.

3 Dropcho EJ. Autoimmune central nervous system paraneoplastic disorders: mechanisms, diagnosis and therapeutic options. Ann Neurol 1995; 37 (Suppl 1): S102-S113.

4 King PH, Dropcho EJ. Expression of HeI-Ni and Hel-N2 in small cell carcinoma. Ann Neural 1996; 39: 679-81.

5 Dropcho EJ. Neuralogic paraneoplastic syndromes. / Neural Sd 1998; 153 (2): 264-78.

6 Oh J, Dropcho EJ, Claussen GC. Anti-Hu-associated paraneoplastic sensory neuropathy responding to early aggressive immunotherapy: report of two cases and review of literature. Muscle Nerve 1997; 20:1576-82.

7 Matsubara S, Yamaji Y, Sato M, Fujita J, Takahara J. Expression of a photoreceptor protein, recoverin, as a cancer-associated retinopathy autoantigen in human lung cancer cell lines. Br J Cancer 1996; 74: 1419-22.

8 Yamaji Y, Matsubara S, Yamadori I et al. Characterization of a small-cell lung carcinoma cell line from a patient with cancerassociated retinopathy. Int J Cancer 1996; 65: 671-6.

9 Matsubara S, Yamaji Y, Fujita T et al. Cancer-associated retinopathy syndrome: a case of small cell lung cancer expressing recoverin immunoreactivity. Lung Cancer 1996; 14: 265-71.

10 Polans AS, Witkowski D, Haley TL et al. Recoverin, a photoreceptor-specific calcium-binding protein is expressed by the tumor of a patient with cancer-associated retinopathy. Proc Nat Acad Sci USA 1995; 92: 9176-80.

11 Maeda A, Ohguro H, Maeda T et al. Aberrant expression of photoreceptor-specific calcium-binding protein (recoverin) in cancer cell lines. Cancer Res 2000; 60 (7): 1914-20.

12 Thirkill CE, Tait RC, Tyler NK, Roth AM, Keltner JL. Intraperitoneal cultivation of small-cell carcinoma induces expression of the retinal cancer-associated retinopathy antigen. Arch Ophthalmol 1993; 111: 974-8.

13 Thirkill CE, Keltner JL, Tyler NK, Roth AM. Antibody reactions with retina- and cancer-associated antigens in 10 patients with cancer-associated retinopathy. Arch Ophthalmol 1993; 111: 931-7.

14 Ruffini E, Mancuso M, Oliaro A et al. Recurrence of thymoma: analysis of clinicopathologic features; treatment and outcome. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 1997; 113: 55-63.

15 Yoshitake T, Takahama T, Kanai F et al. Thymic lymphoid hyperplasia of myasthenia gravis patients: correlation with clinical features and efficiency of thymectomy (in Japanese). Kyobo Geka 1995; 48 (6): 447-51.

16 Paone JF, Jeyasingham K. Remission of cerebellar dysfunction after pneumonectomy for bronchogenic carcinoma. N Engl J Med 1980; 302: 156.

17 Kearsley JH, Johnson P, Halmagyi GM. Paraneoplastic cerebellar disease. Remission with excision of the primary rumor. Arch Neural 1985; 42: 1208-10.

18 Chalk CH, Murray NM, Newsom-Davis J, O’Neill JH, Spiro SG. Response of the Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome to treatment of associated small-cell lung carcinoma. Neurology 1990; 40: 1552-56.

19 Guy J, Aptsiauri N. Treatment of paraneoplastic visual loss with intravenous immunoglobulin: report of 3 cases. Arch Ophthalmol 1999; 117 (4): 471-7.

20 Thirkill CE, Tait RC, Tyler NK, Roth AM, Keltner JL. The cancer connection: an antigen immunologically related to the retinal CAR antigen is expressed in small cell carcinoma of the lung. In: Dernouchamps JP ed. Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on Uveitis. Amsterdam/New York: Kugler, 1993: 133-5.

21 Rees JH, Hain SF, Johnson MR et al. The role of [18F]fluoro-2- deoxyglucose-PET scanning in the diagnosis of paraneoplastic neurological disorders. Brain 2001; 124 (Pt 11): 2223-31.

22 Brain WR, Daniel PM, Greenfield JG. Subacute cortical cerebellar degeneration and its relation to carcinoma. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1951; 14: 59-75.

23 Thirkill CE. Lung cancer-induced blindness. Lung Cancer 1996; 14: 253-64.

24 Rund CR, Fischer EG. Perinuclear dot-like cytokeratin 20 staining in small cell neuroendocrine carcinoma of the ovary (pulmonary-type). Appl Immunohistochem Mol Morphol 2006; 14 (2): 244- 8.

25 Weiss W. In: Reznik Schuller H, ed. Comparative respiratory tract carcinogenesis. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 1983:1-17.

26 Weiss W. In: Greco FA, Oldham RK, Bunn PA, eds. Small cell lung cancer. New York: Grune & Stratton, 1981:1-34.

27 Greco FA, Hainsworth J, Sismani A, Richardson RL, Hande KR, Oldham RK. In: Greco FA, Oldham RK, Bunn PA, eds. Small cell lung cancer. New York: Grune & Stratton, 1981: 177-224.

28 Li WH. An ultrastructural classification of carcinomas of the lung. Chinese J Path 1992; 21 (5): 262-5.

29 Thirkill CE. Cancer-induced retinal hypersensitivity. Br ] Biomed Sci 1996; 53: 227-34.

30 Brain L, Wilkinson M. Subacute cerebellar degeneration associated with neoplasms. Brain 1965; 88: 465-78.

31 Sodeyama N, Ishida K, Jaeckle KA et al. Pattern of epitotic reactivity of the anti-Hu antibody on HuD with and without paraneoplastic syndrome. J Neurol 1999; 66: 97-9.

32 Sherer Y, Shoenfeld Y. A malignancy work-up in patients with cancer-associated (paraneoplastic) autoimmune diseases: pemphigus and myasthenic syndromes as cases in point. Oncol Reports 1999; 6: 665-8.

33 Moll JW, Hooijkaas H, van Goorbergh BC, Roos LG, HenzenLogmans SC, Vecht CJ. Systemic and anti-neural autoantibodies in patients with paraneoplastic neurological disease. J Neurol 1996; 243: 51-6.

34 Lafeuillade A, Quilichini R, Chiozza R, Pellegrino P, Thirkill CE. Paraneoplastic retinopathy (CAR syndrome) revealing prostatic cancer. Pressa Med 1993; 22 (1): 35.

35 Thirkill CE. Cancer-associated retinopathy: the CAR syndrome. Neuroophthalmology 1994; 14: 297-323.

36 Budde-Steffen C, Anderson NE, Rosenblum MK, Posner JB. Expression of an antigen in small cell lung carcinoma lines detected by antibodies from patients with paraneoplastic dorsal root ganglionpathy. Cancer Res 1988; 48: 430-4.

37 Benyahia B, Liblau R, Merle-Beral H, Tourani JM, Dalmau J, Delattre JY. Cell-mediated autoimmunity in paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes with anti-Hu antibodies. Ann Neurol 1999; 45 (2): 162-7.

38 Voltz R, Dalmau J, Posner JB, Rosenfeld MR. T-cell receptor analysis in anti-Hu associated paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis. Neurology 1998; 5: 1146-50.

39 Dalmau J, Graus F, Cheung NK et al. Major histocompatibility proteins, anti-Hu antibodies and paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis in neuroblastoma and small cell lung cancer. Cancer 1995; 75: 99-109.

40 Graus F, Dalmou J, Rene R et al. Anti-Hu antibodies in patients with small-cell lung cancer: association with complete response to therapy and improved survival. J Clin Oncol 1997; 15: 2866-72.

41 Iwahashi T, Inoue A, Koh CS, Yanagisawa N. A study of a new antineural antibody in a case of paraneoplasic sensory neuropathy associated with breast carcinoma. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997; 63: 516-9.

42 Honnorat J, Aquera M, ZaIc B et al. POP66, a paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis-related antigen, is a marker for adult oligodenrocytes. J Neuropathol Exp Neurol 1998; 57 (4): 311-22.

43 Sillevis Smitt PA, Manley GT, Posner JB. Immunization with the paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis antigen HuD does not cause neurologic disease in mice.Neurology 1995; 45: 1873-8.

44 Lennon VA, Lambert EH. Autoantibodies bind solubilized calcium channel-omega-conotoxin complexes from small cell lung carcinoma: a diagnostic aid for Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome. Mayo Clin Proc 1989; 64: 1498-504.

45 Levin KH. Paraneoplastic neuromuscular syndromes. Neurologic Clinics 1997; 15: 597-614.

46 Kim YI. Passively transferred Lambert-Eaton syndrome in mice receiving purified IgG. Muscle Nerve 1986; 9: 523-30.

47 Marx A, Wilisch A, Schultz A et al. Expression of neurofilaments and of a titin epitope in thymic epithelial rumors. Implication for the pathogenesis of myasthenia gravis. Am J Pathol 1996; 148: 1839-50.

48 Marx A, Schultz A, Wilisch A, Nenninger R, Muller-Hermelink HK. Myasthenia gravis. Verhandlungen der Deutchen Gesellschaft fur Pathologie 1996; 80:116-26.

49 Wilish A, Schultz A, Greiner A et al. Molecular mimicry between neurofilaments and titin as the basis for autoimmunity towards skeletal muscle in paraneoplastic myasthenia gravis. Verhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Pathologie 1996; 80: 261-6.

50 Marx A, Schultz A, Wilisch A et al. Paraneoplastic autoimmunity in thymus tumors. Dev Immunol 1998; 6 (1-2): 129-40.

51 Spuler S, Sarropoulos A, Marx A, Hohlfeld R, Wekerle H. Thymoma-associated myasthenia gravis. Transplantation of thymoma and extrathymomal thymic tissue into SCID mice. Am J Pathol 1996; 148: 1359-65.

52 Nagvekar N, Jacobson LW, Willcox N, Vincent A. Epitopes expressed in myasthenia gravis (MG) thymomas are not recognized by patients’ T cells or autoantibodies. Clin Exp Immunol 1998; 112: 17- 20.

53 Charukamnoetkanok P, Fukushima A, Whitcup SM, Gery I, Egwuagu CE. Expression of ocular autoantigens in the mouse thymus. Curr Eye Res 1998; 17: 788-92.

54 Egwuagu CE, Charukamnoetkanok P, Gery I. Thymic expression of autoantigens correlates with resistance to autoimmune disease. J Immunol 1997; 159: 3109-12.

55 Naschitz JE, Yeshurun D, Rosner I. Rheumatic manifestations of occult cancer. Cancer 1995; 75: 2954-8.

56 Butler MH, David C, Ochoa GC et al. Amphiphysin II (SH3P9; BINl), a member of the amphiphysin/Rvs family, is concentrated in the cortical cytomatrix of axon initial segments and nodes of Ranvier in brain and around T tubules in skeletal muscle. J Cell Biol 1997; 137: 1355-67.

57 Yamamoto R, Li X, Winter S, Francke U, Killimann MW. Primary structure of human amphiphysin, the dominant autoantigen in paraneoplastic stiff-man syndrome, and mapping of its gene (AMPH) to chromosome 7p13-p14. Hum Mol Genet 1995; 4 (2): 265-8.

58 Saiz A, Dalmau J, Butler MH et al. Anti-amphiphysin I antibodies in patients with paraneoplastic neurologic disorders associated with small-cell lung carcinomas. L Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1999; 66 (2): 214-7.

59 Floyd S, Butler MH, Cremona O et al. Expression of amphiphysin I, an autoantigen of paraneoplastic syndromes, in breast cancer. Mol Med 1998; 4: 29-39.

60 Antoine JC, Absi L, Honnorat J et al. Antiamphiphysin antibodies are associated with various paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes and tumors. Arch Neural 1999; 56 (2): 172-7.

61 McEvoy KM. Stiff-man syndrome. Mayo Clin Proc 1991; 66: 300- 4.

62 Gorin F, Baldwin B, Tait R, Pathak R, Seyal M. Stiff-man syndrome, a GABAergic autoimmune disorder with autoantigenic heterogeneity. Ann Neurol 1990; 28: 711-4.

63 Roll U, Christie MR, Standl E, Ziegler AG. Associations of anti-GAD antibodies with islet cell antibodies and insulin autoantibodies in first-degree relatives of type I diabetic patients. Diabetes 1994; 43: 154-60.

64 Bjork E, Velloso LA, Kampe O, Karlsson A. GAD autoantibodies in IDDM, stiff-man syndrome and autoimmune polyendocrine syndrome type I recognize different epitopes. Diabetes 1994; 43: 161-5.

65 Kim J, Namchuk M, Bugawan T et al. Higher autoantibody levels and recognition of a linear NH2-terminal epitope in the autoantigen GAD65 distinguish stiff-man syndrome from insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. J Exp Med 1994; 180: 595-606.

66 Cohen PR, Kurzrock R. Mucocutaneous paraneoplastic syndromes. Semin Oncol 1997; 24 (3): 334-59.

67 Kurzrock R, Cohen PR. Mucocutaneous paraneoplastic manifestations of hematologic malignancies. Am J Med 1995; 99 (2): 207-16.

68 Anhalt GJ. Paraneoplastic pemphigus. Adv Dermatol 1997; 12: 77- 96.

69 Moll R, Moll I. Epidermal adhesion molecules and basement membrane components as target structures of autoimmunity. Virchows Arch 1998; 432: 487-504.

70 Amagai M, Nishikawa T, Nousari HC, Anhalt GJ, Hashimoto T. Antibodies against desmoglein 3 (pemphigus vulgaris antigen) are present in sera from patients with paraneoplastic pemphigus and cause acantholysis in vivo in neonatal mice. J Clin Invest 1998; 102: 775-82.

71 Amagai M, Hashimoto T, Green KJ, Shimizu N, Nishikawa T. Antigen-specific immunoadsorption of pathogenic autoantibodies in pemphigus foliaceus. J Invest Dermatol 1995; 104: 895-901.

72 Schoen H, Foedinger D, Derfler K et al. Immunoapheresis in paraneoplastic pemphigus. Arch Dermatot 1998; 134: 706-10.

73 Sklavounou A, Laskaris G. Paraneoplashc pemphigus: a review. Oral Oncol 1998; 35: 437-40.

74 Jiao D, Bystryn JC. Antibodies to desmoplakin in a patient with pemphigus foliaceous. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol 1998; 11 (2): 169-72.

75 Hashimoto T, Amagai M, Watanabe K et al. Characterization of paraneoplastic pemphigus autoantigens by immunoblot analysis. J Invest Dermatol 1995; 104: 829-34.

76 Liu Z, Diaz LA,Troy JL et al. A passive transfer model of the organ-specific autoimmune disease bullous pemphigoid using antibodies generated against the hemidesmosomal antigen BP180. H Clin Invest 1993; 92: 2480-8.

77 Nishikawa T, Hashimoto T, Shimizu H, Ebihara T, Amagai M. Pemphigus: from immunofluorescence to molecular biology. J Derm Sci 1996; 12 (1): 1-9.

78 Kornguth SE, Klein R, Appen R, Choate J. Occurrence of antiretinal ganglion cell antibodies in patients with small cell carcinoma of the lung. Cancer 1982; 50: 1289-93.

79 Kornguth S. A journey in the neurosciences from 1950 to 2000. Neurochem Res 2000; 25 (9-10): 1435-7.

80 Kornguth SE, Kalinke T, Grunwald GB, Schutta H, Dahl D. Antineurofilament antibodies in the sera of patients with small cell carcinoma of the lung and with visual paraneoplastic syndrome. Cancer Res 1986; 46: 2588-95.

81 Grisold W, Drlicek M, Popp W, Jellinger K. Antineuronal antibodies in small cell lung carcinoma, a significance for paraneoplastic syndromes. Acta Neuropathol (Berl) 1987; 75: 199- 202.

82 Grunwald GB, Kornguth SE, Towfighi J et al. Autoimmune basis for visual paraneoplastic syndrome in patients with small cell lung carcinoma, retinal immune deposits and ablation of retinal ganglion cells. Cancer 1987; 60: 780-6.

83 Kornguth S, Auerbach R, Grieves J, Kahan L. Immunological reactivity of monoclonal antibodies prepared against large ganglion cells from bovine retina. Neurosci Lett 1981; 27 (2): 151-7.

84 Kornguth SE, Spear PD, Langer E. Reduction in numbers of large ganglion cells in cat retina following intravitreous injection of antibodies. Brain Res 1982; 245 (1): 35-45.

85 Williams RW, Crabtree JW, Chalupa LM, Spear PD, Kornguth SE. Selectivity of antibody-mediated destruction of axons in the cat’s optic nerve. Brain Res 1985; 336 (1): 57-66.

86 Spear PD, Jones KR, Zetlan SR, Geisert EE, Kornguth SE. Effects of antibodies to large ganglion cells on the cat’s retinogeniculate pathway. J Neurophysiol 1982; 47: 1174-95.

87 Grunwald GB, Klein R, Simmonds MA, Kornguth SE. Autoimmune basis for visual paraneoplastic syndrome in patients with small- cell lung carcinoma. Lancet 1985; 1: 658-61.

88 Kornguth SE. Neuronal proteins and paraneoplastic syndromes. N Engl J Med 1989; 321: 1607-8.

89 Thirkill CE, Tait RC, Tyler NK, Roth AM, Keltner JL. The cancer-associated retinopathy is a recoverin-like protein. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 1992; 33: 2768-72.

90 Thirkill CE., Roth AM, Keltner JL. Cancer-associated retinopathy. Arch Ophthalmol 1987; 105: 372-5.

91 Jacobson DM, Thirkill CE, Tipping SJ. A clinical triad to diagnose paraneoplastic retinopathy. Ann Neurol 1990; 28: 162-7.

92 Adamus G. Autoantibody-induced apoptosis as a possible mechanism of autoimmune retinopathy. Autoimmun Rev 2003; 2 (2): 63- 8.

93 Thirkill CE, FitzGerald PJ, Sergott RC, Roth AM, Tyler NK, Keltner JL. Cancer-associated retinopathy (CAR syndrome) with antibodies reacting with retinal, optic-nerve and cancer cells. N Engl J Med 1989; 321: 1589-94.

94 Thirkill CE. Retinal autoantibodies. In: Peter JB, Shoenfeld Y, eds. Autoantibodies. Oxford: Elsevier, 1997: 694-9.

95 Adamus G, Machnicki M, Seigel GM. Apoptotic retinal cell death induced by antirecoverin autoantibodies of cancer-associated retinopathy. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 1997; 38 (2): 283-91.

96 Adamus G, Machnicki M, Elerding H, Sugden B, Blocker YS, Fox DA. Antibodies to recoverin-induced apoptosis of photoreceptor and bipolar cells in vivo. J Autoimmun 1998; 11: 523-33.

97 Alarcon-Segovia D, Ruiz-Arguelles A, Llorente L. Broken dogma: penetration of autoantibodies into living cells. Immunol Today 1996; 17: 163-4.

98 Alarcon-Segovia D, Ruiz-Arguelles A, Fishbein E. Antibody penetration into living cells. I. Intranuclear immunoglobulin in peripheral blood mononuclear cells in mixed connective tissue disease and systemic lupus erythematosus. Clin Exp Immunol 1979; 35: 364-75.

99 Thirkill CE. Experimental cancer-induced retinopathy. Ocular Immunol Inflamm 1997; 5: 55-65.

100 Gery I, Chanaud NR Anglade E. Recoverin is highly uveitogenic in Lewis rats. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 1994; 35: 3342-52.

101 Adamus G, Ortega H, Witkowska D, Polans A. ‘Recoverin’: a potent uveitogen for the induction of photoreceptor degeneration in Lewis rats. Exp Eye Res 1994; 59: 447-56.

102 Murphy MA, Thirkill CE, Hart WM Jr. Paraneoplastic retinopathy: a novel autoantibody reaction associated with small- cell lung carcinoma. J Neuroophthalmol 1997; 17 (2): 77-83.

103 Keltner JL, Thirkill CE. The 22 kDa antigen in optic nerve and \retinal diseases. J Neuro Ophthalmol 1999; 19: 71-83.

104 Luiz JE, Lee AG, Keltner JL, Thirkill CE, Lai EC. Paraneoplastic optic neuropathy and autoantibody production in small cell carcinoma of the lung. J Neuroophthalmol 1998; 18: 178-81.

105 Berson EL, Lessell S. Paraneoplastic night blindness with malignant melanoma. Am J Ophthalmol 1988; 106: 307-11.

106 Kirath H, Thirkill CE, Bilgic SS, Eldem B, Kececi A. Paraneoplastic retinopathy associated with metastatic cutaneous melanoma of unknown primary site. Eye 1997; 11: 889-92.

107 Boeck K, Hofmann S, Klopfer M et al. Melanoma-associated paraneoplastic retinopathy: case report and review of the literature. Br J Dermatol 1997; 137: 457-60.

108 Milam AH, Saari JC, Jacobson SG, Lubinski WP, Feun LG, Alexander KR. Autoantibodies against retinal bipolar cells in cutaneous melanoma-associated retinopathy. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 1993; 34: 91-100.

109 Milam AH, Dacey DM, Dizhoor AM. Recoverin immunoreactivity in mammalian cone bipolar cells. Ms Neurosci 1993; 10: 1-12.

110 Okel BB, Thirkill CE, Anderson K. An unusual case of melanoma- associated retinopathy. Ocul Immunol Inflamm 1995; 3: 121-7.

111 Thirkill CE, Roth AM, Takemoto DJ, Tyler NK, Keltner JL. Antibody indications of secondary and superimposed retinal hypersensitivity in retinitis pigmentosa. Am J Ophthalmol 1991; 112: 132-7.

112 Bird SJ, Brown MJ, Shy ME, Scherer SS. Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy associated with malignant melanoma. Neurology 1996; 46: 822-4.

113 Boghen DR, Sebag M, Michaud J. Paraneoplastic optic neuritis and encephalomyelitis. Arch Neurol 1988; 45: 353-6.

114 Susac JO, Lawton-Smith J, O’Powell JO. Carcinomatous optic neuropathy. Am J Ophthalmol 1973; 76: 672-9.

115 Pillay N, Gilbert JJ, Ebers GC, Brown JD. Internuclear ophthalmoplegia and Optic neuritis’: paraneoplastic effects of bronchial carcinoma. Neurology 1984; 34: 788-91.

116 Krause AM, O’Rourke J. Lymphomatous optic neuritis. Arch Ophthalmol 1963; 70: 173-5.

117 Kattah JC, Suski ET, Killen JY, Smith FP, Limaye SR. Optic neuritis and systemic lymphoma. Am J Ophthalmol 1980; 89: 431-6.

118 Rubin P, Hulette C, Khawly JA et al. Ocular toxicity following high dose chemotherapy and autologous transplant. Bone Marrow Transplant 1996; 18: 253-6.

120 Anderson NE. Paraneoplastic optic neuritis and external ophthalmoplegia. Aust NZ J Med 1987,17: 539.

121 Waterson JA, Gilligan BS. Paraneoplastic optic neuritis and external ophthalmoplegia. Aust NZ J Med 1986; 16: 703-4.

122 Anderson NE, Cunningham JM, Posner JB. Autoimmune pathogenesis of paraneoplastic neurological syndromes. Crit Rev Neurobiol 1987; 3: 245-99.

123 Rudge R Optic neuritis as a complication of carcinoma of the breast. Proc R Soc Med 1973; 66:1106-7.

124 Ponge T, Bouteille D, Moreau A et al. Systemic vasculitis in a patient with small-cell neuroendocrine cancer. Eur Respiratory J 1998; 12: 1228-9.

125 Stashower ME, Rennie TA, Turiasky GW, Gilliand WR. Ovarian cancer presenting as leukocytoclastic vasculitis. J Am Acad Dermatol 1999; 40 (2 Pt 2): 287-9.

126 Sweeney S, Utzschneider R, Fraire AE. Vasculitis carcinomatosa occurring in association with adenocarcinoma of the stomach. Ann Diagn Pathol 1998; 2 (4): 247-9.

127 Yamada T, Miwa H, Ikeda K et al. Polyarteritis nodosa associated with gastric carcinoma and hepatitis B infection. J Clin Gastroenterol 1997; 25: 535-7.

128 Naschitz JE, Yeshurun D, Eldar S, Lev LM. Diagnosis of cancer- associated vascular disorders. Cancer 1996; 77: 1759-67.

129 Maestri A, Malacarne P, Santini A. Henoch-Schonlein syndrome associated with breast cancer. A case report. Angiology 1995; 46: 625-7.

130 Suzuki T, Obara Y, Sato Y et al. Cancer-associated retinopathy with presumed vasculitis. Am J Ophthalmol 1996; 122: 125- 7.

131 Oh SJ. Paraneoplastic vasculitis of the peripheral nervous system. Neurol Clin 1997; 15: 849-63.

132 Fortin PR. Vasculitides associated with malignancy. Curr Opin Rheumatol 1996; 8: 30-3.

133 Greenlee JE, Burns JB, Rose JW, Jaeckle KA, Clawson S. Uptake of systemically administered human anticerebellar antibody by rat Purkinje cells following blood-brain barrier disruption. Acta Neuropath 1995; 89: 341-5.

134 Sillevis Smitt PA, Manley GT, Posner JB. Immunization with the paraneoplastic encephalomyelitis antigen HuD does not cause neurologic disease in mice. Neurology 1995; 45: 1873-8.

135 Schifeling DJ, Horton J, Tafelski TJ. Common cancers – genetics, origin, prevention, screening. Parts I and II. Dis Mon 1997; 43: 681-742.

136 Gazdar AF, Carbone DP The biology and molecular genetics of lung cancer. Austin/Georgetown: CRC Press, 1994: 16-26.

137 Adamus G, Aptsiauri N, Guy J, Heckenlively J, Flannery J, Hargrave PA. The occurrence of serum autoantibodies against enolase in cancer-associated retinopathy. Clin Immunol Immunopathol 1996; 78 (2): 120-9.

138 Taviaux S. Williams ME, Harpold MM, Nargeot J, Lory R Assignment of human genes for beta 2 and beta 4 subunits of voltage- dependant Ca2+ channels to chromosomes 10p12 and 2q22-q23. Hum Genet 1997; 100 (2): 151-4.

139 Greenlee JE, Dalmau J, Lyons T et al. Association of anti-Yo (type 1) antibody with paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration in the setting of transitional cell carcinoma of the bladder: detection of Yo antigen in tumor tissue and fall in antibody titers following tumor removal. Ann Neurol 1999; 45: 805-9.

140 Buchanovich RJ, Posner JB, Darnell RB. Nova, the

Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida and Mayo Clinic Expand Agreement, Offering In-Network Options

JACKSONVILLE, Fla., Jan. 9 /PRNewswire/ — Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida (BCBSF) and Mayo Clinic have expanded their agreement, making Mayo Clinic and St. Luke’s Hospital in-network options for BCBSF BlueChoice PPO members, effective Jan. 1, 2007. This three-year contract marks the broadest relationship to date that includes Mayo Clinic’s (320-plus) physician group practice and its admitting hospital, both based in Jacksonville. The agreement will also apply to Mayo Clinic’s new 214-bed hospital opening spring of 2008 on its San Pablo Road campus.

“We are gratified to have reached this agreement with Mayo Clinic and St. Luke’s Hospital,” says Dr. Barry Schwartz, vice president, network management, BCBSF. “This agreement will add great value for our PPO members, as well as those who are in our Traditional network.”

“Mayo Clinic’s forte is providing personalized, coordinated care for patients facing difficult diagnoses and treatments. This expanded agreement means our specialty care is now available to more Blue Cross and Blue Shield members throughout Florida and the Southeast,” says Dr. George Bartley, chief executive officer, Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville.

The following networks and products are in-network at Mayo Clinic and St. Luke’s Hospital:

    - The BCBSF Preferred Patient Care (PPC) network, which includes the      BlueChoice PPO product.    - The BCBSF Traditional network, which includes the Preferred Physician      Services (PPS) and Preferred Hospital Services (PHS) networks.      BlueCross' Indemnity product falls under these networks.   

Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida is a leader in Florida’s health industry. BCBSF and its subsidiaries serve more than 8.6 million people. Since 1944, the company has been dedicated to meeting the diverse needs of all those it serves by offering an array of choices. BCBSF is a not-for-profit, policyholder-owned, tax-paying mutual company. Headquartered in Jacksonville, Fla., BCBSF is an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, an association of independent Blue Cross and Blue Shield companies. For more information concerning BCBSF, please see its Web site at http://www.bcbsfl.com/.

Mayo Clinic is the world’s first and largest integrated group practice. The Jacksonville, Fla., campus, which opened in 1986, has more than 320 physicians, surgeons and scientists who specialize in more than 40 areas. Patients who need hospitalization are admitted to St. Luke’s Hospital. However, construction is under way for a 214-bed hospital on the Mayo Clinic campus with a planned opening in April 2008. To obtain the latest news releases from Mayo Clinic, go to http://www.mayoclinic.org/news2006-jax. MayoClinic.com (http://www.mayoclinic.com/) is available as a resource for your health stories.

Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida

CONTACT: Mark S. Wright of Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida,+1-904-905-6935, or [email protected]; or Christine Leon of Mayo Clinic,+1-904-905-2299, or [email protected]

Web site: http://www.bcbsfl.com/http://www.mayoclinic.org/news2006-jaxhttp://www.mayoclinic.com/

Ameretat Anti-Aging and Wellness Launches

CHINO, Calif., Jan. 9 /PRNewswire/ — Dr. David Martin and Dr. Eric Dodson, 20-year fitness and health and wellness enthusiasts and Kinectic Sports doctors, just launched the Ameretat Health and Longevity Institute in Chino, California.

Ameretat anti-aging clinics focus on providing hormonal therapy to men and women with special emphasis on improving the quality of life. Ameretat uses the gold standard for hormone testing: A urine test is used to establish your baseline levels for human growth hormone (HGH), DHEA, progesterone, estrogen, testosterone, melatonin, thyroid and cortisol (stress hormone). They also test for more than 40 different amino acids.

The baseline profile is then used to prescribe the appropriate amount of medications of hormones or amino acids that may be missing from your body’s chemistry. “Our intention,” states Dr. Martin, “is to regulate your hormone levels back to that of a 25 year old, while improving your nutrition and directing an exercise program that will improve the way you look and feel.” Dr. Dodson adds, “Anti-aging therapy works for both men and women above the age of 25 who are interested in a better lifestyle and improved health.”

Ameretat anti-aging results are dependent on a person’s dedication to diet, nutrition, exercise, and hormone replacement therapy. For your FREE consultation, go to the Ameretat website at http://www.ameretatantiaging.com/ or call 1-877-414-9300.

   Contact:   Tony Vercillo   IFMC, Inc.   (310) 498-7991   

This release was issued through eReleases(TM). For more information, visit http://www.ereleases.com/.

Ameretat Health and Longevity Institute

CONTACT: Tony Vercillo of IFMC, Inc. for Ameretat Health and LongevityInstitute, +1-310-498-7991

Web site: http://www.ameretatantiaging.com/

Cheerleaders Tell Their Side: National Infamy is Undeserved, They Say

DALLAS _ It took only a moment to snap the photo that made the “Fab Five” famous. Now, they would do anything to erase that moment.

The five McKinney North High School cheerleaders, each in uniform and holding phallus-shaped candles, thought it would be funny to pose for the picture inside a condom store _ a harmless joke for their friends to see on MySpace.

“We will never live it down,” says Elizabeth Griffin, seen in her former role as a McKinney North High School cheerleader. She graduated early and is now headed to college.

They never imagined it might cost one of their mothers her job as high school principal and, then, thrust them into the latest national debate over the questionable behavior of popular teenage girls.

“It was a stupid mistake,” Elizabeth Griffin, 18, one of the cheerleaders, told The Dallas Morning News on Saturday. “We will never live it down, but we never thought about that at the time.”

The cheerleaders and their parents spoke out for the first time because, they say, the national media has spun a story portraying the girls as drunken, mean, sex-crazed and out of control.

Everyone agrees the five made some bad decisions, but they fall far short of fitting the bullying stereotype described on national talk shows, according to their parents.

Some of the parents wanted to remain anonymous out of concern for their daughters’ safety.

“We don’t think we are perfect parents, and we know our daughter has made mistakes,” said the father of one cheerleader who spoke to The News on the condition that he and his family not be named. “We try the best that we can.”

The girls and their families have been under scrutiny since cheerleading coach Michaela Ward resigned three months ago. She said she quit because administrators thwarted her efforts to discipline a small group of unruly girls, whom many have dubbed the “Fab Five.”

Principal Linda Theret’s daughter Karrissa was among the group, which the teenagers say primarily included four girls.

Theret, who resigned under an agreement before Christmas, canceled a scheduled interview Saturday. Bob Hinton, her attorney, said she wasn’t ready to talk. But he asserted that Karrissa and the other girls’ behavior wasn’t unusual.

“This is conduct nobody is proud of, but they didn’t kill Kennedy,” Hinton said. “Seventeen-year-olds are not supposed to have adult judgment yet. They almost never do. They have to learn from their mistakes.”

___

Dallas attorney Harry Jones, hired by McKinney School District as an outside investigator, compiled a 70-page report about the situation. It included several tales of alleged bad behavior: The girls posted suggestive pictures on the Internet. Some of them skipped school. Others talked back to teachers.

“I’m sure it was imperfectly done,” Jones said Saturday, “but it captured the truth of what I heard and viewed.”

Much of the report has been blown out of proportion or taken out of context, the girls said.

They said they stopped in the condom store only to pass the time before a photo shoot for a football program last summer. The picture was a clerk’s idea, they said.

“We were thinking no one would ever see this except good friends,” said one of the girls who quit the squad. “It was just a joke. We weren’t serious at all. It just got out of hand because everyone saw it.”

Someone spotted that photo and other pictures of students drinking and smoking on MySpace and sent the images to Theret.

The “Fab Five” girls interviewed by The News said most of the group was not in the photos of students drinking and posing in sexually suggestive ways.

“There were kids from all different sports at all three McKinney high schools in those photos,” Elizabeth said.

The girls say they often joked with their younger teachers, especially Ward. The report said they talked back to adults, but the girls said that Ward seemed to understand they were joking.

“She always acted like she was our friend,” said the girl who quit the squad.

Ward, 26, said Saturday that she wasn’t buddy-buddy with the girls.

“The girls and I were never friends. We never had that sort of relationship,” said Ward, who stressed that her problem was that administrators didn’t back her up.

The report also faulted the girls for skipping class. Elizabeth said that Ward and other teachers always let them leave cheerleading class if they weren’t working out that day.

“We didn’t feel like we were skipping class at all because it was something we had done for four years,” Elizabeth said.

The report also questioned whether some of the girls were drunk when they showed up to the homecoming dance in October.

Elizabeth said that some kids were drinking but that the group of cheerleaders was not. They had learned their lesson by then, she said. Some of the parents took their children to a hospital after the dance to prove they weren’t drunk.

In the last week, the national media has seized on the story, often comparing the cheerleaders to characters in the 2004 movie “Mean Girls.”

The girls say they don’t even know one girl who went on national TV and accused them of bullying. She attends another school, they said.

The cheerleaders admit they’ve messed up, but they deny they are mean people. Some of them are honor students. Others volunteered at shelters after Hurricane Katrina.

“I’ve done charity work with these girls,” the mother of another cheerleader said. “I’ve stayed up all night seeing them work at shelters.”

The mother said she’s annoyed that Jones questioned parents’ behavior in the report and on TV.

For the most part, the parents say they never heard from the school about discipline problems before this year.

“She would be punished big time if I thought she was being mean to people,” said the mother of the girl who quit the squad.

The parents say they resent the accusation that they don’t draw boundaries for their kids. The parents of the girl who quit said they punished their daughter when she was spotted in one of the drinking photos. They declined to identify the punishment.

Their daughter said “80 percent of my school drinks.”

Jones said Saturday that he wishes the families well, saying the kids’ behavior didn’t shock him as much as it appears to have shocked the media.

“I really wasn’t faulting the kids’ behavior so much as trying to determine whether the adults did their jobs,” he said.

After his report was released, the district reached an agreement that gives Theret about $75,000 and a recommendation letter.

Richard Brunner, an assistant principal ensnared in this case, is fighting to keep his job. The board recently told him that it doesn’t plan to renew his contract. He is on leave with pay.

The four girls at the center of the controversy are no longer on the squad. Elizabeth and Karrissa graduated early and are headed to college. The other two girls will finish their senior year at the school.

The girls and their parents say the experience has taught them a valuable lesson _ albeit one they didn’t ask for: There are consequences for everything, even things that seem harmless at the time.

“I don’t have a senior year,” Elizabeth said. “I might have made some bad decisions like the picture and staying in the group at homecoming, but it’s taught me a lot about how life is. I’ve learned a lot from it.”

___

(c) 2007, The Dallas Morning News.

Visit The Dallas Morning News on the World Wide Web at http://www.dallasnews.com

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

‘Stomach Flu’ Rips Through the Nation

Stomach viruses tearing through communities from California to the Carolinas wrecked the December holidays for some, and they are getting the new year off to an uncomfortable start for others.

The most likely culprits, experts say, are noroviruses, the most common cause of contagious gastroenteritis, better known as the “stomach flu.” Cases occur every winter, but health officials say that in recent weeks they have seen two to three times as many cases as usual.

The virus, best known as the cause of cruise ship outbreaks, is easy to catch, hard to wipe out and seems to be everywhere at once.

Last week, San Quentin State Prison closed to new prisoners and visitors after nearly 500 inmates and guards fell ill with vomiting, diarrhea, stomach cramps, headaches and low fever. Similar symptoms have been plaguing staff and residents of nursing homes in several states. College and pro athletes have missed games. Hundreds of patients have sought help in emergency rooms since mid-December. Nearly 400 people on a Caribbean cruise last month and 700 on a trans-Atlantic cruise in November were stricken, according to Associated Press reports.

Norovirus infection usually clears up after two or three days, but medical epidemiologist Marc-Alain Widdowson, a norovirus expert at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, says the misery of those days shouldn’t be dismissed.

“When you’re ill, you’re really ill,” he says. “People (can) vomit 20 times a day.”

Norovirus can be spread through contaminated food or water, causing large outbreaks. About half of food-borne diseases are thought to be caused by norovirus, the CDC says.

But this winter, it is spreading mainly from person to person through communities, and experts believe the majority of cases are unreported.

Once it’s in the house, experts say, it’s tough to wipe out. It can linger for days on surfaces such as children’s toys, keyboards, telephones and doorknobs, and both vomit and stool are highly infectious. It is present in the stool up to three weeks after the patient recovers, so health officials stress the importance of hand-washing, especially after using the bathroom and before preparing food.

The virus causes illness year-round, though like many, it is more common in colder months. Why it’s so widespread this winter is not known, Widdowson says. “Some years, it does seem to be a lot worse than others, and this is one of those.”

From Carolina to California

Among states with outbreaks:

*Texas. In Corpus Christi, there has been “a true minor epidemic here,” says William Burgin Jr., health authority for the Corpus Christi-Nueces County Public Health District. “Dozens of cases at a time were reported” during the holidays, and hundreds more likely went unreported. Hospitals saw about three times as many cases as usual. “Even our emergency room folks caught it.”

*North Carolina. In Asheville, 30 to 40 people have been sick enough to seek emergency room treatment for norovirus symptoms in the past two to three weeks, and up to 10 have been hospitalized, says Buncombe County Health Center medical director Steve Swearingen. And “there’s no way of knowing how many are out in the community.”

*California. Twenty nursing homes in Contra Costa County have reported outbreaks, twice as many as in a normal year, says communicable-disease program chief Francie Wise. “In one facility, we had over 50 patients and 21 health care workers sick,” she says.

*Wisconsin. The state Division of Public Health put out an alert to local and tribal health departments last month, says spokeswoman Stephanie Marquis. “It’s hitting a lot of people all at the same time.” She says outbreaks in schools led a few, including two in Oshkosh, to close before the holidays.

*Montana. Cases began in nursing homes the week before Christmas, says Yellowstone City-County Health Department spokeswoman Barbara Schneeman. “That’s real typical for noroviruses. It seems they like nursing homes and cruise ships.”

Six facilities have confirmed positive cases. No cases were reported last winter, she says, but there was an outbreak earlier this year. From late March to early June, “we had about 1,100 to 1,200 people reporting the norovirus to us, but we estimate for every person who reports, there are two or three who don’t. That would put our numbers in the 4,000 to 5,000 range.”

Outbreaks in nursing homes are of special concern because of the risk of dehydration caused by vomiting and diarrhea, health experts warn. Deaths as a result of norovirus are rare. It may be a factor in roughly 300 deaths, generally in the elderly, the CDC says.

But even the young and healthy are vulnerable. About 50 University of Missouri football players, coaches, staff and family members were flattened days before Christmas while in El Paso for a bowl game.

“It spread pretty fast,” says Chad Moller, team spokesman. “When you travel in a plane in closed quarters and are around each other a solid week in a hotel,” it’s easy to see why, he says.

A stomach flu knocked out three players and an assistant coach for the San Antonio Spurs and eight players for the Washington Capitals in the past couple of weeks, according to news reports.

The disease, often characterized by doctors as “mild,” is anything but that from the patient’s point of view, Burgin says.

“The patient is absolutely miserable. You don’t know which end to put on the pot sometimes, you get cramps, don’t feel like doing anything, don’t feel like taking the fluids you need.”

Norovirus strikes every year, but the last time it was notably severe was the winter of 2002-03, when there were several outbreaks on cruise ships, mainly caused by a new strain known as the Farmington Hills strain, the CDC’s Widdowson says. There are 30 to 40 major strains; new variations are often responsible for spikes in the number of cases. Widdowson says the CDC doesn’t yet have information on strains circulating now.

Positive ID is expensive

Unlike many bacteria and other viruses, norovirus doesn’t grow in a common lab culture, so it can only be positively identified through specialized, expensive tests called PCR, which are run on stool, vomit or swab samples from the environment. Because most people recover at home with no medical care, most cases are never diagnosed.

Infection is no guarantee against future misery, he says. “You may develop immunity to one group but get whacked by another,” he says, and any immunity gained is only temporary.

“In tests with volunteers, you feed them (virus), they get sick. A week later, you give it again, they’re immune. You give it six months later, and they get sick again,” he says.

Other studies show some people are naturally immune to norovirus. “You can throw as much virus as you want at them, and they won’t get it,” he says.

To cause illness, the virus binds to receptors in the gut, he says, but “clearly, there are people who don’t have the receptors and won’t get infected.”

Then there are people who get infected and can spread the virus but don’t get sick themselves.

Some research suggests people with blood type B seem to be resistant to infection and illness from at least one of the norovirus strains known as Norwalk virus, Widdowson says. Why? Another mystery.

For now, health officials are monitoring the situation and are on alert for new outbreaks, especially as students return to schools after the winter break. Happily, it is unlikely to last much longer.

“It’s seasonal,” Widdowson says, “and the season will end.”

Build Organizational Skills in Students With Learning Disabilities

By Finstein, Rita F; Yang, Fei Yao; Jones, Rchele

Organization is an essential skill for all of us. For the student who has a learning disability (LD), development of expertise may require direct instruction and guidance (Borich, 2000). The true talent of the student with LD can be masked by his inability to produce work that reflects his abilities. A student who cannot find his paper but assures you that it is finished, the one who brings a math paper that appears to be a mass of unintelligible gibberish, or the student who hands you her English paper in a crumpled wad, may simply be telling you that he or she needs help with organizational skills. Lack of organizational skills can influence the work quality, the satisfaction of turning a paper in on time, and the self-worth of any student, but it is especially significant for students with LD. This student may not turn in his science assignment because he misplaced it or forgot that he had it to do, did not take it home, and thus did not have it to turn in on time.

Good organizational skills useful throughout life can be learned through small, integrated steps practiced in and out of school. Teachers, parents, and others can foster acquisition of organizational skills. They can encourage students with LD to:

1 Believe that they can do what is asked. As the student with LD shows small increments of progress, teachers need to praise and praise often. Positive attitudes are contagious and help in learning any skill. True praise builds confidence in students with disabilities. It is not possible to say often enough “Good job. I like the way you followed the three math steps” or “Well done,” when the teacher hands back the spelling test or “I like the way you are planning your day,” when the student remembers to go to tutoring.

2 Work cooperatively with parents. Teachers should model a good relationship between home and school. A strong partnership helps the student with LD (Bryan & Burstein, 2004). Teachers can show parents how to monitor homework and to help their child follow a work schedule at home. Teachers can open communication between the parents and themselves with phone conferences and correspondence.

3 Post needed Information on a bulletin board. At home, parents can help their child be organized by using a bulletin board, refrigerator door, or other convenient location to post “To Do” lists. A large metal clip can be used to collect school notices and messages that need to be returned to school. This provides a convenient place that the child will always know where to put school correspondence (Practicing Organizational Skills at Home, 2005). The parent should use guided practice, and with time, the student will be more independent in making “To Do” lists.

4 Use checklists to track activities. Checklists are used frequently for school-age students. Checklists provide a way for the student to check off each task as it is finished, for example, bringing required materials to each class and returning materials to their proper place. In addition, checklists also empowers the student to feel a sense of accomplishment and self-confidence, as the marked-through or crossed-out items means that he has finished those responsibilities.

5 Make and update a calendar. A calendar can give an overview to an entire day, week, or school year. It helps break large tasks into sizeable, workable units. Use of different colors for various activities helps highlight the importance of due dates for projects, assignments, and exams. In addition, the calendar helps the student with LD to meet deadlines. Calendars useful for home and school can be a tool to assist students in completing tasks on time and in managing time effectively. Parents can check the calendar at home, and the teacher can monitor it at school.

6 Follow a daily agenda Used with the calendar, the daily agenda breaks tasks listed on the calendar into steps for completion. The availability of commercially purchased daily agendas that provide a place to list tasks to be done or considered each day helps the student with LD meet her deadlines as marked on the calendar.

7 Use an organizer/planner. Organizers/planners in various formats-oral cues, charts, and diagrams (which distinguished them from the daily agenda)-are used to sketch out specific daily activities, such as homework or steps of a task or project. Parents and teachers can model the use of an organizer/planner, and with guided practice, students with LD will (a) learn the concept of preview and overview and (b) understand priorities of activities and when and how to complete the activity. They will also discover that free time can be scheduled within the daily time restraints.

8 Pair with a general education student. One of the most powerful influences on a student’s learning is peer pressure. Teams can be formed, with one general education student who is proficient in organization skills paired with the student who needs help with such skills. The general education student acts as a role model for his partner in these teams. The organized student can mentor his buddy in organizational skills, establish appropriate attitudes for classes, and give hints on how to study for tests. The peer-buddy relationship not only fosters cooperative learning but also contributes to the success or failure of performance in school in many ways (Borich, 2000).

9 Carry scripts/how-to cards. Mobile remainders help students stay focused throughout the day. Students with LD can use these cards to prompt them about specific steps and remind them to complete a task. These cards are convenient to pull out of their notebook or pocket as necessary.

10 Post reminders. Reminders provide a fast and visual communication to track task completion and can be stuck to one’s notebook, inside one’s locker, and so on. Students can check the reminder to know specifically what is expected. If Jim needs to be reminded of the steps to do his math problems, these can be posted inside his math book, and as he uses that book, the visual reminder is right there for him to reference. If Mary needs help remembering the “i before e” rule, the reminder is stuck on her spelling list and is visible when she begins to study.

11 Keep everything where it belongs. The adage “a place for everything, and everything in its place,” is true. All students misplace or lose an assignment, a book, a note to take home or return to school. These events seem to be daily happenings for the student with LD. She needs an assigned place for books, supplies, and notes traveling to and from school.

The student in elementary school with his own desk needs to put books in a specific order and a specific spot on or near his desk. To always know that the math book is directly above the language book is not only comforting but reliable. Covering each book with a different colored cover or having book titles on the spine of each book helps to identify each text with ease.

Secondary school brings use of a locker, which may exacerbate organizational challenges. The locker should have a designated place for anything that really needed and should not house unneeded articles. Textbooks can be arranged according to the class period in which they are used and should be always stored in that order. At the beginning of the year or semester, the student may have to use a posted note inside the door of his locker to remind him of this arrangement. Books should be arranged so that the spine side is out with the subject name clearly written on each spine.

At home, the student with LD needs an established place to put his books upon returning home. If he always puts his book bag in his room next to his desk, he will not have to wonder where it is. If sharpened pencils are in the well on his desk, he will always find them there. He benefits from a specific time and place to do his schoolwork, establishing a routine. It will soon become a habit if the student does his homework at 7 p.m. every evening in his room for an hour.

12 Determine what to carry. The student who is not in a self- contained classroom and travels from room to room during the day sometimes needs help to know what and how much to take from her locker and when and how often to visit it. A counselor may be able to arrange a schedule of classes that helps with organization. For example, the counselor can arrange classes that are back to back to be on the same floor, or at least in the same part of the building, instead of having the student be on the first floor and then the third floor the next hour or in room 101, which is on the southeast end of the building, during third period, and room 163, which is on the northwest end of the building, for fourth period. However, if convenient scheduling is not possible, the student will benefit from carrying the books for first and second period with her when she leaves her locker instead of having to come back after first period to get that book for second period. This can be adjusted, depending how many books need to be carried at one time, but the object is to stress that the student should not have to return to her locker between every class.

Another situation finds the student trying to carry all that he needs for the ent\ire day with him to every class. The student should carry only what he needs and not load himself down with books and materials he does not need to carry. This may mean he carries materials for just two classes, or it can mean that he carry more. The student may carry only the books and supplies he needs for the morning classes as he leaves for first period. At lunch he can return to his locker, put away the morning materials, and get all that is needed for the afternoon. It depends on the student’s schedule. Teachers can stress the importance of this through role play, discussion, relating personal incidents, or asking students about their experiences. Essentials needed for every class should be carried at all times. This will include at least two pencils, a pen, notebook paper, and some means of storing assignments. If there are other items needed for a specific class, they can be added at the morning or afternoon stop to the locker.

An important stop at the locker is the one right before leaving school. The student with LD should check her schedule, planner, or “To Do” list-whatever she is using to document what it is she has to do-and pull from the locker those books and materials she needs to complete her homework at home. This will help eliminate not completing assignments because the materials needed to do the assignments were left at school.

13 Know teacher routines. Students with LD need to know the established routines for each teacher they have and follow them. Teachers at the beginning of a term hand out class requirements and expectations; the student should keep these in a notebook for reference. A good plan of action upon entering a classroom is to check to see if pencils are sharpened, look at the board to see if there is an introductory assignment to do, sit in the assigned seat, and have all books accessible for use.

14 Carry an efficient and orderly notebook. A notebook with dividers separating space for each subject is a vital organizational tool. After each subject divider, a folder for assignments completed and a folder for assignments still to do not only remind the student what he must do but also secure a place for the work. Everything in the notebook should be secured either within the rings or in folders to avoid losing them if the notebook is dropped. A calendar or schedule at the front of the notebook to record daily assignments keeps the student aware of what he has done and what he still needs to do.

15 Wear a rubber band bracelet. To encourage time on task and completion of work, a younger child can wear a rubber band around the wrist of her writing hand until her assignment is completed and then move the rubber band to the other wrist. The objective of this switch from the hand with which the work is done to the other, nonwriting hand, is that it supplies a visiblesign that whatever it was that had to be finished is now done.

16 Date and title assignments. Students can be helped in organizing their papers by dating and tiding every assignment. This not only helps in keeping work in order but also gives a time frame for what needs to be studied for a test. If the test is to be over notes from February 11 to February 20, a paper dated January 30 would not be one that needs to be studied.

17 Engage In guided practice. Sessions to teach organizational strategies have been successful in social studies in Chicago (Fatata- Hall, 1998). Students with LD improved their grades by participating in classes that teach them good organization strategies. Teachers modeled steps and procedures, and students helped each other to improve their skills. Barry and Moore (2004) record success in giving students time to practice the steps to good organization. In another study, direct instruction in organizational strategies, such as time management, prioritizing, and study skills, increased student ability and awareness in organizing time, activities, and school work (Anday-Porter, Henne, & Horan, 2000).

18 Communicate with teachers when assignments seem overwhelming. The student should let teachers know that some assignments may be beyond her level. Lack of organizational skills is compounded when the student is also struggling with something beyond her abilities.

19 Engage in mentoring programs. Mentor programs are effective in assisting students with LD achieve at higher levels (Shevits, Weinfeld, Jewler, & Barnes-Robinson, 2003). A student struggling with organizational skills is teamed with an adult strong in these skills. The adult can model good skills and guide the struggling student to improve his organizational competence.

20 Have an Individualized Education Program (IEP) that addresses organizational skills. The IEP lists short- and long-term goals for students. The student with LD who needs assistance in organization needs written goals to address these needs. For example, a short- term goal might be for the student to use a “To Do” list to monitor completion of math assignments for a 2-week period, with a long- term goal to complete all math assignments in the semester through use of a “To Do” list to monitor daily assignments.

REFERENCES

Anday-Porter, S., Henne, K., & Horan, S. (2000). Improving student organizational skills through the use of organizational skills in the curriculum. Retrieved February 9, 2005, from ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED35S616

Barry, L., & Moore, W. E., IV (2004). Students with specific learning disabilities can pass state competency exams: Systematic strategy instruction makes a difference. Preventing School Failure, 48(1), 10-15.

Borich, G. D. (2000). Effective teaching methods (4th d.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Bryan, T., & Burstein, K. (2004). Improving homework completion and academic performance: Lessons from special education. Theory into Practice,45(3), 213-219.

Fatata-Hall, K. (1998). Acquisition and application of study skills and test taking strategies with eighth grade learning disabled failing social studies. Retrieved February 9, 2005, from ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. S0029064

Practicing organizational skills at home. (n.d.). Retrieved February 9, 2005, from http://www.hellofriend.org/parents/ organizational.html

Shevits, B., Weinfeld, R., Jewler, S., & Barnes-Robinson, L. (2003). Mentoring empowers gifted/learning disabled students to soar! Roeper Review, 26(1), 37-40.

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

All three authors are doctoral students and graduate or research assistants in special education, have completed all course work, and are working on their dissertations, each concentrating on a different aspect of autism spectrum disorders and its impact. Rita F. Finstein, MA, retired after 33 years of teaching in the public schools to pursue a doctorate. She has certification in special education, English, math, history, and early childhood and is a language retraining (for dyslexia) therapist. Fei Yao Yang, MEd, a Chinese student from Taiwan, graduated from Chianan Medical Junior College with a chemistry degree. Upon coming to the United States, she received a master’s degree in generic special education from the University of Central Oklahoma. Her plan is to return to Taiwan to teach special education at the university level. Rachele Jones, MA, has been studying Asperger syndrome for more than 4 years, since the diagnosis of her eldest son and, subsequently, other family members with Asperger syndrome. Currently, her primary focus is on communication issues within Asperger syndrome and how these issues affect learning. Address: Rita F. Finstein, Texas Tech University, Box 2071, Lubbock, TX 79409-1071; e-mail: [email protected]

Copyright PRO-ED Journals Jan 2007

(c) 2007 Intervention in School and Clinic. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Osiris Therapeutics Receives FDA Fast Track Status for Its Crohn’s Disease Stem Cell Therapy and Clearance to Start Phase III Clinical Trial

Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: OSIR) announced today that PROCHYMAL™ has received Fast Track designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, expediting the development of the stem cell treatment for Crohn’s Disease that does not respond to standard therapies. Additionally, Osiris has received clearance to conduct a Phase III clinical trial using PROCHYMAL to treat this resistant form of Crohn’s Disease. The Phase III program was developed in consultation with FDA, and if successful, will be the last phase of testing before the company seeks full approval for Crohn’s Disease.

Osiris recently reported positive clinical trial results evaluating PROCHYMAL for treatment resistant Crohn’s Disease and Graft versus Host Disease, or GVHD. In a Phase II study of PROCHYMAL for the treatment of patients with moderate to severe Crohn’s Disease who had failed to respond to standard therapies, every patient evaluated experienced a reduction in Crohn’s Disease Activity Index or CDAI, signifying a reduction in the disease severity. There was a statistically significant decrease in average CDAI scores of 105 points from 341 to 236 by day 28 (p=0.004). In a Phase II study of PROCHYMAL for the treatment of acute GVHD, 94% of evaluable patients responded after receiving two infusions of PROCHYMAL. The study found that patients were twice as likely to have total clinical resolution of their disease when PROCHYMAL was added to steroid therapy, compared to reported results for steroids alone.

Crohn’s Disease is the second indication for which Osiris has obtained Fast Track status and has advanced into Phase III trials. Osiris was the first company to receive Fast Track status for a ready to use stem cell treatment, when in 2005, FDA granted PROCHYMAL Fast Track status for the treatment of GVHD. Since receiving Fast Track, Osiris has advanced the product through Phase II testing and is currently enrolling patients in a Phase III trial for resistant GVHD.

“PROCHYMAL’s unique mechanism of action may represent a new class of anti-inflammatory agent,” said Jane Onken, M.D., Director of the Inflammatory Bowel Disease Clinic and Associate Professor of Medicine at the Duke University School of Medicine. “Laboratory data indicate that the stem cells in PROCHYMAL respond according to the level of inflammation present. When there are higher concentrations of inflammatory signals, the cells produce a stronger anti-inflammatory effect. When there is no inflammation, the anti-inflammatory effect is turned off. It is our hope that this proportional response will lead to a treatment that avoids many of the dangerous side effects associated with systemic immunosuppressive therapy and provide us with a safer alternative for treating patients with serious inflammatory diseases.”

FDA established Fast Track to facilitate the development and accelerate the pre-market review of treatments for serious and life-threatening conditions, so that these products can reach approval more rapidly. To receive Fast Track designation, the product must address a serious unmet medical condition, and be supported by strong results from preclinical or clinical testing demonstrating the product potential. FDA reached their decision to grant Osiris Fast Track for treatment resistant Crohn’s Disease after reviewing the accumulation of clinical trial data submitted by the Company, along with a detailed plan for the Phase III evaluation of the drug.

“We are very pleased with the tremendous progress that the entire PROCHYMAL team has made over the past two years,” said C. Randal Mills, Ph.D., President and CEO. “Moving the program into Phase III and receiving Fast Track status are key components in our plan to expand the market applicability of this exciting stem cell technology as quickly as possible. Our vision is to leverage the unique properties of stem cells and create a new treatment paradigm, applicable to a broad spectrum of inflammatory disease.”

Crohn’s Disease is a life-long, chronic inflammatory disease of the intestines, often leading to abdominal pain, disability, and surgical removal of the affected portion of the bowel in more than half of patients with the disease. Crohn’s Disease affects over 500,000 patients in the US, with more than 20,000 new cases diagnosed each year. It most often begins between ages 15 and 35, although it can start at any age.

The Phase III program for Crohn’s Disease will consist of two double-blind, placebo-controlled trials. As was the case with Phase II, the new trials will evaluate patients with Crohn’s Disease who are intolerant or unresponsive to standard treatments including steroids, immunosuppressants, and anti-TNF treatments like Remicade®. The primary endpoint is the induction of disease remission 28 days after treatment. Patients will have an equal chance of receiving either a high dose of PROCHYMAL, a low dose of PROCHYMAL, or a placebo. Initially, up to 258 subjects are scheduled to be enrolled in each trial. Patients that respond to treatment will be eligible for re-treatment under a separate study protocol.

PROCHYMAL is a preparation of mesenchymal stem cells specially formulated for intravenous infusion. The stem cells are obtained from the bone marrow of healthy adult donors. PROCHYMAL is currently being evaluated in a double-blind, placebo controlled Phase III study for the treatment of GVHD. The ongoing Phase III study for GVHD is anticipated to be the final trial before the product is submitted to FDA, Canadian and European regulatory agencies for full approval. PROCHYMAL has been granted both Fast Track and Orphan Drug status by FDA for GVHD. Orphan Drug designation provides incentives to companies that develop drugs for underserved patient populations.

GVHD and Crohn’s Disease are cell-mediated inflammatory processes that result in high levels of pro-inflammatory chemical signals called cytokines. These cytokines cause the unbalanced activation of certain immune cells that result in tissue damage. Delivered intravenously, PROCHYMAL is able to target areas of active inflammation. Laboratory data indicate that PROCHYMAL is able to down-regulate the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines, including tumor necrosis factor-alpha or TNF-alpha and interferon-gamma. It is believed that the way PROCHYMAL is able to change the course of inflammatory disease is by altering the cytokine secretion profile of the dendritic and T-cell subsets, thereby resulting in a shift from a pro-inflammatory to an anti-inflammatory state and arresting disease progression. Furthermore, it is believed that PROCHYMAL facilitates the repair of previously damaged tissue through the secretion of growth factors that promote tissue regeneration and block programmed cell death or apoptosis.

About Osiris Therapeutics

Osiris Therapeutics, Inc. is a leading stem cell therapeutic company focused on developing and marketing products to treat medical conditions in the inflammatory, orthopedic and cardiovascular areas. Osiris currently markets and sells Osteocel® for regenerating bone in orthopedic indications. Prochymal™ is in Phase III clinical trials and is the only stem cell therapeutic currently designated by FDA as both an Orphan Drug and Fast Track product. The Company’s pipeline of internally developed biologic drug candidates under evaluation also includes Chondrogen™ for regenerating cartilage in the knee, and Provacel™, for repairing heart tissue following a heart attack. Osiris is a fully integrated company, having developed stem cell capabilities in research and development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution. Osiris has developed an extensive intellectual property portfolio to protect the company’s technology in the United States and a number of foreign countries including 46 U.S. and 165 foreign patents owned or licensed. More information can be found on the company’s website, www.Osiris.com. (OSIR-G)

Remicade® is a registered trademark of Centocor, Inc., Malvern, PA

Forward-Looking Statements

This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not historical facts. Words or phrases such as “anticipate,””believe,””continue,””ongoing,””estimate,””expect,””intend,””may,””plan,””potential,””predict,””project” or similar words or phrases, or the negatives of those words or phrases, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the following: our product development efforts; our clinical trials and anticipated regulatory requirements; the success of our product candidates in development; status of the regulatory process for our biologic drug candidates; implementation of our corporate strategy; our financial performance; our product research and development activities and projected expenditures, including our anticipated timeline and clinical strategy for MSCs and biologic drug candidates; our cash needs; patents and proprietary rights; ability of our potential products to treat disease; our plans for sales and marketing; our plans regarding our facilities; types of regulatory frameworks we expect will be applicable to our potential products; and results of our scientific research. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected or implied by the forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No: 333-134037, as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and declared effective on August 3, 2006. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date of this press release or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Suspect Resists Police, is Shot and Chase Ensues

By Dawn Schuett, Post-Bulletin, Rochester, Minn.

Jan. 8–Two men are in custody and three police officers are on administrative leave after a shooting at a shopping center parking lot Sunday afternoon and a subsequent six-mile pursuit through sections of Rochester.

One of the men in custody suffered what authorities called a nonlife-threatening gunshot wound to the shoulder from a police bullet.

Both suspects are being held on felony warrants. In custody are Ciaran Daniel Cain, 26, of Owatonna, and Nathan Sean Espenson, 20, of West Concord.

Officers on administrative leave pending the completion of the investigation by the Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension and Minnesota State Patrol are Sgt. Kent Perlich and officers Thomas Faudskar and Ed Fritz. Capt. Brian Winters said it is standard procedure for officers to be put on administrative leave after use-of-force incidents.

No officers were injured, although Fritz and Perlich were involved in separate car crashes with Cain, Winters said. Those crashes are being investigated by the state patrol.

Winters said Perlich and Faudskar responded to a call Sunday from sheriff’s detective Brad Nelson, who reported seeing Cain and Espenson in a vehicle in the parking lot of the shopping center at 1300 Salem Road Southwest.

Cain is wanted in three counties. In Olmsted County, he faces burglary and drug charges. Cain faces drug charges in Dodge County, and there is a warrant for his arrest in Steele County on first- and second-degree drug charges.

According to court records, Espenson has criminal convictions but no outstanding warrants in Olmsted County.

Winters said Perlich and Faudskar approached the vehicle with guns drawn and ordered the men to get out of the car to arrest Cain on the warrants.

“The car accelerated rapidly in reverse,” Winters said. “Both officers feared for their safety and the safety of others.” The vehicle was driven by Cain.

Faudskar fired at the vehicle. Espenson had jumped out of the car in the parking lot and was arrested.

The pursuit took officers through sections of Rochester, Winters said. Perlich’s and Cain’s vehicles collided near Sixth Street and Eighth Avenue Southeast.

Later, Fritz used his squad car to maneuver Cain off the road on East Frontage Road between 14th Street and Seventh Street Northwest, and Cain was arrested. He was then taken to Saint Marys Hospital for treatment of a gunshot wound. The hospital wasn’t releasing information about him today.

During the police pursuit, Cain allegedly threw methamphetamine from his vehicle, Winters said. He said a replica handgun and more meth were found in Cain’s vehicle.

—–

Copyright (c) 2007, Post-Bulletin, Rochester, Minn.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Business News.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Tasty Curry Might Have a Fringe Benefit

By Kathleen Fackelmann

Five years ago Darci Jayne hardly ever touched a vegetable and pretty much lived on pizza, pasta and fast food.

That diet led to weight gain and health problems, including severe joint pain. “I was close to 200 pounds and getting scared,” she says.

By cutting portion sizes she lost 50 pounds but always felt as if she were on a diet. Then Jayne took an Indian cooking class that emphasized fresh vegetables and curry spices.

She began to whip up an Indian dinner once or twice a week — and soon she noticed she wasn’t always looking for a late-night snack. And the curry in the food offered her a bonus: It seemed to ease the pain and swelling in her joints.

“I have arthritis,” says Jayne, 55. “But I’m moving better now.”

Preliminary research suggests Jayne may be right. A study in the November issue of Arthritis & Rheumatism suggests turmeric, one component of curry spice, almost completely prevented joint swelling in rats with arthritis. Other studies have suggested that the spice could protect against diseases such as heart disease, cancer and Alzheimer’s, a degenerative brain disease that afflicts nearly 5 million people in the USA.

Rates of Alzheimer’s in India are about four times lower than in the USA, says Gregory Cole, a researcher at the University of California-Los Angeles. His studies suggest that curry contains a powerful substance that might protect the brain from damage that leads to Alzheimer’s.

Surprising findings in mice

Can scientists prove curry wards off such diseases as Alzheimer’s or cancer? Not yet, says Bharat Aggarwal at the University of Texas-Houston. But he says the growing file on curry includes compelling evidence gleaned from animal and human studies.

The findings from Western science fit with what traditional Indian healers have long said about turmeric. “They call it the spice of life,” says P. Murali Doraiswamy, an Alzheimer’s expert at Duke University in Durham, N.C.

For centuries, doctors trained in Ayurvedic medicine, a traditional medical system in India, have turned to turmeric to treat inflammatory diseases such as arthritis, says Janet Funk, a researcher at the University of Kansas. In the USA, many people with arthritis take over-the-counter supplements that contain curcumin, the active ingredient in turmeric.

In the November study, Funk and her colleagues gave rats that were bred to develop rheumatoid arthritis injections of turmeric. “The turmeric almost completely prevented the onset of arthritis,” Funk says. The spice also seemed to help stop joint destruction in rats that had already started to develop the disease, she says.

Curry also may offer some protection against cancer. “Indians eat from 100 to 200 milligrams of curry every day, and that might be enough to prevent cancer,” says Aggarwal of the M.D. Anderson Cancer Center at the University of Texas.

The curcumin in curry seems to shut down genes that trigger the development and the spread of breast cancer, animal studies in Aggarwal’s lab suggest. And a preliminary human study suggests curcumin supplements might — in a handful of cases — be able to stabilize pancreatic cancer, he says.

Epidemiology studies in humans also have linked frequent use of turmeric spice to lower rates of breast, prostate and colon cancer, he says.

Large clinical studies still needed

Other research suggests curry might shield the brain from Alzheimer’s, Cole says.

The studies on curry and Alzheimer’s include:

*A test-tube study by researchers at UCLA in October showed that curcumin could help clear the human brain of toxic protein deposits thought to cause the memory loss and confusion of Alzheimer’s.

*A study of more than 1,000 older men in Singapore last year found that those who ate lots of curry-spiced food did better on memory tests than those who rarely ate the spice.

The findings from Singapore suggest curry may help keep the aging brain in top shape. But to get the proof that curcumin fights cancer or Alzheimer’s or arthritis, researchers will have to conduct large clinical trials, Cole says, and those studies will be expensive and take years to complete.

Americans don’t need to wait for the proof on curry to enjoy a diet that includes more of this spice, says Alamelu Vairavan, co-author of the book Healthy South Indian Cooking. “You don’t need to gulp supplements,” she says, adding that cooks can find turmeric in Indian specialty shops and in most grocery stores.

Americans should give Indian food a try, Vairavan says. “This kind of food is very tasty and satisfying.”

Eating more Indian food has worked for Jayne, who lives with her family in a small town outside Milwaukee. A family physician who recently retired because of disabling arthritis pain, Jayne says she knows there’s no hard evidence of curry’s health benefits. But that won’t stop her from enjoying a lunch of tuna masala or an Indian stir-fry for dinner. She says the food seems to warm her joints and helps keep her in a size 8 dress.

“You can’t argue with success,” she says. <>

Study: Tween Girls at Risk for Fatness

By LAURAN NEERGAARD

WASHINGTON – As if being a tween is not hard enough, scientists now call the years between 9 and 12 a time when girls are especially at risk of getting fat.

Girls are more likely to become overweight in those preteen years than when they are teenagers, researchers report Monday in The Journal of Pediatrics.

The study did not say why that was and did not examine boys to know whether they face a similar risk.

But it did highlight consequences of that adolescent weight gain. Chubby tweens already were seeing their blood pressure and cholesterol levels inch up, backing up earlier research that fat’s toll on the arteries begins early. Also, being overweight in childhood brought more than a tenfold risk of a youngster’s growing into a fat adult.

Parents should pay attention to creeping waistlines and poor dietary habits, particularly in this age group, said Dr. Denise Simons-Morton of the National Institutes of Health, which funded the research.

“It seems to be a particularly vulnerable period,” said Simons-Morton, who heads obesity-prevention efforts at the NIH’s National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute.

Some 17 percent of U.S. youngsters are obese and millions more are overweight, a problem affecting all ages. Overweight children are at risk of developing diabetes and they grow into overweight adults who, in turn, develop heart disease and other ailments.

The study tracked more than 2,300 white and black girls starting at age 9. Researchers measured height, weight, blood pressure and cholesterol every year through 18. Participants were called in their early 20s to check their weight.

Some 7.4 percent of the white girls and 17.4 percent of the blacks already were overweight by 9. Each year through age 12, between 2 percent and 5 percent of the remaining girls became overweight, reported Douglas Thompson of the Maryland Medical Research Institute, the paper’s lead author.

After the girls reached 12, new cases leveled off to between 1 percent and 2 percent a year.

Other research has shown that the preteen years are when youngsters switch from heeding parents’ dietary advice to eating like their friends do, Simons-Morton said. Less physical activity plays a role, too. She recalls from her own daughters’ tween years long sedentary hours on the phone and worries about getting sweaty.

“It should be cool to be physically active, and attractive,” she said.

On the Web:

NIH parents tips for fighting child obesity: http://wecan.nhlbi.nih.gov

`Cuci Darah’ the Ayurvedic Way

By Rajen M.

BLOOD purification is a very traditional medicine concept, and very prevalent in the east.

Cuci darah as we call it here is common amongst all major races.

The roots of the concept arise from the Indian traditonal system of healing – Ayurveda, Chinese traditional medicine and in Malay medicine.

Blood is seen as the medium constantly flowing through our bodies. It supplies life giving nutrients, blood and carries away metabolic wastes.

Some of these are toxins which should be be eliminated. As they are toxic, they can cause disease and death.

Water Soluble

There are basically two types of toxins – those that dissolve in water and those that don’t.

Water soluble toxins easily pass out with urine and sweat. While they can be toxic, they do not stay in the body for long.

Fat soluble toxins stay in the body as they get stored in fatty tissue. They can remain in the body for years and cause much harm. A great example is DDT.

The liver is the largest internal organ of the body. It is the major organ of elimination.

From a holistic health paradigm, liver is considered one of the most important internal organ. Even in modern medicine, liver failure is with fatal consequence.

A sick liver means a sick body. Indeed, many of us do have sluggish livers.

The liver acts to “detoxify” the blood passing through it. The liver makes these toxins water soluble. These harmlessly pass through the kidneys out of your body with urine.

Sluggish Liver

However, there are times when the liver is overworked. This is due to pollutants that is both internal and external :

* hormonal changes at specific phases of the body (puberty, mensturation and pregnancy)

* as part of modern living (pollutants in food, drink and the air we breathe)

* following serious disease or long term medical treatment and when we consume toxic drugs.

When the liver cannot cope, the body attempts to eliminate the toxins via the skin – the largest organ of the body. This could manifest as:

* acne (common in puberty and just before the monthly mensural cycle)

* boils

* body odour

* eczema

* age spots

Detoxification

Herbs called “blood purifiers” can help strengthen the liver and aid this organ in cleaning the blood or pushing the toxins out.

Generally speaking, blood purifiers are bitter tasting herbs which contain natural soaps called saponins.

We sometimes call blood purifiers “alternatives” because they “alter” blood chemistry.

Alternatives enhance the body’s ability to eliminate toxins via the liver by enhancing the flow of bile. Often they also help eliminate toxins via the kidney.

Dr Henry Bieler in his book, Food Is Your Best Medicine, explains that the liver is an alkaline organ. If you have tried eating liver, you will know that it is a bitter organ.

The natural bitter taste indicates alkalinity. Similarly, the liver produces bile which is also very bitter.

Alkaline

Dr Bieler suggests that the liver neutralises poisons by alkalinising them and eliminating them through the bile.

The bile is a bitter highly alkaline susbstance which emulsifies (or makes water soluble) the fats that we eat.

The bitter components of blood purifiers aid the liver in washing away irritants in the blood.

If you consume blood purifiers, you must remember that they will cause your body to flush out toxins. You might notice stronger or darker urine.

It may also be more pungent. Your stools may be unusual. You may notice an aggravation in the very symptoms that you are attempting to eliminate.

As your body releases the toxins, you will find an increased energy level and feeling of well being. So, don’t give up!

Neem grows here in Malaysia. It is common to all the races.

The Malays call it daun mambu while the Chinese and Indians call it chin sou chin and veepelai respectively.

It is often used for measles and chicken pox by all the races. The Indians also use it for detoxification and liver cleansing.

Ayurveda

Neem (Azadirachta indica) is an Ayurvedic herb that holds much promise as a blood purifier. Its effects on the liver were documented in Ayurveda some 4,000 years ago.

It is one of the most exported herb out of India. When you study the literature, you will understand why.

This bitter herb enhances the bitterness of the liver. It strengthens the liver making it cleanse the blood more efficiently.

Once the liver works better, the blood flowing through it is “cleansed”.

It seems to work well for acne, chicken pox and measles. There is documentation of its use in other skin conditions like psoriasis, exzema and rashes.

You can get the benefits of neem by chewing the herb. The Ayurvedic remedy is to chew about 10 leaves – two to three times daily. It is bitter and takes quite an effort.

However, as with all bitter herbs, the more bitter the better.

* Rajen M. is a pharmacist with a doctorate in Holistic Medicine. He is a director of the Malaysian Herbal Corporation and a CEO of a group of companies in alternative healthcare.

REFERENCES

1. Food is your best medicine Dr. Henry Bieler

NOTES

1. Toxins both natural and artificial can cause tissue damage and death

2. Toxins can be either fat or water soluble

3. The liver helps “detoxify” the toxins

4. Bitter herbs like neem help the sluggish liver work better

5. Always go for standardised neem when supplementing with neem

(c) 2007 New Straits Times. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

How to Live to Be 150

By Jeremy Laurance; Sarah Harris

For today’s centenarians, living to be 100 is an achievement marked by a message from the Queen. Within two generations it could be as routine as collecting a bus pass.

The first person to live to 150 may already have been born, according to some scientists. Worldwide, life expectancy has more than doubled over the past 200 years and recent research suggests it has yet to reach a peak.

What will the world be like when people live long enough to see their great-grandchildren and great-great-grandchildren? Extending life by adding extra years of sickness and growing frailty holds little appeal. Increased longevity is one of the modern world’s great successes, but long life without health is an empty prize. The aim is for humans to die young – as late as possible.

It is eight years since Jeanne Calment died peacefully in a nursing home in Arles, southern France in 1998. She was aged 122 years, five months and 14 days – and no one has yet challenged her title as the oldest person with an authenticated birth record to have lived. She attributed her longevity to a diet rich in olive oil, regular glasses of port and her ability to “keep smiling”.

Destiny undoubtedly played a part, too. If you want to grow old, choose your parents carefully. The genetic determinants of long life are gradually being unravelled, In recent years at least 10 gene mutations have been identified that extend the lifespan of mice by up to half. The good news is that these super-geriatric mice are no more frail or sickly than their younger brethren.

In humans, several genetic variants have been linked with longevity. They include a family of genes dubbed the Sirtuins, which one Italian study found occurred more commonly in centenarian men than in the general population. Researchers at Harvard Medical School in the US, convinced they have discovered a “longevity gene”, are now studying whether adding an extra copy of the gene extends the lives of mice. The long term aim is to find a way of manipulating the genes to add an extra decade or two to the human lifespan.

Other gene variants affect the production of growth hormone and insulin-like growth factor (IGF), both of which increase metabolism – organisms with higher metabolism tend to die sooner. Blocking receptors for growth hormone and IGF, so slowing metabolism, provide possible targets for anti-ageing drugs.

Also promising, but still far from yielding concrete results, are telomeres, which are present in every cell. Telomeres shorten with every cell division, like a burning fuse; when they can shorten no more, the cell dies. Inhibiting the enzyme telomerase to prevent the shortening of the telomeres in effect extends the lifespan of the cell, and, as we are comprised of millions of cells, could extend life.

Ageing cannot be reversed but it may, perhaps, be delayed. The emergence of the extremely old population has only happened in the past 50 years and is chiefly due to improvements in the health, lifestyle and environment of the elderly that started in the 1950s – how we eat and drink, where we live, what we do.

Ageing is an irresistible target for snake oil salesmen and the pharmaceutical industry. Several hundred medical compounds that can boost memory and learning ability are being investigated. Research teams are examining genes for Alzheimer’s disease, mechanisms that cause cells to age and die, and brain interfaces that promise to pump new life into aged or diseased limbs. The aim here is to add life to years, as well as years to life, but ageing itself is taking over as the new target for therapeutic innovation.

One promising avenue of research is to increase the resistance of cells to the stresses caused by free radicals, unstable molecules that disrupt cellular processes. There is no evidence that the sort of anti-ageing compounds sold over the internet containing anti- oxidants that promise to tackle free radicals actually slow ageing. However, delivering antioxidant enzymes direct to the cell has been shown in mice to extend lifespan by 20 per cent – pointing the way to future research.

But the optimism comes with a warning – that the consistent increase in life expectancy we have enjoyed for the past 200 years could be about to go into reverse. Some Jeremiahs in the scientific community claim ours could be the first generation in which parents outlive their children. The greatest enemy of extending life further is growing obesity, they say. Its effects could rapidly approach and exceed those of heart disease and cancer. Calculations by US scientists suggest that life expectancy would already be up to a year longer but for obesity. As Jeannne Calment indicated, wisely if unexcitingly, on her 122nd birthday, those who live moderately live long.

TEN THINGS YOU CAN DO TO HELP INCREASE YOUR LIFE EXPECTANCY

Exercise regularly

Keeping fit is the elixir of youth. Even 30 minutes of regular gentle exercise three times per week, such as walking or swimming, can add years to your life expectancy. Aerobic exercise preserves the heart, lungs and brain, elevates your mood, can help ward off breast and colon cancer and prevent atrophy of the muscles and bones. Gareth Jones of the Canadian Centre for Activity and Ageing in London, found that for an over-50 who has never taken part in physical activity a brisk 30-minute walk three times a week can “basically reverse your physiological age by about 10 years.” Not exercising can knock off five years. A 1986 study at Stanford University found that death rates fell in direct proportion to the number of calories burned weekly.

Eat the right foods

Certain foods delay the ageing process and may increase life expectancy. Green leafy vegetables such as spinach and broccoli are rich in antioxidants and beta-carotene. Diets high in fruit, vegetables, fibre and omega-3 oils, and low in fat may prevent high blood pressure and heart disease. In their low-fat diet of fruit, vegetables and rice, the long-living people of Okinawa also consume more soy than anyone on earth, and soy is linked to low cancer rates. Eating cooked tomato daily can slash your risk of heart disease by 30 per cent, found research at Harvard.

Find God – or friends

It’s official: having religion pays off – and not just in the after-life. Nearly 1,000 studies have indicated that those who go to a place of worship are healthier than their faithless counterparts – and live an average seven years longer. One in 10 of the nuns of the convent of the School Sisters of Notre Dame in Minnesota have managed to reach their 100th birthday. But atheists should not despair: experts believe that a sense of community, and of belief in something larger than yourself, are vital ingredients in a long and happy life. Jeff Levin, author of God, Faith, and Health: Exploring the Spirituality-Healing Connection, argues that a place of worship provides a social network and a source of comfort to the ageing, ill and needy.

Get your health checked

To last a century, stay ahead of life-threatening illnesses. It is possible with regular blood tests to detect the first signs of prostate cancer, one of the commonest causes of cancer deaths in men over 85. If you’re between 60 and 69 you can have free bowel cancer screening, cervical screening for women aged 24 to 64, and mammograms for women aged 50 to 70. Figures show that 95 per cent of women who had invasive breast cancer detected by screening are alive five years later.

Live dangerously

Mild sunburn, a glass of wine and some low-level radiation sounds like a recipe for disaster, but many researchers believe that small doses of “stressors” can reverse the ageing process. While this “hormeosis”, is not a licence to lie on a hot beach all day swigging vodka, mild exposure to certain harmful agents can trigger the body’s natural repair mechanisms. The body is tricked into producing particular DNA-repair enzymes and heat shock proteins to fix the damage that has been caused. Sometimes the body’s repair mechanisms overcompensate, treating unrelated damage – “rejuvenating” as well as repairing it. Hormeosis could stretch the average healthy life span to 90.

Challenge yourself

An active mind is as important as an active body. Studies show that you can boost your immune system and delay the onset of conditions from depression to dementia by keeping your brain engaged and stimulated. Leonard Poon, director of the University of Georgia Gerontology Center found that people who reach three figures tend to have a high level of cognition, demonstrating skill in everyday problem-solving and learning. And Marian Diamond of the University of California, Berkley, found that rodents who were given problems to solve and toys to play with, lived 50 per cent longer.

Reduce your calories

One hundred years of hunger is what you can look forward to if you follow the Calorie Restriction philosophy. Practitioners of CR believe that by reducing your calorie intake (by between 10 and 60 per cent) you can extend life expectancy by lowering your metabolism and the production of harmful free radicals. It sounds like torture, but there is research to suggest that it works. One study reported that participants who ate 25 per cent less for three months had lower levels of insulin in their blood, a reduced body temperature and less DNA damage. Brian Delaney, president of the California- based Calorie Restriction Society, is aiming to live to 122, and with a diet of barely 1,800 calories per day (2,500 is the normal for men).

Live in a good area

It is not only how you live, but where you live that matters – and the residents of Okinawa in Japan seem to know the secret.

These Japanese islands are home to the world’s largest population of centenarians. At 103, the daily routine of resident Seiryu Toguchi included stretching exercises, a diet of whole grain rice and vegetables, gardening and playing his three-stringed instrument, the sanshin. The clean-living Seventh Day Adventists of Utah also do pretty well, living on average eight years longer than their fellow Americans. Worst off are those living in poor, polluted urban areas such as Glasgow, where residents of the poorest suburbs have a life expectancy of only 54. Overcrowding, dirt and noise all contribute to high blood pressure, anxiety and depression, which reduce lifespan.

Enjoy your life

Good relationships are the key to longevity. Social contact staves off depression, stress and boosts the development of the brain and immune system. Most research shows that people with family, friends, partners or pets, live longer than those who don’t.

Marriage is also a good idea if you want to meet the 100-mark, adding an average of seven years to the life of a man, and two to a woman. Indulgence, too, can be good for you. Chocolate can enhance endorphin levels and acts as a natural antidepressant, wine contains natural anti-oxidants, and laughing is good for your immunity.

Be very successful

The more rich, privileged, successful and educated you are, the longer you will live. The Whitehall Studies, 1967-77, examined the health of male civil servants between the ages of 20 and 64, and found that men in the lowest-paid positions had a mortality rate three times higher than those at the top level. The study proved that the more important a task a person is asked to perform, the longer they are likely to live; that the person at the top with the big office, shouting orders will have a more relaxed and pleasurable existence than his frustrated underlings. And it’s not only civil servants: Canadian researchers found that Oscar-winners live longer than other actors because of am increased sense of self-worth and confidence. And if you can’t manage an Oscar, then only one extra year in education could increase your life expectancy by a year and a half.

Physician’s License Suspended

The West Virginia Board of Medicine suspended the medical license of a Dunbar physician, pending his completion of an ethics course.

In January 2006, Dr. Robert Lee Hively agreed to complete a course on “ethics and patient boundary issues” by mid-July, but failed to meet the deadline. In a Nov. 13 order, the Board of Medicine suspended Hively’s license for that failure. Hively can reactivate his license if he completes the course.

The board issued eight other recent decisions:

* Dr. Robert D. Hoeldtke had his clinical privileges suspended at West Virginia University Hospitals in April for violating an agreement “relating to a medication regimen for psychiatric illness.”

Hoeldtke, who returned to work at WVU Hospitals in August, was diagnosed with bipolar disorder. The board’s order requires Hoeldkte to comply with pharmacotherapy programs until December 2009 and file reports with the hospital and board.

* Dr. Phillip Bradley Hall of Flemington, near Clarksburg, entered a Williamsburg, Va., center for “treatment of opioid dependency” in July 2005.

The board is requiring Hall to submit monthly post-treatment reports, cooperate with random urine tests, “abstain completely from any mood-altering chemicals” and attend Alcoholics Anonymous/ Narcotics Anonymous meetings three times a week.

The board reactivated Hall’s license in October 2006 and required him to work under a supervising physician for two years.

* Dr. Arnold Felipe Gruspe of Weston ceased performing any surgery as of July 1 and retired from his medical and surgical practice on Dec. 31.

A May 2005 complaint filed by Kerry D. Hamrick alleged: “Gruspe failed to provide quality care in connection with surgery performed on her mother, leading to her premature death.”

The board’s order requires Gruspe to take 50 hours of continuing medical education classes if he wants to reactivate his license.

* Dr. Isabel Cristina Del Toro – who lives in Low Moor, Va. – had her West Virginia medical license reactivated after undergoing a psychiatric evaluation in October, at the Board of Medicine’s request. That evaluation determined she “suffers from depression,” but is able to practice medicine.

Del Toro agreed to continue “regular care and treatment for her depression” until Dec. 15, 2008, and to inform the board about her treatment.

* Dr. Breton Lee Morgan of Point Pleasant surrendered his medical license last March, but had it reinstated “on probation” until December 2009 after receiving “treatment for chemical dependency” at the Talbott Recovery Center in Atlanta.

Morgan agreed to receive continuing treatment and to “refrain from ingesting alcohol and poppy seeds” as well as other “mood- altering … psychoactive drugs.”

* Dr. Helen Rose Ruiz Remolona of Charleston reported she completed required CME classes about end-of-life care and pain management, but had not taken those classes. The medical board took no action against her license, but fined her $200.

* Dr. Kevin Blankenship of Morgantown was supervising the work of physician assistant Jason Kiss, before the Board of Medicine licensed Kiss to provide medical care to patients. The board reprimanded Blankenship, who agreed to comply with all rules about physician assistants in the future.

* Jason Kidd applied for his physician assistant license in September, after he began working at MedExpress Urgent Care in August. The medical board “publicly reprimanded” Kidd for practicing without a license, which he has since received.

(c) 2007 Charleston Daily Mail. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Relationship Between Pregnancy Outcomes and Maternal Vitamin D and Calcium Intake: A Cross-Sectional Study

By Sabour, Hadis; Hossein-Nezhad, Arash; Maghbooli, Zhila; Madani, Farzaneh; Et al

Abstract

Poor maternal vitamin D status affects fetal and infant skeletal growth. The aim of the present study was to determine the association between newborn outcomes and maternal calcium and vitamin D intakes. Four hundred and forty-nine pregnant women, healthy at the point of delivery, and their newborns were enrolled in the study, which was performed in three university hospitals in Tehran in March 2004. Maternal anthropometric data and energy, protein, calcium and vitamin D intakes were collected, and newborn outcomes (weight, length, head circumference and 1-min Apgar score) were determined. Almost two-thirds of the mothers (64.3%) took no supplements during pregnancy. Only one-third of the mothers (33.8%) had adequate intakes of calcium and vitamin D (from supplements and foods) compared with the Recommended Dietary Allowances. Mean length at birth and 1-min Apgar score were higher in newborns whose mothers had adequate calcium and vitamin D intake than in newborns whose mothers had inadequate intake (p = 0.03 and p = 0.04, respectively). Significant correlations were found between adequate maternal calcium and vitamin D intake and both appropriate birth weight and 1- min Apgar score of newborns and weight gain of mothers during pregnancy. Informing mothers of the critical importance of consuming adequate amounts of calcium and vitamin D seems necessary.

Keywords: Pregnancy, calcium, vitamin D, intake, outcome

Introduction

Vitamin D is a steroid hormone that is essential for calcium homeostasis and maintenance of bone health [1]. Poor vitamin D status may lead to a decrease in serum calcium, resulting in an increase in parathyroid hormone concentration which can increase bone turnover and decrease bone mineral accretion [2]. Changes in maternal bone turnover during pregnancy may affect fetal bone mineral content. These changes are consistent with corresponding blood biochemistry changes; increased bone resorption markers in the first trimester, while bone formation markers increase in the last trimester [3].

Studies carried out in the preceding two decades have shown a high prevalence of vitamin D deficiency in many countries and revealed the prevalence of vitamin D deficiency to be higher in women than in men [4-10]. Two studies in Iran demonstrated that the prevalence of vitamin D deficiency in Tehran was between 9.5 and 57.6% [4,11]. Most studies have included women at high risk of vitamin D deficiency because of low vitamin D and calcium intakes or decreased ability to synthesize endogenous vitamin D (attributable to a lack of sun exposure).

Vitamin D deficiency is also a serious problem during pregnancy. Overall vitamin D supplementation in the pregnant populations leads to improved neonatal handling of calcium [1,3,12-16] and improved gain of infant weight [17]. In countries where dairy products are not routinely supplemented with vitamin D or where sun exposure is low due to geographical location (northern countries) or religious beliefs, vitamin D should be administered to the mother during pregnancy or to new infants just after birth [17]. If dietary vitamin D supplementation throughout pregnancy can be undertaken, the amount given should be 400 IU/day (10 g/day). In countries where, in addition, presentation for antenatal care is delayed, 1000 IU/day (25 g/day) should be given during the last trimester of pregnancy or 100 000 IU/day (2500 g/day) in one dose at the beginning of the last trimester [17].

The aim of the present study was to determine the association between pregnancy outcomes and maternal calcium and vitamin D intakes in Iran.

Methods

Four hundred and forty-nine pregnant women, healthy at the point of delivery, and their newborns were enrolled in the study. The study was performed in three university hospitals affiliated to the Tehran University of Medical Sciences in March 2004. The study protocol was approved by the research ethics committee of the Endocrinology & Metabolism Research Center and informed consent was obtained from each participant before enrollment. All of the pregnant women met our inclusion criteria: i.e. no history of taking any kind of drug that could interact with calcium and vitamin D metabolism and the absence of chronic diseases.

Maternal anthropometric data, general health status, drug history and weight gain pattern were all recorded. Standing height was measured using a portable stadiometer with 0.1 cm precision. Weight was measured using scales with precision of 0.1 kg. Pre-pregnancy body mass index (BMI) was calculated and classified according to World Health Organization/Food and Agriculture Organization guidelines. Dietary data were obtained using a food-frequency questionnaire validated by the nutrition group of the Endocrinology & Metabolism Research Center. Mean energy and nutrient intakes were calculated and compared with the Recommended Dietary Allowances (RDA, 2004) for pregnant women [18]. Based on calcium and vitamin D intake, pregnant women were divided into two groups: those with adequate intake and those with inadequate intake.

For each newborn, weight, length and head circumference were measured, and 1-min Apgar score was determined [19]. Low birth weight (LBW) was denned as birth weight lower than 2500 g [19].

Maternal weight gain pattern during pregnancy, and weight, length, head circumference and Apgar score of the newborns were compared between the groups with adequate and inadequate calcium and vitamin D nutritional status. Comparisons between groups were made using Student’s t test and the frequency of variables was compared with the ?2 test. Pearson’s correlation was used to investigate correlations between variables, and linear regression and univariate models were used to determine any relationships between variables. Statistical analyses were conducted using SPSS software, version 11.5 (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL, USA).

Results

The mean energy and nutrient intakes of the pregnant mothers are classified in Table I. The mean daily intake of vitamin D was 2.26 1.87 g and the mean daily intake of calcium was 816.28 370.47 mg ( standard deviation, SD). About half of the mothers (47.2%) had adequate energy intake based on the current RDA for pregnant women. One in six mothers (16.7%) had adequate intake of calcium and about one in four (26.7%) had adequate intake of vitamin D, based on the current RDA for pregnant women, from natural sources. About two- thirds of mothers (64.3%) did not take supplements in pregnancy; the rest took calcium and vitamin D supplements during pregnancy. Only one-third of mothers (33.8%) received adequate calcium and vitamin D (from supplements and foods) compared with the RDA.

Anthropometric characteristics of the mothers and newborn birth outcomes are presented in Table II. Mean (SD) values for mothers were 62.20 12.18kg for weight, 160.4 5.6 cm for height and 24.2 5.0 kg/m^sup 2^ for BMI. Fifty-three percent of the newborns were boys. In total, 5.2% of the newborns were LBW and 2.9% of them had 1- min Apgar score

Table I. Mean intakes and supplement use of pregnant mothers.

Table II. Anthropometric characteristics of the mothers and birth outcomes of newborns.

Newborn outcomes according to maternal calcium and vitamin D intake are compared in Table III. Mean length and 1-min Apgar score were significantly higher in newborns whose mothers had adequate calcium and vitamin D intake than in newborns whose mothers had inadequate intake (p = 0.03 and p = 0.04, respectively). There was no significant association between head circumference or birth weight and maternal calcium and vitamin D intake. The incidence of LBW was significantly lower in newborns with adequate maternal calcium and vitamin D intake (p = 0.007). A significant correlation existed between higher maternal weight gain and adequate intake of calcium and vitamin D. Moreover, mothers with pre-pregnancy BMI

Discussion

Concerns about vitamin D have resurfaced in the medical and scientific literature because the prevalence of vitamin D deficiency has increased in many countries [1,20,21]. The findings of numerous studies suggest that the prevalence of clinical and subclinical vitamin D deficiency is higher in pregnant women. This is due to the fetus being wholly dependent on maternal circulating 25- hydroxyvitamin D [20-24].

Generally, it seems that overall intakes of calcium and vitamin D are not sufficient in our country. Of the pregnant women studied in the present investigation, only 16.7% received adequate calcium intake and only 26.7% received adequate vitamin D intake from foods.

The mean daily dietary vitamin D intake of Pakistani women was 1.05 0.80 g [22]; in another study, Pakistani women were found to consume 793 mg calcium daily [23]. Calcium status evaluation in Austria confirmed that the average intake was 834 422 mg/day [25]. Different international studies in Saudi Arabia, Finland, Turkey and Spain illustrated insufficient vitamin D in pregnant women’s diets [14,26-28]. Similarly, a \study in Venezuela concluded that a high proportion of pregnant women do not take the recommended amounts of calcium [29]. The average daily calcium intake for pregnant women has been estimated at 300-1000 mg/day [1].

Table III. Comparison of birth outcomes of newborns according to adequacy of maternal calcium and vitamin D intakes*.

All of these studies confirm our results that dietary intakes of calcium and vitamin D are extremely low [3]. Vitamin D supplements have been recommended, to cope with fetal demands [30-33]. In our study only 35.7% of the women had taken calcium and vitamin D supplements. However, other investigations have also indicated the poor usage of supplements elsewhere [23,26,27]. For example, only 70% of pregnant women in Finland used vitamin D supplements [26] and none of the pregnant women in a study in Pakistan used supplemental vitamin D during pregnancy [23].

We found that adequate intake of calcium and vitamin D from both foods and supplements produced higher length at birth and better Apgar score. Other studies confirm this finding [1,20,34,35]. We also found a significant correlation between adequate maternal intake of calcium and vitamin D and appropriate birth weight. We did not find any significant correlation between head circumference of the newborn and calcium/vitamin D intake of the mother, in agreement with previous results [36]. Our mothers with pre-pregnancy BMI

A majority of pregnant women are unaware of the effect of these nutrients on their own health and pregnancy outcomes, and do not consume sufficient quantities to meet the RDA. Synthesis of vitamin D in the skin is insufficient to meet daily needs. Moreover there are few food sources with an adequate content of natural vitamin D. The current adult recommendation for daily vitamin D intake from the Food and Nutrition Board is 200 IU up to age 50 years, 400 IU up to age 70 years, and 600 IU thereafter [38]. However, it now appears that, if total input were confined to these amounts, only the most severe degrees of vitamin D deficiency would be prevented and recent dietary recommendations for adults are not sufficient to maintain circulating 25-hydroxyvitamin D at or above this level, especially in pregnancy and lactation. This deficiency cut-off is now based on an array of biomarkers that are adversely affected by nutritional vitamin D deficiency rather than on Gaussian distributions of 25- hydroxyvitamin D concentrations in populations, as were used in the past [38]. We should now consider this deficiency to occur at circulating 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels

The results of the present study highlight the critical role of vitamin D in pregnancy outcomes. Thus adults and especially pregnant women should be informed of suitable food sources and those with deficiencies should be recommended to take correct supplementary amounts to meet their bodily needs. A countrywide targeted public education for women with the purpose of improving the health of mothers and babies should be initiated.

Some limitations of our study should be mentioned. First, all of the women studied had low socioeconomic status, and the pattern of nutrition could be different for women with higher socioeconomic status. Second, the study was performed in university hospitals and further work is needed to enable implementation in general or private centers. Third, use of a food-frequency questionnaire was required to evaluate the intakes of calcium and vitamin D from food accurately. Finally, the associations found may have been stronger if the study had been designed as a cohort or randomized clinical trial, and any future work should consider the role of other nutrients as confounding or interacting factors.

References

1. Thomson K, Morley R, Grover SR, Zacharin MR. Postnatal evaluation of vitamin D and bone health in women who were vitamin D- deficient in pregnancy, and in their infants. Med J Aust 2004;181:486-488.

2. Specker B. Nutrition influences bone development from infancy through toddler years. J Nutr 2004;134:6918-6955.

3. Prentice A. Micronutrients and the bone mineral content of the mother, fetus and newborn. J Nutr 2003;133:81693-51699.

4. Hashemipour S, Larijani B, Adibi H, Javadi E, Sedaghat M, Pajouhi M, Soltani A, Shafaei AR, Hamidi Z, Fard AR, et al. Vitamin D deficiency and causative factors in the population of Tehran. BMC Public Health 2004;4:38.

5. Holvic K, Meyer HE, Haug H, Brunvand L. Prevalence and predictors of vitamin D deficiency in five immigrant groups living in Oslo, Norway: the Oslo Immigrant Health Study. Eur J Clin Nutr 2005;59:57-63.

6. Advani S, Wimalawansa SJ. Bones and nutrition: common sense supplementation for osteoporosis. Curr Womens Health Rep 2000;3:187- 192.

7. Glowacki J, Hurwitz S, Thomhill TS, Kelly M, LeBoff MS. Osteoporosis and vitamin-D deficiency among postmenopausal women with osteoarthritis undergoing total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003;85A:2371-2377.

8. Meyer HE, Falch JA, Soggard AJ, Haug E. Vitamin D deficiency and secondary hyperparathyroidism and the association with bone mineral density in persons with Pakistani and Norwegian background living in Oslo, Norway, The Oslo Health Study. Bone 2004;35:412- 417.

9. Passen G, Pini G, Troiano L, Vescovini R, Sansoni P, Passeri M, Gueresi P, Delsignore R, Pedrazzoni M, Franceschi C. Low vitamin D status, high bone turnover, and bone fractures in centenarians. J Clin Endocinol Metab 2003;88:5109-5115.

10. Rahman SA, Chee WS, Yassin Z, Chan SP. Vitamin D status among postmenopausal Malaysian women. Asia Pacific J Clin Nutr 2004;13:255- 260.

11. Bassir M, Laborie S, Lapillonne A, Claris O, Chappuis MC, Salle BL. Vitamin D deficiency in Iranian mothers and their neonates: a pilot study. Acta Paediatr 2001;90:577-579.

12. Specker B. Vitamin D requirements during pregnancy. Am J Clin Nutr 2004;80:S1740-S1744.

13. Oliven MB, Mautalen CA, Alonso A, Velazquez H, Trouchot HA, Porto R, Martinez L, Barata AD. [Nutritional status of vitamin D in mothers and neonates of Ushuaia and Buenos Aires]. Medicina (B Aires) 1993;53:315-320.

14. Serenius F, Elidrissy AT, Dandona P. Vitamin D nutrition in pregnant women at term and in newly born babies in Saudi Arabia. J Clin Pathol 1984;37:444-447.

15. Flynn A. The role of dietary calcium in bone health. Proc Nutr Soc 2003;62:851-858.

16. Nowson CA, Margerison C. Vitamin D intake and vitamin D status of Australians. Med J Aust 2002;177:149-152.

17. Salle BL, Delvin EE, Lapillonne A, Bishop NJ, Glorieux FH. Perinatal metabolism of vitamin D. Am J Clin Nutr 2000; 71:13175- 13248.

18. Mahan KL. Food, nutrition & diet therapy. Philadelphia (PA): WB Saunders; 2004.

19. Cunningham FG, McDonald PC, Gant NF, Leveno KJ, Gilstrap LC, Hankins GDV, Clark SL. editors. Williams’ obstetrics. Stamford (CA): Appleton & Lange;1997.

20. Hollis BW, Wagner CL. Assessment of dietary vitamin D requirements during pregnancy and lactation. Am J Clin Nutr 2004;79:717-726.

21. Nozza JM, Rodda CP. Vitamin D deficiency in mothers of infants with rickets. Med J Aust 2001;175:253-255.

22. Alfaham M, Woodhead S, Pask G, Davies D. Vitamin D deficiency: a concern in pregnant Asian women. Br J Nutr 1995;73:881- 887.

23. Atiq M, Suria A, Nizami SQ, Ahmed I. Maternal vitamin-D deficiency in Pakistan. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1998;77: 970-973.

24. Fogelman Y, Rakover Y, Luboshitzky R. High prevalence of vitamin D deficiency among Ethiopian women immigrants to Israel: exacerbation during pregnancy and lactation. Isr J Med Sci 1995;31:221-224.

25. Koenig J, Elmadfa I. Status of calcium and vitamin D of different population groups in Austria. Int J Vitam Nutr Res 2000;70:214-220.

26. Erkkola M, Karppinen M, Jarvinen A, Knip M, Virtanen SM. Folate, vitamin D, and iron intakes are low among pregnant Finnish women. Eur J Clin Nutr 1998;52:742-748.

27. Pehlivan I, Hatun S, Aydogan M, Babaoglu K, Gokalp AS. Maternal vitamin D deficiency and vitamin D supplementation in healthy infants. Turk J Pediatr 2003;45:315-320.

28. Ortega RM, Aranceta J, Serra-Majem L, Entrala A, Gil A, Mena MC. Nutritional risks in the Spanish population: results of the eVe study. Eur J Clin Nutr 2003;57:S73-S75.

29. Pena E, Sanchez A, Portillo Z, Solano L. Dietary evaluation of pregnant adolescents during first, second and third trimester. Arch Latinoam Nutr 2003;53:133-140.

30. Salle BL, Delvin E, Glorieux F. Vitamin D and pregnancy. Bull Acad Natl Med 2002;186:369-376.

31. Hatun S, Ozkan B, Orbak Z, Doneray H, Cizmecioglu F, Toprak D, Calikoglu AS. Vitamin D deficiency in early infancy. J Nutr 2005; 135:279-282.

32. Committee on Medical Aspects of Food and Nutrition Policy, Panel on Child and Maternal Nutrition. Scientific review of the welfare food scheme. Report on health and social subjects no. 51. London: The Stationery Office; 2002.

33. Nesby-O’Dell S, Scanlon KS, Cogswell ME, Gillespie C, Hollis BW, Looker AC, Alien C, Doughertly C, Gunter EW, Bowman BA. Hypovitaminosis D prevalence and determinants among African American and white women of reproductive age: third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988-1994. Am J Clin Nutr 2002;76:187- 192.

34. Ancri G, Morse EH, Clarke RP. Comparison of the nutritional status of pregnant adolescents with adult pregnant women. III. Maternal protein and calorie intake and weight gain in relation to size of infant at birth. Am J Clin Nutr 1977;30:568-572.

35. An H, Yin S, Xu Q. Effects of supplementing calcium, iron and zinc on the fetus development and growth during pregnancy. Zhonghua Yu Fang Yi Xue Za Zhi 2001;35: 370-373.

36. Boutaleb Y, Lahlou N, Oudghiri A, Mesbahi M. Birth weight in an African country. J Gynecol Obstet Biol Reprod 1982; \11:68-72.

37. Ravindra C. Correlation between adolescent nutrition during pregnancy and outcome of low birth-weight babies. J FIa Med Assoc 1989;76:523-525.

38. Armas LA, Mollis BW, Heaney RP. Vitamin D^sub 2^ is much less effective than vitamin D^sub 3^ in humans. J CHn Endocrinol Metab 2004;89:5387-5391.

39. Hollis BW. Circulating 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels indicative of vitamin D sufficiency: implications for establishing a new effective dietary intake recommendation for vitamin D. J Nutr 2005;135:317-322.

40. Hollis BW, Wagner CL. Vitamin D deficiency during pregnancy: an ongoing epidemic. Am J Clin Nutr 2006;84:273.

41. Dawson-Hughes B, Heaney RP, Holick MF, Lips P, Meunier PJ, Vieth R. Vitamin D round table. In: Burckhardt P, Dawson-Hughes B, Heaney R, editors. Nutritional aspects of osteoporosis. 2nd ed. Burlington (MA): Elsevier Science and Technology Books; 2004. pp 263- 270.

HADIS SABOUR, ARASH HOSSEIN-NEZHAD, ZHILA MAGHBOOLI, FARZANEH MADANI, ELHAM MIR, & BAGHER LARIJANI

Endocrinology & Metabolism Research Center, Tehran University of Medical Sciences, Tehran, Iran

(Received 22 March 2006; revised 20 August 2006; accepted 8 September 2006)

Correspondence: B. Larijani, Endocrinology & Metabolism Research Center, 5th floor, Shariati Hospital, North Kargar Avenue, Tehran, Iran.

Tel: 98 21 88026902/3. Fax: 98 21 88029399. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Oct 2006

(c) 2006 Gynecological Endocrinology. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Effects of Sports Training in Adolescence on Growth, Puberty and Bone Health

By Bertelloni, Silvano; Ruggeri, Silvia; Baroncelli, Giampiero I

Abstract

Athletic training in adolescent females is important for their well-being; indeed, it may have both positive and negative effects on some physiological processes, as growth, reproductive axis and bone health. Adequate physical activity likely exerts neither a positive nor a negative effect on growth. By contrast, intensive training and insufficient diet may have a negative influence on growth, probably due to energy deficiency and impairment of the growth hormone-insulin-like growth factor-I axis; net long term- effects of such alterations remain to be established. Adolescents who perform regular athletic training present with normal or slightly advanced sexual maturation, because increased strength and power associated with earlier maturation advantage them. However, intensive training and inadequate energy intake may induce delayed menarche and menstrual dysfunctions. The consequent hypoestrogenism, in association with the nutritional deficiencies, may affect bone health. On the contrary, regular physical activity increases the amount of bone mass gained during childhood and adolescence mainly at the bone sites which are trained. Since the number of adolescent females involved in strenuous sports from an early age is increasing, physicians must be aware of such effects, explain to girls and their parents the ‘right’ sports training and appropriate dietary regimens, and recognize problems due to excessive training as soon as possible. These issues should not be a cause of lesser involvement in athletic participation of young people.

Keywords: Female adolescents, sport, growth, puberty, reproduction, bone health, intensive training

Introduction

In adolescents, regular physical activity is important for good body function and development. In addition, involvement in sport may improve socialization, emotive control, respect for rules and scholastic learning, and may contribute to prevent or reduce overweight and abnormal social behaviors. Physical training in childhood may also represent an ‘imprinting’ for athletic activity, contributing to the prevention of cardiovascular and metabolic diseases in older age [1].

Unfortunately, levels of physical activity fall as young people become older, particularly among girls [2], in whom a progressive decline in athletic training has been documented during adolescence [3]. The decrease in physical activity is likely due, at least in part, to an increase in the time teenagers spend engaged with media. A recent Italian survey in 11-15-year-old adolescents showed a decrease in regular physical activity by about 5% in 2002 compared with 2000, while television viewing increased by 6% and use of personal computers increased by about 40% in the same period [4], suggesting that Western models induce a sedentary lifestyle.

In addition to risks posed by inactivity, some girls are also exposed to the risks of excessive physical training from an early age, which may have an impact on growth, reproductive function and bone mineralization [5].

Sports activity and growth

Adolescence is a crucial period for linear growth, and sports training during this time may have positive or negative effects on some physiological processes as growth.

The first stage of infancy is characterized by rapid growth in stature, followed by its progressive reduction (growth velocity declines from 25 cm/year in the first year to 9 cm/year in the third year) [6]; at this age, children do not engage in sports training. In the second stage of infancy, growth in stature is slow and regular (about 5-6 cm/year) [6]; in this period of life many children start athletic training but intensive physical activity is usually not performed, at least until the prepubertal years. During puberty, growth velocity increases again (pubertal spurt, 10-12 cm/ year) [6]; in this period, intensive training is experienced by many girls and it may have some impact on growth.

To address this issue, pioneering studies compared longitudinal pubertal growth patterns in active and inactive boys [7,8]. A Canadian study followed 14 active and 11 inactive boys from 10 to 16 years [7], and a Belgian trial compared 32 active and 32 nonactive boys from 12 to 18 years [8]. Active and inactive Canadian and Belgian boys did not differ in their mean stature, peak height velocity and age at peak height velocity, suggesting no significant effect of training during adolescence on these parameters [7,8]. Damsgaard and colleagues [9] studied 184 children (96 girls, 88 boys, age 9-13 years, sport competitions: swimming, tennis, team handball, gymnastics) and found significant differences in height among 9-13-year-old children participating in the four different sports, but these differences also existed at the age of 2-4 years, long before the children of both sexes started their sports training [9].

Malina [10] concluded that regular training has neither a positive nor a negative effect on growth, but that it could represent a selection factor. Adolescents having specific auxological characteristics more likely engage in sport activities that permit them to attain better athletic results [10]; for example, tall girls are likely to play basketball, while short girls usually engage in gymnastics.

However, intensive training in this period of life should be avoided, because excessive physical activity may have a negative impact on growth, mainly in females.

Bass and associates [11] studied 83 prepubertal and peripubertal female gymnasts (training 8-36 h/ week) and 110 sedentary girls. The former group showed significantly lower growth velocity and pubertal growth spurt than the latter. Skeletal maturation in the active gymnasts was delayed by 1.3 years, while there was no difference between bone age and chronological age in the control subjects [11]. The delay in skeletal maturation in the gymnasts worsened with increased duration of training [11]. The lower height in active gymnasts was related to both reduced leg length and deficit in trunk growth [11]. The reduced leg length was likely due to selection bias because it was present at baseline; during follow-up, leg length increased at the same rate as it did in control subjects, tracking at the lower part of the normal population but remaining unchanged [11]. The acquired component of the height deficit in gymnasts resulted from progressive impairment of trunk length, which became clearly detectable when training lasted for more than 1-2 years [11]. These data indicate that in adolescent girls excessive training may interfere with the normal growth pattern and likely with the development of normal body proportion.

However, disagreement exists regarding the ultimate effect of intense physical training on final adult height. By studying female elite rhythmic gymnasts (n = 104, age 12-23 years, mean sports training 32 h/ week), Georgopoulos’s group [12] demonstrated that adult height was not significantly different from predicted height estimated at first evaluation and was significantly higher than target height (Figure 1). In addition, the examined gymnasts continued to increase in height up to the age of 18 years, when final adult height has already been reached in normal growing girls [6]. This study suggests that elite rhythmic gymnasts compensated reduced intensity of the pubertal growth spurt by delayed menarche, which drives the achievement of adult height at a later age. Both advanced- and intermediate-level competitive female gymnasts may experience a blunted pubertal growth spurt with later attainment of adult height [13], suggesting that involvement in lower-intensity training during adolescence may also have a transitory impact on growth.

Theintz and collaborators [14] compared young elite female gymnasts (n = 22, age 12.3 0.2 years, average training 22 h/week) and moderately trained swimmers (n = 21, age 12.3 0.3 years, average training 8 h/week). In swimmers, height predictions did not change significantly with age, whereas height prediction decreased significantly in gymnasts during follow-up, leading to an adult height below genetic target (Figure 1) [14].

From the hormonal point of view, excessive training may induce a derangement of the growth-controlling axis. Eliakim and co-workers [15] followed a group of adolescent males involved in sport and a sedentary control group; after 5 weeks of training, the active boys showed a significant decrease in some growth factors (growth hormonebinding protein, insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I) and IGF- binding protein-3 (IGFBP3)), while IGFBP-2 increased and growth hormone (GH) secretion remained unchanged. Similar data have been reported in trained prepubertal, early pubertal and late adolescent girls [16-18]. This endocrine pattern, suggesting a GH resistance state [15], resembles that reported in children with undernutrition and stunted growth for atypical celiac disease [19]. So3 poor nutrient intake and related energy deficiency may impair the GH-IGF- I axis and growth in adolescents exposed to intensive physical training [15,16]. Findings in adolescent boys affected by anorexia nervosa seem to confirm this hypothesis. Such patients showed a stunted growth as the result of nutritional deficiencies; catch-up growth after recovery from the disease occurred, but it was unable to fully restore the growth potenti\al – in fact, final height was reduced in comparison with target height [2O]. In prepubertal and pubertal girls, stunted growth is very frequent sign of anorexia nervosa as well [21,22]. Catch-up growth of different degrees has been observed during nutritional rehabilitation, but some girls did not reach their pre-disease centile [21] and near-final adult height has been reported to be reduced compared with patient genetic height potential [22]. Taken together, these data suggest that nutritional and/or energy deficiency during the peripubertal period may impair growth pattern and final height depending on its degree and duration. Associated psychological stress is an adjunctive factor to be considered [23]. In summary, adequate physical activity in adolescent girls likely does not exert any positive or negative effect on growth. Regarding intensive training, a critical review on this issue concluded that elite female gymnasts may experience attenuated growth during the years of training and competition, followed by catch-up growth in periods of reduced training or after retirement, but evidence remains inconclusive on whether negative effects on adult height are actually operative [16]. Thus, definite conclusions on this matter can only be obtained by well-designed longitudinal studies taking into account several variables such as training volume and intensity, nutrition, energy expenditure, stage and progression of puberty, genetic background and growth potential, and social and psychological factors.

Figure 1. Target height and adult height in female elite rhythmic gymnasts (a; drawn from data reported in [12]) and female elite artistic gymnasts (b; drawn from data reported in [14]); while the former subjects reached their genetic target height, the latter subjects did not (see text). (Data represent mean + 1 SD.)

Sports activity and reproductive function

During puberty, development of secondary sexual features occurs [6]. The timing of pubertal onset and progression is due to genetic determinants as well as environmental factors, such as climate, nutritional status and chronic diseases [6]. Sports training may be an additional factor affecting pubertal progression and reproductive function [24]. The relationship between the hypothalamic-pituitary- gonadal axis and athletic training in girls is of interest because today they begin intensive physical activity in the peripubertal period and are involved in elite competition from early puberty [1,16,23].

Adolescents who perform regular physical activity may present normal or slightly advanced secondary sexual maturation [24]. Greater body size and slightly advanced pubertal maturation may be advantage factors, because selection for adolescent sport is based on chronological age, not on biological age, and the higher muscle strength and power associated with earlier maturation can determine sports success and better possibility of selection by the coaches [25].

However, as for growth, early intensive physical training may have a negative impact on pubertal development and reproductive function [23,26-28]; it is associated with late onset of menarche mainly in sports that emphasize lean body phenotype [29,30].

Frisch and colleagues [26] found that a group of premenarcheal- trained swimmers and runners (n=18) showed a mean age at menarche of 15.1 0.5 years, whereas a comparable group of postmenarcheal- trained athletes (n – 20) had a mean age at menarche of 12.8 0.2 years. An untrained control group attained menarche at 12.7 0.4 years, an age significantly lower than that of the first group but similar to that of the second group [26]. Each year of training before menarche delayed its onset by 5 months [26]. A delay in the age of menarche ranging from 0.4 to 1.5 years as been confirmed in several studies, depending on the type of sports activity and the country of origin [16,29-31]. The pubertal delay seems to be mainly a characteristic of female sex, since both trained and untrained adolescent males showed similar genitalia stage and testosterone levels [32]. Indeed, differences in pubertal development between the two sexes and difficulties in assessing reproductive function in males may contribute to the different results in male and female adolescent athletes.

The presence of menstrual dysfunction in about 30% of adolescent female adiletes has been shown, but with a wide range (3-60%) related to training intensity and the age of its commencement [5,26,283O]. Frisch’s group [26] reported that 61% of the premenarcheal-trained athletes had irregular menstrual cycles and 22% were affected by amenorrhea. By contrast, 60% of the postmenarcheal-trained athletes had regular menstrual cycles and none had amenorrhea [26]. In 69 competitive female swimmers (aged 16.4 0.5 years), Costantini and associates [27] found that, in addition to older age at menarche, postmenarcheal adolescent swimmers reported more menstrual irregularities immediately post menarche than the control group (82% vs. 40%, respectively); in addition, while in the control population there was constant decrease in menstrual dysfunctions with the increase of gynecological years, they remained constant in the trained girls [27]. Oligo/amenorrhoea is the commonest menstrual disturbance in high-level athletes, but abnormal bleeding, delayed menses, corpus luteum dysfunction and anovulation also occur [5,27,28]. These abnormalities usually remained unperceived and largely undiagnosed in the majority of these adolescents [5,28,29].

In addition to menstrual disturbances, CasteloBranco and co- workers [30] demonstrated lower level of painful menstruations and lower breast circumference in a group of trained adolescent girls in comparison with a group of untrained controls, adding to data on reproductive axis dysfunction in the former group.

Body weight 10-15% below ideal has been reported in over-trained females with reproductive dysfunction [5,29], and vigorous exercise seems to induce menstrual abnormalities more frequently in underweight subjects than in normal-weight subjects, suggesting that dietary restriction and related energy deficiency may represent a key factor for ovarian dysfunctions of young athletes [5,16,28,30,33]. Chronic energy imbalance between caloric intake and caloric expenditure may impair the activity of the gonadotropin- releasing hormone (GnRH) pulse generator by modifications in the production of neuromodulators in specific brain areas via body hormonal signals [33]. The adipose-tissue hormone leptin may have a key role. Body fat [33,34] and circulating leptin values were found to be significantly reduced in elite female athletes (n = 22, age 13.6 1.0 years, training 22.1 1.7 h/week, mean body fat, %: 14.4 (controls 21.9%)) and did not follow the typical female pattern of leptin increase during puberty (Figure 2) [34,35]. Reduced leptin values are also found in young athletic males, but to a lesser extent, explaining the less impaired gonadal function in this sex [36]. Ghrelin, a hormone produced predominantly by the stomach that stimulates GH secretion and food intake [37], might play an additional role in hypothalamic-hypophyseal-ovarian axis dysfunction in over-trained athletes [33]. In fact, ghrelin levels have been found to be 100% higher in physically active women than in inactive controls [38]. The low level of leptin associated with increased ghrelin resembles that of amenorrheic patients with anorexia nervosa [33,38,39], confirming the role of food intake-regulating hormones on GnRH generator function. Psychological stress, and the related increase in stress hormones due to intensive training and competitions, may be an adjunctive factor affecting the reproductive axis in adolescent female athletes [16,23,29].

Figure 2. Pattern of serum leptin values ([black triangle up]) from pubertal stage 1 to 4 in female gymnasts (n = 22, mean age 13.6 1.0 years, training intensity 22.1 1.7 h/week; drawn from data reported in [34]). For comparison, normal leptin values ([black circle]) in healthy girls in the same pubertal stages are shown (drawn from data reported in [35]). (Data represent 1 SD.)

Sports activity and bone health

Bone mass increases during childhood until the second to third decade of life, with peak bone mass usually reached 2-3 years after the attainment of adult height [4O]. During the pubertal spurt about 30-50% of total bone mass is achieved [40,41].

Active load forces, such as the pull on bone from muscle contractions, and static load forces, such as those due to weight, mechanically strain and deform bone. When these mechanical strains are greater than needed for steady-state remodeling, a modeling response occurs that increases bone mass and improves the internal structural supports at the high-strain locations [42]. Participation in sport could not only have a direct osteogenic effect, but also an indirect effect by enhancing muscle mass and hence the tension generated on bone [41]. Thus physical activity has double positive effects on bone health, and they seem to be site-specific and exerted mainly during prepuberty and early puberty [41]. Greater bone density in the dominant arm of elite female adolescent tennis and squash players (n= 105) has been reported with side-to-side differences ranging from 8.5 to 16.2%; the difference between dominant and non-dominant arms being significantly higher than that found in a group of healthy female controls [43]. The benefit of playing was about two times greater when the athletes started their activity before or around menarche rather than after it [43]. Following 113 children (females, n = 53; males, n = 60) annually for 6 years, Bailey and collaborators [44] found that both active girls and boys attained greater total body and femoral peak mass, assessed by dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry, than inactive subjects. Major gain was detected in girls in comparison with boy\s (total body peak mass: active girls +17%, active boys +9% vs. controls; femoral neck: active girls +11%, active boys +7% vs. controls) [44]. In addition, adolescent females who perform predominantly weight-bearing activity characterized by high axial compressive forces had higher bone mass density and larger site-specific bone mass density than athletes involved in sports that are not-weight-bearing and controls (Figure 3) [45]. Longitudinal studies confirmed these cross-sectional data. In young female gymnasts (n = 16, age 8-13 years, physical training 12-18 h/week), higher increases in lumbar and femoral bone mineral density (BMD) were reported in comparison with a control group not involved in agonistic training during a 3-year follow-up [46]. In an other study, areal BMD increased from age 13 to 16 years in trained adolescent girls (n = 21) in comparison with peers with low-level activity (n = 21) while volumetric BMD remained stable in both groups, suggesting that exercise may act on bone mass by inducing an increase in bone dimensions more than affecting bone mineralization [47].

A training effect on bone anabolism is also demonstrated by the higher values of biochemical markers of bone deposition, such as osteocalcin, bone alkaline phosphatase and propeptide of type 1 procollagen, after brief endurance training (2 h/day for 5 days/ week for 5 weeks) in mid-adolescent females (age 15-17 years) in comparison with untrained controls [48].

The age-dependent effects of sport on bone mass and metabolism may be mediated, at least in part, by the higher levels of growth factors enhancing bone formation in the premenarcheal years, such as GH, IGF-I and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D, in association with the combined effect of mechanical loading and muscle exercise [40,41,42,48]. The circulating levels of these hormonal factors decline sharply during the postmenarcheal years, as does the effect of training on bone [40,42,49]. So, a window of opportunity likely is operative from early puberty to menarche to optimize the positive effect of sport on bone health and peak bone mass attainment [49]. External factors, like nutrition, vitamin D status, age at menarche and stress hormones, may act in such a window, impairing the positive effect of weight-bearing and exercise on bone. However, such a hypothesis remains largely speculative and should be confirmed.

Figure 3. Total-body bone mineral density (BMD) (mean and 95% confidence interval) in adolescent female volunteers (age 15-18 years, subdivided as controls, swimmers, cyclists, runners and triathletes, n= 15 per group; drawn from data reported in [45]). *Significantly greater than swimmers and cyclists (p

Table I. Prevalence of female athlete triad (FAT) syndrome among high-school and collegiate female athletes.

Although regular physical activity improves bone health [42], some girls who are over-trained may develop reduced BMD (i.e. osteopenia, BMD

The prevalence of female athlete triad syndrome differs among various studies (range from 1 to ~60%) [28,50], the highest values being reported in sports in which low body weight conveys a competitive advantage [5]. In particular, the prevalence of reduced BMD in young female athletes is largely unknown, and may be related to the difficulties in correct assessment of BMD in children and adolescents and the uncertainty in the definition of osteopenia and osteoporosis in childhood [51]. Recent surveys among high-school and collegiate athletes found that disordered eating and menstrual dysfunctions are relatively frequent, while the prevalence of reduced BMD is low [52,53] (Table I). Only a minority of examined adolescent and young adult subjects met the criteria for all three components of female athlete triad syndrome [52,53] (Table I). These data, together with the evidence of a similar occurrence of the complete triad in elite Norwegian athletes and non-athletic controls [54], may suggest that the real incidence of the complete syndrome as well as the related clinical concerns are less than previously reported [55]. In addition, the long-term effects of the syndrome on adult women’s health remain unknown [55]. Large prospective investigations in homogeneous groups of adolescent athletes using strict and well-applied criteria should be urged to clarify these issues.

Figure 4. Possible pathogenetic mechanisms of long-term consequences of excessive physical training during adolescence. Intensive training and the often associated disordered eating habits may induce inadequate energy intake and related caloric deficiency, which deranges the growth hormone (GH)-insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I) axis, impairing linear growth and eventually the attainment of genetically adequate adult height. In addition, intensive training and inadequate energy intake may interfere with the hypothalamic-hypophysealgonadal (HHG) axis, leading to reduced secretion of gonadal sex steroids and so to delayed puberty and menstrual dysfunctions. Nutritional deficiencies, low energy intake, GH-IGF-I axis alterations, HHG axis dysfunctions and delayed puberty may affect bone mass. Chronic stress due to intensive training may contribute in GH-IGF-I axis and HHG axis alteration, acting by derangement of hypothalamic-pituitaryadrenal axis. Altogether these mechanisms may result in complete clinical manifestation of the female athlete triad syndrome (LH, luteinizing hormone; FSH, follicle-stimulating hormone).

Conclusion

The concept that sport training is important for adolescents’ physical and psychological development is well-known, but further studies should address the exact physiological role of athletic training on growth, pubertal development and bone health. Indeed, it remains not completely understood whether there is an excessive level of training during adolescence that may cause long-term detrimental effects (Figure 4).

Since the number of prepubertal girls and young adolescents involved in strenuous sports is increasing, physicians should be made aware of the myriad of beneficial effects as well as some of the potential risks linked to training, so as to provide appropriate counseling to young athletes and their parents on the ‘right’ athletic training and appropriate dietetic regimens. All physicians involved with the care of adolescent females must also be able to recognize, as soon as possible, physical signs and psychological issues due to intensive training and propose appropriate care [50]. However, these risks should not induce physicians to counsel a lesser involvement in athletic participation [55].

Note added in proof

A deterioration in final adult height has been recently documented in artistic gymnasts in both sexes, but more pronounced in males (n= 102; final height -2.28 0.95 SDs vs target height) than in females (n= 117; final height -0.44 1.17 SDs vs target height). Georgopoulos NA, Theodoropoulou A, Rottstein L, Koukkou E, Mylonas P, Vagenakis G, Labropoulou E, Polikarpou G, Tsekouras A, Giamalis P, Kourounis G, Vagenakis AG, Markou K. Final height in rhythmic and artistic gymnasts. Proceedings 12th European Meeting of the International Association for Adolescent Health, Athens, September 21-23, 2006:65 (abs).

References

1. Ruggeri S, Centenari C, Baroncelli GI, Bertelloni S. Spon training in children. Turk Arch Pediatr 2004;39(Suppl 1): 122-126.

2. Currie C, Roberts C, Morgan A, Smith R, Settertobulte W, Samdal O, Barnekow Rasmussen V. Young people’s health in context. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) study: International report from the 2001/2002 survey. Denmark: World Health Organization, Europe Regional Office; 2002.

3. Kimm SY, Glynn NW, Kriska AM, Barton BA, Kronsberg SS, Daniels SR, Crawford PB, Sabry ZI, Liu K. Decline in physical activity in black girls and white girls during adolescence. N Engl J Med 2002;347:709-415.

4. Tucci M, Bertelloni S. Gli adolescenti e i media: un’indagine in Italia. Riv Ital Med Adolesc 2003;1(Suppl 1):156-157.

5. Warren MP. The female athlete. Baillieres Clin Endocrinol Metab 2000;14:37-53.

6. Parent AS, Teilmann G, Juul A, Skakkebaek NE, Toppari J, Bourguignon JP. The timing of normal puberty and the age limits of sexual precocity: variations around the world, secular trends, and changes after migration. Endocr Rev 2003; 24:668-693.

7. Mirwald RL, Bailey DA, Cameron N, Rasmussen RL. Longitudinal comparison of aerobic power in active and inactive boys aged 7.0 to 17.0 years. Ann Hum Biol 1981;8:405-414.

8. Beunen GP, Malina RM, Renson R. Physical activity and growth, maturation and performance: a longitudinal study. Med Sci Sports Exerc 1992;24:576-585.

9. Damsgaard R, Bencke R, Matthiesen G, Petersen JH, Muller J. Is prepubertal growth adversely affected by sport? Med Sci Sports Exerc 1999;32:1698-1703.

10. Malina RM. Physical activity and training: effects on stature and the adolescent growth spurt. Med Sci Sports Exerc 1994;26:759- 766.

11. Bass S, Bradney M, Pearce G, Hendrich E, Inge K, Stuckey S, Lo SK, Seeman E. Short stature and delayed puberty in gymnasts: influence of selection bias on leg length and the duration of trai\ning on trunk length. J Pediatr 2000; 136:149155.

12. Georgopoulos NA, Markou KB, Theodoropoulos A, Vagenakis GA, Benardot D, Leglise M, Dimopoulos JC, Vagenakis AG. Height velocity and skeletal maturation in elite female rhythmic gymnasts. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001;86:5159-5164.

13. Daly RM, Caine D, Bass SL, Pieter W, Broekhoff J. Growth of highly versus moderately trained competitive female artistic gymnasts. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2005;37:1053-1060.

14. Theintz GE, Howald H, Weiss U, Sizonenko PC. Evidence for a reduction of growth potential in adolescent female gymnasts. J Pediatr 1993;122:306-313.

15. Eliakim A, Brasel JA, Mohan S, Wong WL, Cooper DM. Increased physical activity and the growth hormone-IGF-I axis in adolescent males. Am J Physiol 1998;275:R308-R314.

16. Caine D, Lewis R, O’Connor P, Howe W, Bass S. Does gymnastics training inhibit growth of females? Clin J Sport Med 2001; 11:260- 270.

17. Jahreis G, Kauf E, Frohner G, Schmidt HE. Influence of intensive exercise on insulin-like growth factor I, thyroid and steroid hormones in female gymnasts. Growth Regul 1991;1:95-99.

18. Eliakim A, Brasel JA, Mohan S, Barstow TJ, Berman N, Cooper DM. Physical fitness, endurance training, and the growth hormone- insulin-like growth factor I system in adolescent females. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996;81:3986-3992.

19. Federico G, Favilli T, Cinquanta L, Ughi C, Saggese G. Effect of celiac disease and gluten-free diet on growth hormonebinding protein, insulin-like growth factor-I, and insulin-like growth factor-binding proteins. Horm Res 1997;48:108-114.

20. Modan-Moses D, Yaroslavsky A, Novikov I, Segev S, Toledano A, Miterany E, Stein D. Stunting of growth as a major feature of anorexia nervosa in male adolescents. Pediatrics 2003; 111:270-276.

21. Danziger Y, Mukamel M, Zeharia A, Dinari G, Mimouni M. Stunting of growth in anorexia nervosa during the prepubertal and pubertal period. Isr J Med Sci 1994;30:581-584.

22. Lantzouni E, Frank GR, Golden NH, Shenker RI. Reversibility of growth stunting in early onset anorexia nervosa: a prospective study. J Adolesc Health 2002;31:162-165.

23. Genazzani AD. Neuroendocrine aspects of amenorrhea related to stress. Pediatr Endocrinol Rev 2005;2:661-668.

24. Malina RM. Physical growth and biological maturation of young athletes. Exerc Sport Sci Rev 1994;22:339-343.

25. Armstrong N, Welsman J. Physiology of the child athlete. Lancet 2005; 366(Suppl 1):S44-S45.

26. Frisch RE, Gotz-Welbergen AV, McArthur JW, Albright T, Witschi J, Bullen B, Birnholz J, Reed RB, Hermann H. Delayed menarche and amenorrhea of college athletes in relation to age of onset of training. J Am Med Assoc 1981;246:1559-1563.

27. Costantini NW, Warren P. Menstrual dysfunction in swimmers: a distinct entity. J CHn Endocrinol Metab 1995;80:2740-2744.

28. Ubertini G, Colabianchi D, Bizzarri C, Ricci S, Cappa M. The adolescent female athlete triad. Ital J Pediatr 2002; 28:262-268.

29. Birch K. Female athlete triad. Br Med J 2005;330:244-246.

30. Castelo-Branco C, Reina F, Montivero AD, Colodron M, Vanrell JA. Influence of high-intensity training and of dietetic and anthropometric factors on menstrual cycle disorders in ballet dancers. Gynecol Endocrinol 2006;22:31-35.

31. Klentrou P, Plyley M. Onset of puberty, menstrual frequency, and body fat in elite rhythmic gymnasts compared with normal controls. Br J Sports Med 2003;37:490-494.

32. Gurd B, Klentrou P. Physical and pubertal development in young male gymnasts. J Appl Physiol 2003;95:10111015.

33. Stafford DEJ. Altered hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis function in young female athletes: implications and recommendations for management. Treat Endocrinol 2005;4:147154.

34. Weimann E, Blum WF, Witzel C, Schwidergall S, Bohles HJ. Hypoleptinemia in female and male elite gymnasts. Eur J Clin Invest 1999;29:853-860.

35. Blum WF, Englaro P, Hanitsch S, Juul A, Hertel NT, Muller J, Skakkebaek NE, Heiman ML, Birkett M, Attanasio AM, et al. Plasma leptin levels in healthy children and adolescents: dependence on body mass index, body fat mass, gender, pubertal stage, and testosterone. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1997;82:2904-2910.

36. Lucia A, Chicharro JL, Perez M, Serratosa L, Bandres F, Legido JC. Reproductive function in male endurance athletes: sperm analysis and hormonal profile. J Appl Physiol 1996;81:2627-2636.

37. Tritos NA, Kokkotou EG. The physiology and potential clinical applications of ghrelin, a novel peptide hormone. Mayo Clin Proc 2006;81:653-660.

38. Soriano-Guillen L, Barrios V, Campos-Barros A, Argente J. Ghrelin levels in obesity and anorexia nervosa: effect of weight reduction or recuperation. J Pediatr 2004; 144:3642.

39. Tolle V, Kadem M, Bluet-Pajot MT, Frere D, Foulon C, Bossu C, Dardennes R, Mounier C, Zizzari P, Lang F, et al. Balance in ghrelin and leptin plasma levels in anorexia nervosa patients and constitutionally thin women. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2003;88:109- 116.

40. Saggese G, Baroncelli GI, Bertelloni S. Puberty and bone development. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab 2002;16:53-64.

41. Vicente-Rodriguez G. How does exercise affect bone development during growth? Sports Med 2006;36:561-569.

42. Janz K. Physical activity and bone development during childhood and adolescence. Minerva Pediatr 2002;54:93104.

43. Kannus P, Haapasalo H, Sankelo M, Sievanen H, Pasanen M, Heinonen A, Oja P, Vuori I. Effect of starting age of physical activity on bone mass in the dominant arm of tennis and squash players. Ann Intern Med 1995;123:27-31.

44. Bailey DA, McKay HA, Mirwald RL, Cracker PR, Faulkner RA. A six-year longitudinal study of the relationship of physical activity to bone mineral accrual in growing children: the university of Saskatchewan bone mineral accrual study. J Bone Miner Res 1999; 14:1672-1679.

45. Duncan CS, Blimkie CJ, Cowell CT, Burke ST, Briody JN, Howman- Giles R. Bone mineral density in adolescent female athletes: relationship to exercise type and muscle strength. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2002;34:286-294.

46. Laing EM, Massoni JA, Nickols-Richardson SM, Modlesky CM, O’Connor PJ, Lewis RD. A prospective study of bone mass and body composition in female adolescent gymnasts. J Pediatr 2002;141:211- 216.

47. Sundberg M, Gardsell P, Johnell O, Karlsson MK, Omstein E, Sandstedt B, Sernbo I. Physical activity increases bone size in prepubertal boys and bone mass in prepubertal girls: a combined cross-sectional and 3-year longitudinal study. Calcif Tissue Int 2002;71:406-115.

48. Eliakim A, Brasel JA, Mohan S, Barstow TJ, Herman N, Cooper DM. Physical fitness, endurance training, and the growth hormone- insulin-like growth factor I system in adolescent females. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996;81:3986-3992.

49. MacKelvie KJ, Khan KM, McKay HA. Is there a critical period for bone response to weight-bearing exercise in children and adolescents? A systematic review. Br J Sports Med 2002;36:250-257.

50. Waldrop J. Early identification and interventions for female athlete triad. J Pediatr Health Care 2005;19:213-220.

51. Baroncelli GI, Bertelloni S, Sodini F, Saggese G. Osteoporosis in children and adolescents: etiology and management. Paediatr Drugs 2005;7:295-323.

52. Nichols JF, Rauh MJ, Lawson MJ, Ji M, Barkai HS. Prevalence of the female athlete triad syndrome among high school athletes. Arch Pediatr Adolesc Med 2006;160:137142.

53. Beals KA, Hill AK. The prevalence of disordered eating, menstrual dysfunction, and low bone mineral density among US collegiate athletes. Int J Sport Nutr Exerc Metab 2006; 16:1-23.

54. Torstveit MK, Sundgot-Borgen J. The female athlete triad exists in both elite athletes and controls. Med Sci Sports Exerc 2005;37:1449-1459.

55. DiPietro L, Stachenfeld NS. The myth of the female athlete triad. Br J Sports Med 2006;40:490-493.

SILVANO BERTELLONI, SILVIA RUGGERI, & GIAMPIERO I. BARONCELLI

Adolescent Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, University of Pisa, Pisa, Italy

(Received 22 March 2006; revised 28 August 2006; accepted 8 September 2006)

Correspondence: S. Bertelloni, Division of Paediatrics, Department of Reproductive Medicine and Paediatrics, University of Pisa, Santa Chiara Hospital, Via Roma 67, 1-56125 Pisa, Italy. Tel: 39 050 992743. Fax: 39 050 550595. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Nov 2006

(c) 2006 Gynecological Endocrinology. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

In Vitro Estrogenic Activity of Formononetin By Two Bioassay Systems

By Ji, Zhao-Ning; Zhao, W Y; Liao, G R; Choi, R C; Et al

Abstract

Aim. To study the estrogenic activity of formononetin in vitro.

Methods. We have established a highly sensitive bioassay system by placing estrogen-responsive elements upstream of the luciferase reporter gene, and used this assay to determine the estrogenic activity of formononetin. Cell growth was measured by the MTT (3- (4,5-dimethylthioazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide) assay and MG-63 cell function was studied by measuring alkaline phosphatase activity.

Results. Formononetin activated expression of the estrogen- responsive reporter gene in human breast cell line MCF-7 in a concentration-dependent manner (0.5-500 M), and this activation was inhibited by estrogen antagonist (ICI 182780 at 100 nM). Furthermore, it induced the proliferation of MCF-7 breast cancer cells and MG-63 osteosarcoma cells, and it also increased the alkaline phosphatase activity in MG-63 cells.

Conclusion. Formononetin is a phytoestrogen that exhibits variable degrees of estrogen receptor agonism in different test systems.

Keywords: Formononetin, transfection, MCF7-ERE cell, MG-63 cell estrogenic activity, alkaline phosphatase

Introduction

During the period of menopause and postmenopause, many women experience one or more symptoms such as hot flushes, depression, mood wings, sleeping disorders, vaginal dryness, and joint pain, largely due to a lack of estrogen. Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) helps to relieve menopausal symptoms; in addition, the risk of osteoporosis, cardiovascular disease, dementia from Alzheimer’s disease and certain types of cancer is reduced [1]. However, despite the beneficial effects of estrogen replacement therapy on cognition, estrogen use in postmenopausal women is associated with increased risks of uterine cancer and potentially an increase in neoplasms of the breast, especially after long-term use. In contrast, several reports indicate that phytoestrogens do not promote neoplasms of the breast and uterus, but instead reduce the risk of developing several types of cancer, most notably breast cancer.

Phytoestrogen-associated risk reduction of breast cancer is of critical significance not only for the potential of reducing breast cancer incidence, but also because the specter of breast cancer has a significant and pervasive influence in health choices that impact on other disease risks. There has been tremendous interest in the possibility that phytoestrogens may be an alternative to postmenopausal HRT, because concerns about side-effects and long- term health consequences prevent many women from using HRT for amelioration of the discomforts and increased disease risk associated with the menopausal transition [2-4].

Radix Astragali (root of Astragalus; Huangqt), a common traditional Chinese medicine, has been proved to be an immunostimulant, tonic (adaptogenic), hepatoprotective, diuretic, antidiabetic, analgesic, expectorant and sedative drug [5,6]. Although Radix Astragali has a long history of use in Chinese herbal medicine, its pharmacological properties and clinical applications have not been studied until recently. Radix Astragali has been demonstrated to have a wide range of immunopotentiating effects and has been used as an adjunct medicine during cancer therapy [7]. Formononetin is an active component extracted from this herb, but there is little basic information about the pharmacological effects of formononetin. In the present study, the estrogenic activity of formononetin was analyzed. The ability of formononetin to increase estrogen-dependent MCF-7 human breast cancer cells was measured at several different concentrations. Also, the effect of formononetin on the estrogen receptor (ER) was examined using stably transfected MCF-7 cells. Moreover, the effects of formononetin on human osteosarcoma MG-63 cell growth and alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity were investigated.

Methods

Materials

Formononetin (purity >95%) was purchased from National Institute for the Control of Pharmaceutical and Biological Products, China (Figure 1). Cell culture reagents were obtained from Gibco RBL (Grand Island, NY, USA). 170-Estradiol (1,3,5[10]estratriene-3,17 β-diol), 3-(4,5-dimethylthioazol-2-yl)2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT) and p-nitrophenyl phosphate (PNPP) were purchased from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO, USA). All other chemicals were of analytical grade. Each concentration of the test chemicals and 17 β-estradiol was prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide as a 1000-fold stock solution for screening in the in vitro bioassays.

Plasmid construction

For construction of the estrogen-responsive reporter plasmid, two primers, 5′-GGTCACAGTGACCGC GGCCGCTCTACAGTCGACGGTCACAGTGA CC-3′ and 5′-GGTCACTGTGACCGTCGACTG TAGAGCGGCCGCGGTCACTGTGACC-3′ (underlined: estrogen-responsive element (ERE), bold: Nod site) containing two EREs [8], were annealed and subcloned into pTA-Luc luciferase reporter vector (BD Biosciences Clontech) to form pERELuc. The plasmid DNAs encoding various constructs were purified by Qiagen column.

Figure 1. Chemical structure of formononetin.

Cell cultures and stable transfection

Human breast cancer cells, MCF-7, and osteosarcoma cells, MG-63, were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection and grown in modified Eagle’s medium (MEM) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 2 mM L-glutamine, 0.1 mM non-essential amino acid, 1 mM pyruvate, 100 units penicillin/ml and 100 g streptomycin/ml in an incubator containing humidified CO2 (5%) at 37C. Prior to the beginning of each experiment, all cells were grown in estrogen-free media for at least 2 days. Estrogen-free media substituted phenol redfree MEM and 10% heat-inactivated 3 charcoalstripped FBS. To establish stable transfection, MCF-7 cells were transfected by the standard calcium phosphate method [9], followed by selection with G418 (CalBiochem). The identity of pERELuc stably transfected MCF-7 was confirmed by estrogen-induced luciferase activity.

Luciferase assays

Protein concentration was measured routinely using the Bradford (1976) method with a Bio-Rad Protein Assay Kit (Bi-Rad Laboratories, Richmond, CA, USA). Luciferase assay was performed according to the kit supplied. In brief, drug-treated and cDNAtransfected MCF-7 cells were washed with phosphatebuffered saline (PBS) and resuspended in 0.2% Triton X-100, 1 mM dithiothreitol and 100 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.8). Ten microliters of lysate were taken for the luciferase assay using 17/?-estradiol as positive control. The luminescent reaction was quantified by a Tropix TR717 microplate luminometer (Tropix, Bedford, MA, USA) and the activity was expressed as absorbance per mg of protein.

Growth assay

MCF-7 cells were seeded into a 96-well plate (2 10^sup 3^ cells/ well) in 100 l of estrogen-free medium on day O (dO). The following day (dl) this medium was removed, and 100 l of medium containing the appropriate compound were added. All compounds were dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide and added to media at a 1:1000 dilution. Medium was changed on d5 with a fresh aliquot containing the appropriate stimulus, and experiments were ended on d8. MG-63 cells were treated with medium containing the appropriate compound for 72 h. Cell growth was determined by the MTT assay, as described previously [10]. Absorbance at 570 nm was measured using a microplate reader (Dynatech MR5000). All experiments were performed in triplicate.

Alkaline phosphatase activity

ALP activity in MG-63 cells was measured by the hydrolysis of PNPP [U]. Briefly, cells were plated in 33-mm dishes and incubated with phenol red-free medium plus 10% charcoal-stripped FBS. After 48 h, cells were washed with ice-cold PBS (pH 7.4), scraped into 0.2 ml of 0.1% Triton X-100, and rapidly frozen and thawed three times to complete the lysis. One hundred microliters of the homogenate were added to the substrate solution (100 l), which contained 10 mM PNPP in 100 mM diethanolamine buffer (pH 10.5) supplemented with 0.5 mM MgCl^sub 2^. After 30 min of incubation at 37C, the reaction was terminated by addition of 100 l of 2 M NaOH, and ALP was determined spectrophotometrically (405 nm) by measuring p-nitrophenol released from the substrate. Total protein was measured with the Bio-Rad Protein Assay Kit (Bio-Rad Laboratories). Enzyme activity was expressed as mol of substrate cleaved per mg of cell protein.

Statistical analysis

Results are expressed as mean standard error of the mean and evaluated by analysis of variance.

Results

Determination of the responsiveness of the reporter gene in stably transfected MCF-7 cells

In order to determine the sensitivity of the assay system to estrogenic compounds, the prototypic agonist (17 β-estradiol) for the ER was assayed for its ability to induce expression of the luciferase reporter. Figure 2 shows the dose-dependent induction of luciferase activity when challenged with various concentrations of estrogen. Maximal activation of the transfected MCF-7 cells was achieved at 17 β-estradiol concentration of 10 nM, which resulted in a 3.28-fold induction of luciferase activity compared with control. The estrogen antagonist ICI 182780 (100 nM) inhibited reporter gene activation by 17 β-estradiol.

Figure 2. Activation of estrogen-responsive reporter plasmids by 17 β-estradiol in MCF-7 cells. In this experiment, MCF-7 cells were \treated with various concentrations of 17 β-estradiol (E; 0.001-1000 nM) for 48 h in the absence or presence of ICI 182780 (100 nM). Data are means, with standard error of the mean shown by vertical bars, of three separate experiments performed in triplicate. Mean values were significantly different compared with the control group: *p

Transcriptional activity of formononetin in transfected MCF-7 cells

Transfected MCF-7 cells were treated with various concentrations of formononetin or with 17 β-estradiol (10 nM) for 48 h. The transcriptional activity of formononetin increased in a dose- dependent (0.5-500 M) manner in the absence or presence of ICI 182780 at 100 nM, reaching 83.15% (5.87%) of the 17 β- estradiol (10 nM) response at 500 M (Figure 3).

Effect of formononetin on the growth of MCF-7 cells

MCF-7 cells, an estrogen-dependent breast cancer cell line, were used to examine the effects of formononetin and 17 β-estradiol on cell growth. As shown in Figure 4, formononetin significantly stimulated the growth of MCF-7 cells in a concentrationdependent (0.5-500 M) manner. To determine whether the induced cell proliferation was mediated via an ER-dependent mechanism, each formononetin dose was tested in combination with the pure estrogen antagonist ICI 182780 (100 nM) (Figure 4).

Figure 3. Transcriptional activation by formononetin is estrogen receptor-mediated. MCF-7 cells were transfected with pERE-Luc, incubated with the indicated concentrations of formononetin (F; 0.5- 500 M) or estradiol (E; 10 nM) in the absence or presence of ICI 182780 (100 nM), and assayed for luciferase activity. Data are means, with standard error of the mean shown by vertical bars, of three separate experiments performed in triplicate. Mean values were significantly different compared with the control group: *p

Figure 4. Effect of formononetin on the growth of MCF-7 cells. MCF-7 cells were cultured for 8 days in the presence of 17β- estradiol (E; 10 nM) or formononetin (F; 0.5-500 M) with or without ICI 182780 (100 nM) or in control medium. Data are means, with standard error of the mean shown by vertical bars, of three separate experiments performed in triplicate. Mean values were significantly different compared with the control group: *p

Effect of formononetin on the growth of MG-63 cells

The effect of formononetin on the proliferation of human osteosarcoma MG-63 cells was also investigated using the MTT assay. MG-63 cells were treated with various concentrations of formononetin (0.5-500 M) or with 17β-estradiol (10 nM) for 72 h. Formononetin significantly stimulated the growth of MG-63 cells in a concentration-dependent (0.5-500 M) manner (Figure 5).

Effect of formononetin on osteoblastic cell differentiation

Subconfluent cultures were treated with formononetin and assayed for cell-associated ALP activity, which is a marker of bone differentiation. As shown in Figure 6, estrogen significantly increased ALP activity. In cultures treated with formononetin (0.5- 500 M) for 72 h, a concentration-dependent significant increase in ALP activity was also observed compared with untreated cells.

Discussion

Formononetin is an isoflavone with known estrogenlike activity, which is metabolized to daidzein – the metabolically active compound – under cell-specific metabolic activation [12-14]. By using several different assay systems in the present study, we have demonstrated that formononetin is a phytoestrogen. It activated the expression of estrogen-responsive reporter gene in human breast MCF-7 cell line, and this activation was inhibited by the estrogen antagonist ICI 182780. Furthermore, it induced the proliferation of MCF-7 breast cancer cells and MG-63 osteosarcoma cells, and it also increased the ALP activity in MG-63 cells.

Figure 5. Effect of formononetin on the growth of MG-63 cells as determined by MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthioazol-2-yl)-2,5- diphenyltetrazolium bromide) assay. Cells were treated with various concentrations of formononetin (F; 0.5-500 M) or with 17β- estradiol (E; 10 nM) for 72 h. Data are means, with standard error of the mean shown by vertical bars, of three separate experiments performed in triplicate. Mean values were significantly different compared with the control group: *p

Figure 6. Regulation of alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity by estrogen and formononetin in MG-63 cells. Cells were subsequently treated with 17β-estradiol (E; 10 nM) of formononetin (F; 0.5- 500 M) for 72 h. Each treatment was performed in triplicate; data means, with standard error of the mean shown by vertical bars, of three separate experiments expressed as a percentage of the control value. Mean values were significantly different compared with the control group: *p

Estrogens have been shown to exert a variety of beneficial effects in men and women. They are recognized to protect against postmenopausal symptoms, osteoporosis, heart attack and other cardiovascular problems, and possibly Alzheimer’s disease. Diphenolic phytoestrogens are plant substances that show some structural similarity to 17β-estradiol and that bind to the ER, producing estrogenic effects. Studies performed in vitro and on animal models have revealed that these substances binding to the ER exert hormonal and/or antihormonal effects. Recently, mounting evidence suggests that plant-derived estrogens (phytoestrogens) may exert beneficial effects on the above-mentioned chronic diseases [15,16]. Our experiments using in vitro models demonstrated the phytoestrogenic effect of formononetin.

Bioassay using reporter genes has certain advantages. In contrast to immunoassay, it is more sensitive and requires smaller amounts of sample than an in vivo assay. A reporter gene system capable of detecting the presence of chemicals with estrogenlike activity requires a host cell that expresses the ER or can be transfected with a vector expressing ER. MCF-7 cell line was chosen for this study because it expresses ER. Unlike other bioassays that have been developed for assessing exogenous estrogenic compounds, the reporter gene assay possesses the unique advantage of allowing detection of variations in estrogen responsiveness, sensitivity and specificity that exist between ER encoded by different species. This aspect of the assay is relevant for the purposes of assessing the presence of phytoestrogens in both natural products and traditional Chinese medicines that may possess potential applications [17,18].

The proliferation of MCF-7 cells is a wellestablished biological response to estrogen and a useful screening tool for compounds that may function as estrogen agonists [19,2O]. Additionally, estrogen- induced proliferation can be blocked by the addition of antiestrogenic compounds such as ICI 182780 or tamoxifen [21]. Here we demonstrated that estrogen alone was capable of stimulating MCF7 cell proliferation, as measured using the MTT assay. To verify that the increase in cell growth was due to an estrogen-like response, we utilized the pure estrogen antagonist ICI 182780. In all studies, ICI 182780 (100 nM) blocked the induction of estrogendependent cell proliferation by formononetin. This suggests that the increase of estrogen-stimulated MCF-7 cell proliferation by formononetin is due to the estrogenic activities of formononetin.

Osteoporosis associated with estrogen deficiency is the most common cause of age-related bone loss. HRT can resolve most postmenopausal problems. However, compliance with HRT is poor because of its associated risks of breast and endometrial cancers with long-term use [22,23]. In the search for an alternative treatment, the potential health benefits of phytoestrogens have been suggested [24,25]. There is considerable evidence indicating that phytoestrogens, like certain selective estrogen receptor modulators, have estrogenic action on bone and the cardiovascular system, and have antiestrogenic action on the breast and uterus [26]. Phytoestrogens have been proposed to prevent bone rsorption and promote bone density. Especially, the beneficial effects of phytoestrogens on bone maintenance are under active evaluation. Several recent reports indicate that phytoestrogen prevents bone loss associated with the reduction of endogenous estrogen occurring in postmenopausal women and experimentally in ovariectomized animals [27-29]. Besides soy isoflavones, limited data are available on the bone-protecting effects of phytoestrogens from other plants. In the present study, we observed that formononetin significantly increased proliferation and ALP activity of human osteosarcoma cells MG-63.

In conclusion, the data presented here demonstrate the estrogenic effect of formononetin. Formononetin may be available as a lead compound for phytoestrogen agents that can offer estrogenic activity as well as treatment of postmenopausal symptoms, osteoporosis and other cardiovascular diseases. However, further studies are required to determine the mechanism by which formononetin possesses its estrogenic effect.

Acknowledgement

This study was partly supported by a hospital grant from Yijishan Hospital, Wannan Medicial awarded to Dr Ji, which the authors gratefully acknowledge.

References

1. Rymer J, Wilson R, Ballard K. Making decisions about hormone replacement therapy. Br Med J 2003;326:322-326.

2. Kurzer MS. Phytoestrogen supplement use by women. J Nutr 2003;133:1983S-1986S.

3. Setchell KDR. Soy isoflavones – benefits and risks from nature’s selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs). J Am Coll Nutr 2001;20:354S-362S.

4. Glazier MG, Bowman MA. A review of the evidence for the use of phytoestrogens as a replacement for traditional estrogen replacement therapy. Arch Intern Med 2001;161:1161-1172.

5. Sinclair S. Chinese herbs: a clinical review of Astragalus, Ligusacum, and Schizandrae. Altern M\ed Rev 1998;3:338-344.

6. The State Pharmacopoeia Commission of P.R. China. Pharmacopoeia of the People’s Republic of China. Beijing: Chemical Industry Press; 2000. p 161.

7. Zee-Cheng RK. Shi-quan-da-bu-tang (ten significant tonic decoction), SQT. A potent Chinese biological response modifier in cancer immunotherapy, potenuation and detoxification of anticancer drugs. Methods Find Exp Clin Pharmacol 1992;14:725-736.

8. Miller S, Kennedy D, Thomson J, Han F, Smith R, Ing N, Piedrahita J, Busbee D. A rapid and sensitive reporter gene that uses green fluorescent protein expression to detect chemicals with estrogenic activity. Toxicol Sei 2000;55:69-77.

9. Siow NL, Choi PC, Cheng AW, Jiang JX, Wan DC, Zhu SQ, Tsim KW. A cyclic AMP-dependent pathway regulates expression of acetylcholinesterase during myogenic differentiation of C2C12 cells. J Biol Chem 2002;277:36129-36136.

10. Ji ZN, Ye WC, Liu GQ, Huang Y. Inhibition of telomerase activity and bcl-2 expression in berbamine-induced apoptosis in HL- 60 cells. Plant Med 2002;68:596-600.

11. Ibbotson KJ, Harrod J, Gowen M, D’Souza S, Smith DD, Winkler ME, Derynck R, Mundy GR. Human recombinant transforming growth factor alpha stimulates bone resorption and inhibits formation in vitro. Proc Nad Acad Sei USA 1986;83:2228-2232.

12. Kuiper GG, Lemmen JG, Carlsson B, Corton JC, Safe SH, van der Saag PT, van der Burg B, Gustafsson J-A. Interaction of estrogenic chemicals and phytoestrogens with estrogen receptor 0. Endocrinology 1998;139:4252-4263.

13. Lupu R, Mehmi I, Atlas E, Tsai MS, Pisha E, Oketch-Rabah HA, Nuntanakorn P, Kennelly EJ, Kronenberg F. Black cohosh, a menopausal remedy, does not have estrogenic activity and does not promote breast cancer cell growth. Im J Oncol 2003;23:1407-1412.

14. Booth NL, Overk CR, Yao P, Totura S, Deng Y, Hedayat AS, Bolton JL, Pauli GF, Farnsworth NR. Seasonal variation of red clover (Trifolium pratense L., Fabaceae) isoflavones and estrogenic activity. J Agric Food Chem 2006;54:1277-1282.

15. Knihgt DC, Eden JA. A review of the clinical effects of phytoestrogens. Obstet Gynecol 1996;87:897-904.

16. Brandi ML. Natural and synthetic isoflavones in the prevention and treatment of chronic diseases. Calcif Tissue Int 1997;61:S5-S8.

17. Shiizaki K, Goto K, Ishige A, Komatsu Y. Bioassay of phytoestrogen in herbal medicine used for postmenopausal disorder using transformed MCF-7 cells. Phytother Res 1999; 13:498503.

18. Miller-Martini DM, Chan RYK, Ip NY, Sheu SJ, Wong YH. A reporter gene assay for the detection of phytoestrogens in traditional Chinese medicine. Phytother Res 2001;15:487492.

19. Klotz DM, Beckman BS, Hill SM, McLachlan JA, Walters MR, Arnold SF. Identification of environmental chemicals with estrogenic activity using a combination of in vitro assays. Environ Health Perspect 1996;104:84-89.

20. Wiese TE, Kral LG, Dennis KE, Butler WB, Brooks SC. Optimization of estrogen growth in MCF-7 cells. In Vitro Cell DevBiol 1992;28A:595-602.

21. Gehm BD, McAndrew JM, Chien PY, Jameson JL. Resveratrol, a polyphenolic compound found in grapes and wine, is an agonist for the estrogen receptor. Proc Natl Acad Sei USA 1997;94:14138-14143.

22. Genant HK, Baylink DJ, Gallagher JC. Estrogens in the prevention of osteoporosis in postmenopausal women. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1989; 161:1842-1846.

23. Persson I, Weiderpass E, Bergkvist L, Bergstrom R, Schairer C. Ricks of breast and endometrial cancer after estrogen-progestin replacement. Cancer Causes Control 1999;10:253-260.

24. Anderson JB, Garner SC. The effects of phytoestrogens on bone. NutrRes 1997; 17:1617-1632.

25. Tham DM, Gardner CD, Haskell WL. Clinical review 97: potential health benefits of dietary phytoestrogens: a review of the clinical, epidemiological, and mechanistic evidence. Eur J Clin Nutr 1998;52:850-855.

26. Brzezinski A, Debi A. Phytoestrogens: the ‘natural’ selective estrogen receptor modulators? Eur J Obstet Ggynecol Reprod Biol 1999;85:47-51.

27. Alekel DL, Germain AS, Peterson CT, Hanson KB, Stewart JW, Toda T. Isoflavone-rich soy protein isolate attenuates bone loss in the lumbar spine of perimenopausal women. Am J CHn Nutr 2000;72:844- 852.

28. Ishimi Y, Arai N, Wang X, Wu J, Umegaki K, Miyaura C, Takeda A, Ikegami S. Difference in effective dosage of genistein on bone and uterus in ovariectomized mice. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2000;274:697-701.

29. FantiP, Monier-Faugere MC, Geng Z, Schmidt J, Morris PE, Cohen D, Malluche HH. The phytoestrogen genistein reduces bone loss in short-term ovariectomized rats. Osteoporos Int 1998;8:274-281.

ZHAO-NING JI1, W. Y. ZHAO1, G. R. LIAO2, R. C. CHOI3, C. K. LO3, T. T. X. DONG3, & K. W. K. TSIM3

1 Department of Oncology, Yijishan Hospital, Wannan Medical College, Wuhu, China, 2 Department of Pharmacy, Guangdong

Provincial People’s Hospital, Guangzhou, China, and 3 Department of Biology, The Hong Kong University of Science and

Technology, Hong Kong SAR, China

(Accepted 25 July 2006)

Correspondence: Z.-N. Ji, Department of Oncology, Yijishan Hospital, Wannan Medical College, Wuhu, Anhui Province, 241001 People’s Republic of China.

Tel: 86 553 5739311. Fax: 86 553 5739311. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Oct 2006

(c) 2006 Gynecological Endocrinology. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Hormone Replacement Therapy in Menopausal Women: Past Problems and Future Possibilities

By Schmidt, John W; Wollner, Debra; Curcio, Jessica; Riedlinger, June; Kim, Linda S

Abstract

Oral administration of conjugated equine estrogens (CEE) with and without the synthetic progestin medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA) in postmenopausal women is associated with side-effects that include increased risk of stroke and breast cancer. The current evidence that transdermal administration of estradiol may provide a safer alternative to orally administered CEE is reviewed. Transdermally administered estradiol has been shown to be an efficacious treatment for hot flushes possibly without the increase in blood clotting that is associated with administration of oral CEE. Further, natural progesterone may have a more beneficial spectrum of physiological effects than synthetic progestins. The substantial differences between CEE compared with estradiol and estriol, as well as the differences between synthetic MPA and natural progesterone, are detailed. Estriol is an increasingly popular alternative hormone therapy used for menopausal symptoms. There is evidence that estriol, by binding preferentially to estrogen receptor-β, may inhibit some of the unwanted effects of estradiol. New clinical trials are needed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of topically or transdermally administered combinations of estradiol, estriol and progesterone. Future studies should focus on relatively young women who begin estrogen supplement use near the start of menopause.

Keywords: Hormone replacement therapy, bioidentical hormone replacement therapy, menopause, review

Introduction

For decades, hormone replacement therapy (HRT) has been widely used to treat the debilitating and unpleasant symptoms of menopause in healthy women. Due to efficacy, cost and convenience, the primary treatment of choice in the USA has until recently been oral conjugated equine estrogens (CEE; sold as Premarin(TM)) with or without a progestin (usually medroxyprogesterone acetate, MPA; sold as Provera(TM)). However, since the beginning of the current century, several large-scale studies have been published that demonstrate a significant possibility of serious-side effects, particularly in older women many years past menopause, using these treatments. This has led many women and their physicians to question whether the benefits of oral HRT outweigh the risks. There is a need for safer alternatives; however, caution must be exercised to demonstrate safety and efficacy of alternative treatments before another generation of women begins treatment with inadequately tested therapies that also may eventually prove unsafe. Here we review recent studies of HRT, and suggest possible alternative therapies that must undergo rigorous testing to provide evidence of safety before they are prescribed for popular use.

HRT is often prescribed to treat symptoms associated with menopause, including hot flushes, night sweats and sleep disturbances [I]. This paper is designed to address concerns of healthy women seeking relief of moderate to severe menopausal symptoms (e.g. hot flushes). With the correct type of estrogen for treatment of vasomotor symptoms, there may also be health benefits that target bones and other tissues, including the cardiovascular system, in relatively young menopausal women.

This review specifically compares HRT using the different types of hormones clinically available, and notes some significant differences among the results obtained when studying chemically distinct forms of the same parent hormone. CEE are not equivalent to the human hormones estradiol and estriol, and the effects of synthetic progestins, e.g. MPA, are different from those of the major human progestogen, progesterone. Other progestins besides MPA are often used, particularly outside the USA, but this review focuses on differences between MPA and progesterone. Also, the various methods of administration of the hormone provide different results, as topical application is not equivalent to oral. This review addresses these differences in order to suggest safer HRT protocols for symptomatic menopausal women.

Placebo effect in hormone replacement therapy studies

Early clinical trials testing estrogen therapy for the treatment of vasomotor symptoms demonstrated that, for at least some populations of menopausal women, placebo control groups achieve large decreases in hot flush frequency [2]. According to a meta- analysis of 21 clinical trials with a total of 2511 participants, the average reported decline in hot flush frequency for placebo groups during estrogen supplementation studies was about 50% [3]. The central nervous system of many women naturally adapts to the lower level of estrogen after menopause, either without a period of hot flushes or with declining numbers of hot flushes over some years. These data from placebo-controlled studies suggest that many women seeking treatments for hot flushes may receive only a small benefit from estrogen supplementation over and above the natural decrease in symptoms they probably would have experienced without treatment; therefore it is important to have placebo-controlled clinical trials testing the efficacy of estrogen supplements. Crossover studies may optimally measure the natural decline in symptoms that occurs without drug intervention and the rebound of symptoms that can occur when estrogen supplements are withdrawn (discussed below, ‘Rebound hot flushes and hormone dependency’).

Current guidelines regarding hormone replacement therapy

Given the potential side-effects of estrogen supplements [4], and the fact that many menopausal women will see a natural reduction in incidence of hot flushes without treatment, the current view is that estrogen supplement use should be minimized (position statement of the North American Menopause Society [5]). Current HRT strategies involve use of the lowest effective dose for management of severe hot flushes and restrict hormone supplement use to the shortest possible duration. Unfortunately, very little is known about how to successfully remove postmenopausal women from estrogen supplements without triggering a return of vasomotor symptoms [6]. However, if managed properly in terms of dose and length of treatment, route of administration, correct combination of hormones and integration with appropriate behavior modification, the benefits of sex steroid hormone supplement use can be greater than the risks. Below, we review clinical trial results which suggest that there need be no urgency in ending the standard use of estrogen supplementation in women undergoing menopause and we discuss alternative forms of HRT that may have advantages over the type that was used in the Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) studies.

Given the variability of vasomotor symptoms between women [7] and variability in estrogen metabolism (discussed below), treatment should be individualized for menopausal women seeking relief from hot flushes, night sweats and associated sleep disruption. Non-drug alternatives such as behavior modification may successfully mitigate some vasomotor symptoms and correct sleep patterns for some women [8]. The data indicate that not all postmenopausal women with vasomotor symptoms benefit from estrogen supplements, so non- hormonal therapies should be properly considered in such women.

Rebound hot flushes and hormone dependency

While it is recommended that treatment of symptoms of menopause using HRT last for only a short period of time, the rebound hot flushes experienced by many women on cessation of hormone therapy [2] has sometimes led to the continuous use of HRT for many years. Women may become trapped into extended use because HRT may interfere with the body’s natural ability to adjust to the lower estrogen levels that occur in postmenopausal women. This ‘trapping’ effect, or dependency, of estrogen supplementation can be considered a side- effect of estrogen therapy and is an example of a general phenomenon observed when neuroactive substances are administered and then withdrawn [9]. In order to begin to address this issue, clinical studies of estrogen supplements for treating vasomotor symptoms in postmenopausal women should include a follow-up phase in which hot flush frequency is measured in women who stop using HRT. The collection of such data will begin to provide a basis for making better decisions about how to successfully wean women off estrogen supplements when the risks of long-term continuation exceed the benefits.

Risks of oral hormone replacement therapy

Women in the large, randomized, placebo-controlled WHI clinical trial had an average age at study screening of 63 years and were not selected specifically for active vasomotor symptoms [1O]. However, data specific for the youngest women in the study have been reported and analyzed separately, providing a comprehensive dataset for a wide range of health effects of HRT. Evidence of potentially serious risks with CEE and synthetic progestins, particularly in older women, has been accumulating. These risks include stroke, pulmonary embolism, other forms of cardiovascular disease (CVD), certain cancers and possibly dementia. Comparison of results from the WHPs ‘estrogen plus progestin’ (16608 women treated with Prempro(TM) (CEE plus MPA)) and ‘estrogen alone’ (10739 women treated with Premarin(TM)) arms allows distinctions to be made between the side- effects of Prempro\(TM) and Premarin(TM) (Table I) [10-16]. The major sideeffects associated with CEE plus MPA were blood clots, breast cancer and dementia, and with CEE alone the major side- effect was the formation of blood clots. Theses results indicate that increased blood clotting is a major risk with oral HRT in postmenopausal women.

Oral administration of estrogen and risk of blood clots

Since 1968, the ability of oral estrogens to stimulate blood clotting has been recognized as a side-effect [17], and noted in early clinical trials for postmenopausal women [2]. The widespread use of estrogen supplements for treating postmenopausal women was advocated within a context of such known risks [18]. Given the dangers with HRT, individualization, low doses and short-term use were all advised [19]. However, certain populations of women, such as those at risk for osteoporosis, were soon identified as candidates for long-term HRT [2O].

Table I. Side-effects observed with different hormone replacement therapy regimens in the Women’s Health Initiative [10,12-16].*

Enthusiasm that estrogen use would have great benefits for bone mineralization and the cardiovascular system [21] led to the abandonment of caution regarding the risk of increased blood clotting. Beneficial effects of HRT on osteoporosis have been confirmed by the WHI studies, but for older postmenopausal women without symptoms of estrogen deficiency, risks such as stroke with long-term use outweigh the potential benefits [22].

The WHI CEE plus MPA arm [10] found a 1.41fold increased risk of stroke (95% confidence interval (CI) 1.07-1.85). In the CEE alone arm [11], a similar 1.39-fold increased risk of stroke was reported (95% CI 1.10-1.77). Thus both the Heart and Estrogen/progestin Replacement Study [23] and the WHI failed to demonstrate cardiovascular benefits of using HRT for older postmenopausal women (Table I, total CVD). The WHI Observational Study of 89 914 women also showed that hysterectomy was associated with a 1.26-fold (p

Impact of age on side-effects of hormone replacement therapy

The results from the WHI estrogen alone arm are generally better for younger women than for older women [12]. For coronary heart disease, women who started CEE alone while in their fifties had a trend towards a 0.56-fold reduced risk (95% CI 0.30-1.03) compared with women in the placebo control group [12]. A trend towards decreased risk of coronary heart disease with estrogen use was not seen for women in the age group 70-79 years, where the hazard ratio (HR) was 1.04 (95% CI 0.75-1.44).

For women of all ages, there was a statistically significant 1.47- fold increased risk (95% CI 1.042.08) of deep vein thrombosis (Table II). However, for women who started the study in their fifties, there was a trend towards a smaller 1.22-fold increased risk (95% CI 0.62-2.42) that did not achieve statistical significance. Women who started CEE alone while in their fifties had an HR for stroke of 1.08 (95% CI 0.57-2.04), not statistically different from placebo [12]. These results suggest that if the estrogen alone study had been continued for its full duration, oral estrogen use by young menopausal women (starting estrogen use in their fifties) might have shown statistically significant benefits for coronary heart disease without as large a risk of blood clotting as was seen for older women (Table II). The results of the estrogen alone arm (Table II) do not authoritatively support the avoidance of estrogen supplement use by young menopausal women suffering from vasomotor symptoms.

Hormone replacement therapy and risk of endometrial cancer

Historically, there was a suspected association between estrogen supplementation and endometrial cancer [25], and the incidence of endometrial cancer cases increased dramatically following the introduction of widespread CEE use [26]. It was known that progestogens can have an inhibitory effect on the growth of endometrial tumors [27]. Controlled studies quickly showed that synthetic progestins can block the induction of endometrial cancer associated with estrogen supplementation [28]. Co-administration of a progestogen is still the standard method used to prevent estrogen- induced endometrial hyperplasia [29], but co-administration of a synthetic progestin has its own side-effects [10,11].

Table II. Disease incidence in the estrogen alone (CEE, Premarin(TM)) arm of the Women’s Health Initiative [12].*

Hormone replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer

An association has been demonstrated between combined synthetic progestin and estrogen use and elevated breast cancer risk in postmenopausal women [3O]. In the WHI study, use of CEE plus MPA (Table I) was associated with a 1.26-fold increased risk of breast cancer (95% CI 1.00-1.59), while CEE alone was associated with a 0.77-fold reduced risk (95% CI 0.59-1.01, p > 0.05). These results suggest that the association between HRT and increased risk of breast cancer that has been discussed for many years [31-36] is due to combined estrogen and progestin (MPA) use, not supplementation with estrogen alone, as had been suggested by earlier research [37]. The data for the WHI study indicated increasing breast cancer risk in the estrogen plus progestin group with increasing duration of HRT use. For just the 74% of women enrolled with no previous use of HRT, there was an observed 1.06-fold increased breast cancer risk (95% CI 0.81-1.38) [1O].

Hormone replacement therapy and risk of ovarian cancer

In the WHI CEE plus MPA arm, there was a trend towards increased ovarian cancer in the estrogentreated group [13]. The HR for estrogen plus progestin use compared with placebo was 1.58 (95% CI 0.77-3.24, p

An association between estrogen supplement use and increased risk of ovarian cancer has been discussed for several decades [39,4O]. For postmenopausal women, estrogen use for more than 10 years was found to have a statistically significant increased risk of death due to ovarian cancer (rate ratio =1.71) compared with non-users (95% CI 1.06-2.77) [41]. Other studies have also reported ovarian cancer increases in estrogen users compared with non-users [42].

Hormone replacement therapy and cognitive functions

Progestins such as MPA may counter some of the cardioprotective effects of estrogen [43] and may interfere with estrogen-induced improvements in cognitive function [44]. Observational studies suggest a reduction in the incidence of dementia for postmenopausal women using HRT [45] and even after the results of the WHI estrogen plus progestin arm were known, enthusiasm for the potential benefits of estrogen supplements on cognition has continued [46]. However, in the placebo-controlled WHI study, CEE plus MPA use was associated with a 2.05-fold increased risk of dementia (95% CI 1.21-3.48) and use of CEE alone with a 1.49-fold increased risk (95% CI 0.83-2.66, p > 0.05) (Table I). The results for dementia and cognitive function [14,15] indicate that exposure to MPA has deleterious effects on the brains of older postmenopausal women. It is not clear if the increased incidence of blood clots in women using oral HRT is related to declines in cognitive abilities.

The results for the incidence of dementia from the CEE alone arm may not be relevant to young postmenopausal women. The WHI dementia and cognition studies did not involve women under the age of 65 years. The cognitive benefits from estrogen were originally suggested by non-randomized studies of HRT users, many of whom were young and seeking treatment for vasomotor symptoms [47]. Possible cognitive benefits of estrogen may be seen most robustly in women who begin estrogen use near the time of menopause, perhaps before the structural brain changes associated with dementia become significant [47]. Such issues require further exploration.

Other doses or forms of estrogen may produce different results than those observed for orally administered CEE. Results from experimental animals that indicate positive effects of estrogen on cognition generally do not involve oral CEE [49]. A small placebo- controlled study with transdermal estradiol suggested the possibility of improvement for women with existing cognitive decline [49]. Asthana and colleagues reported an estrogen supplement- induced enhancement in verbal memory that correlated with the circulating levels of estradiol (r= 0.96, p

The results reviewed above indicate that MPA used with CEE is associated with a worsening of the major side-effects, as well as cognitive decline and elevated risk of breast cancer. There may be other progestogens that can be used, such as progesterone rather than MPA [52]. The partial estrogen agonist estriol may also provide benefits against cancer (see below) and cognitive decline [53].

Low-dose strategy hormone replacement therapy to minimize side- effects

When estrogen levels were monitored during estrogen therapy and compared with subjective well-being [54], higher plasma levels of estrogen were associated with unpleasant side-effects such as nausea and breast tenderness. It is important to prescribe the lowest dose that provides relief on an individualized basis. Some women find relief from hot flushes with doses that are lower than those used in the WHI studies [55], e.g. a\bout half of the dose (CEE 0.3 mg/ day) is adequate for some women [56]. Given the known variability in metabolism of estrogen, individualization of the estrogen dose continues to be recommended, as is common practice for any drug with a low therapeutic index [57]. For women who have relief of symptoms with lower levels of estrogen, co-administered progestogens can also be in lower doses. It was found that endometrial hyperplasia was adequately blocked in women given CEE 0.3 mg/day and MPA 1.5 mg/day [58].

Conventional versus bioidentical hormones

The combination of CEE 0.625 mg/day with MPA 2.5 mg/day (Prempro(TM)) has been the conventional form of HRT in the USA since the 1990s for women having undergone natural menopause with intact uteri. Premarin(TM) and Prempro(TM) contain a complex mixture of hormone metabolites, some of which can be metabolically converted in women to the potent human estrogen hormone estradiol. However, some of the minor components of CEE preparations make major contributions to the estrogenic activity of CEE and have poorly characterized or unrecognized actions inside the human body [59]. For example, conjugated equilenin and equilin account for more than 10% of CEE and some of their metabolites in the human body may have antiestrogenic or other effects [59].

The term ‘bioidentical’ has been adopted to refer to the forms of hormones found endogenously in women: estradiol, estriol and progesterone [60]. The most commonly used sources for these compounds are soy and wild yam, which contain molecular components that can be chemically modified to match the structures of the endogenous hormones. Supplemental administration of the endogenous human sex steroid hormones has a long history [61] and is referred to as bioidentical hormone therapy (BHT) [62]. The sketchy nature of the published literature regarding use of BHT was recently reviewed [63]. Due to paucity of efficacy and safety data, there is a need for clinical trials testing combinations of bioidentical hormones in the treatment of vasomotor symptoms.

Endogenous human hormones

In the non-pregnant human female, some estradiol is ultimately metabolized to estriol [64]. Estradiol has generally been found to be present at levels higher than that of estriol except during pregnancy (Table III) [66-72]. Before menopause, ovarian follicles are the source of greater than 90% of estrogen [73] and estradiol is the major biologically active estrogen made by non-pregnant human females during their reproductively active years. Relief of hot flushes in postmenopausal women can usually be achieved by maintaining serum estradiol levels at 40-50 pg/ml [74], the lowest level of estradiol that is expected to be seen in a typical menstrual cycle. Conversion of androstendione to estrone by non- ovarian tissues is the main source of estrogens after menopause. Using radioactive estradiol and estrone, Longcope demonstrated that there is very little (

Table III. Sex steroid hormone levels in menstruating, pregnant and postmenopausal women [65-72].

Two major isoforms of human estrogen receptor have been characterized, ERa and ERβ. The dissociation constant (k^sub d^) of estriol for binding to the ligand-binding domain of human ERβ is 5.6 nM, while for the ERα ligand-binding domain k^sub d^ is 18 nM [75]. In contrast, estradiol has usually been reported to have preferential binding to ERα. The k^sub d^ for estradiol binding to human ERα was reported to be as low as 0.06 nM [76] while estradiol has been reported to bind to two ERβ receptor forms with affinities in the range of 1-8 nM [77]. Thus, estriol and estradiol bind to ERβ with similar affinities while estradiol has higher affinity for ERα. A comparison of the relative affinities of estradiol and estriol for just the human ERα ligand-binding domain indicated a 15-fold higher affinity for estradiol than for estriol [75].

During pregnancy when estradiol levels are highest in women, estriol levels are even higher (Table III). Estriol is produced in large amounts by a metabolic pathway that involves the fetus [78]. The addition of estriol to estradiol to treat symptoms of menopause may prove beneficial and there may be physiological functions of ERβ in target tissues such as the brain [53,79] that can be facilitated by administration of an ERβ-preferring estrogen such as estriol. Since estradiol and estriol cause different kinds of conformational changes in estrogen receptors [80], an estrogen supplement containing only estradiol may not be able to accomplish all of the physiological functions of a combination of estradiol and estriol.

Alternatives to conventional estrogen therapy

The hydrophobic hormones estradiol and estriol are usually bound to carrier proteins present in the fluid compartments of the body and are rapidly metabolized to more hydrophilic conjugates such as sulfates and glucuronides [81]. Estriol and estradiol can be well absorbed when administered orally. However, when these estrogens are absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract they are subject to efficient first-pass metabolism in the liver [82]. Topical and transdermal formulations permit application without first-pass metabolism, and may reduce the stimulation of liver production of clotting proteins (discussed further below).

Use of bioidentical hormones

A recent meta-analysis of placebo-controlled studies compared the efficacy of topically administered estradiol, oral estradiol and oral CEE for the treatment of hot flushes in postmenopausal women [83]. Nelson’s analysis of data from 14 clinical trials indicated that the number of hot flushes per week decreased in women using each of these forms of estrogens compared with placebo control groups. For the one clinical trial with oral CEE that met the criteria for the meta-analysis [2], there was a mean change in the reported number of hot flushes per week of -19.1 (95% CI -33.0 to – 5.1). For oral estradiol the results from five trials demonstrated a mean difference of -16.8 (95% CI -23.4 to -10.2). For transdermal estradiol the results from six trials indicated a mean difference of -22.4 (95% CI -35.9 to -10.4). These results indicate that estradiol is as efficacious as CEE for treating hot flushes and that transdermal estradiol can be as efficacious as oral administration [83].

Oral administration of combinations of steroid hormones

Use of the bioidentical sex steroid hormones estradiol, estriol and progesterone (as opposed to CEE and MPA) for HRT introduces pharmacokinetic challenges due to their hydrophobicity and metabolism [66]. Absorption into the body can be enhanced by making sure that the hormones are finely ground [84]. However, even if absorption from the gastrointestinal tract is efficient, the bioavailability of sex steroid hormones after oral administration is generally low and highly variable. For example, a study of one preparation of estradiol found oral bioavailability to vary from 1 to 12% [78]. Some of the variability seen with oral administration is due to differences in estrogen metabolism between individuals [86].

Pharmacokinetic studies of sex steroid hormones demonstrate rapid clearance. The half-life of estradiol in postmenopausal women is typically 2-3 h [87]. Time to peak serum concentration after oral administration of sex steroid hormones is about 1-3 h. Serum estradiol levels typically return to near baseline within 24 h after a single oral dose [66]. These pharmacokinetics of bioidentical steroid hormone supplements prompted the use of synthetic estrogens and progestins that have more convenient pharmacokinetics [88]. However, multiple oral doses of sex steroid hormones can be used during a 24-h period in order to limit the large swings in serum concentration that occur with a single daily oral dose, and can achieve a therapeutic benefit.

A daily oral dose of 200 mg micronized progesterone is effective at preventing endometrial hyperplasia in women receiving estrogen [89]. An oral dose of 200 mg progesterone produces peak serum levels similar to progesterone levels of premenopausal women [9O]. Absorption and clearance of oral progesterone is rapid [9O]. As much as 90% of an oral dose of progesterone is metabolized by the liver in a first-pass effect [91]. Some metabolites of progesterone have actions in the brain [92] and some women experience serious neurological sideeffects such as dizziness and drowsiness following oral administration of progesterone [91].

In summary, while bioidentical hormones can be administered orally, they have poor oral bioavailability. The rapid metabolism by the liver and the hydrophobic nature of sex steroid hormones suggests that topical administration should be carefully considered as a viable route of administration [93].

Topical administration of steroid hormones

While there are bioavailability issues with oral bioidentical hormones, transdermal or topical bioidentical hormones can provide additional alternatives [94]. The two main advantages of transdermal administration are the opportunity for sustained release of steroids from a juxtacutaneous depot source and the lack of the large first- pass metabolism by the liver [95].

Transdermal administration of estradiol

Transdermal administration of estradiol can maintain serum levels within a relatively narrow range for an extended period of time [96], with relatively low variation in bioavailability between individuals [87], due to lack of the large first-pass conversion of estradiol to inactive metabolites and estrone [82]. Compliance with transdermal estradiol is good when a convenient means of hormone \application is provided that is not irritating to the skin [97]. Based on comparative bioavailability, some investigators began to advocate topical estradiol over oral estrogen in the early 1980s [98].

Women who applied two new transdermal patches (0.2 mg estradiol in 24 h; Estraderm(TM)) each day for 15 days attained about twice the serum concentration of estradiol as for oral 1.0 mg estradiol every 12 h [99]. Various estradiol-containing creams and gels have been approved for topical administration of estradiol [10O]. Estradiol cream applied topically in different amounts can allow patients to control and individualize their serum hormone level [101]. Transdermal steroid delivery patches can help avoid transfer of topical steroids to family members through physical contact.

Differences in activity of oral and transdermal/ topical hormones may reflect different levels of stimulation of liver actions. In one study, the incidence of venous thromboembolism was found to be higher in users of oral estrogen than for transdermal administration. The odds ratio for venous thromboembolism in current users of oral and transdermal estrogens compared with non-users was 3.5 (95% CI 1.86.8) and 0.9 (95% CI 0.5-1.6), respectively [102]. Markers of blood clotting risk such as activated protein C resistance that are associated with oral estrogen use are not seen with transdermal administration [103].

Transdermal absorption of estriol

Estriol administered by the vaginal route has been used to treat menopause-related symptoms [104], but no studies have been published for human topical delivery of estriol into the bloodstream. A study using mouse skin organ culture indicated that estradiol is absorbed through mouse skin about eight times more efficiently than the more hydrophilic estriol [105]. Human studies of estriol bioavailability after transdermal administration are needed.

Topical administration of progesterone

It is expected that topical administration of progesterone would also have benefits over oral administration [91]. Progesterone production in women is thought to be about 25 mg/day during the mid- luteal phase [91]. The large first-pass metabolism prevents most orally administered progesterone from reaching the blood plasma and generates metabolites with undesirable side-effects [91]. In order to protect the endometrium from the effects of estrogen, a large amount (often 200 mg) of progesterone is administered by the oral route.

Both nasally [106] and vaginally [107] administered progesterone have been shown to result in enough bioavailability to have effects on the endometrium. Good vaginal absorption of progesterone has been widely reported [108] and there is better vaginal bioavailability of progesterone than oral bioavailability [109]. As is the case for estrogens, progesterone has a much greater bioavailability (about 40- fold) after vaginal administration than oral administration [109]. However, it has been suggested that the topical route of administration does not allow for adequate absorption [91].

Given the large person-to-person variability reported for progesterone bioavailability [110], suitably large populations are needed to obtain valid averaged results. Monitoring of progesterone levels in individuals may be required to make sure that desired circulating levels are maintained.

These results for progesterone bioavailability indicate that a definitive study is needed comparing the bioavailability of progesterone after oral and topical administration. A small study with 12 postmenopausal women who used either 200 mg oral progesterone once daily or progesterone cream 40 mg twice daily found similar dose-adjusted bioavailability for the two routes of administration [111], suggesting that topically applied progesterone creams are effective for delivery of progesterone. Previously published bioavailability data for both oral and topical administration vary considerably from study to study. However, topical administration of progesterone might provide enough progesterone to the blood plasma to protect the endometrium from the effects of estrogen supplementation, particularly if low doses of estrogen are used. In one study, twice daily use of 1.5% progesterone cream blocked endometrial cell proliferation induced by CEE 0.625 mg/day [112].

Leonetti and associates reported that topical progesterone 20 mg/ day applied in a cream can block estrogen-stimulated endometrial proliferation [113]. However, others have reported that topically applied progesterone up to 64 mg/day had no detectable effect on the endometrium [114]. Additional studies are needed to confirm if topically administered progesterone can prevent estrogen supplement- induced uterine hyperplasia.

Progesterone versus medroxyprogesterone acetate

After the results of the WHI estrogen plus progestin arm were published, the US Food and Dug Administration (FDA) asked marketers of estrogen supplements to emphasize the risks associated with HRT use. Now that the results of the WHI estrogen alone arm are also available, new FDA guidelines for warnings about the health problems (blood clotting, breast cancer, dementia) caused by synthetic progestins (MPA) are needed. As discussed above, orally administered progesterone (and possibly topically applied progesterone) has the ability to block estrogen-induced endometrial hyperplasia. Below, we review the existing evidence suggesting that progesterone may be safer than MPA, with a different side-effect profile.

Human tissues contain at least two major forms of nuclear progesterone receptors, PRA and PRB. PRA lacks 164 amino acids that are present at the NH2-terminal end of PRB. For many genes that are regulated by progestogens, PRB is the more effective transcription activator while PRA often has a dominant negative effect on PRB [115]. A screen for progesterone-regulated genes found 65 that were regulated by PRB, four by PRA, and 25 by both [116].

The normal physiological roles of the two progesterone receptor forms in the uterus are still under investigation. Based on results with cultured endometrial cells and synthetic progesterone receptor gene transfection experiments, it has been suggested that antiproliferative actions of progesterone on uterine cells may depend only on PRB expression [117]. However, uterine responses to progesterone were reported to be normal in mice that lack expression of PRB [118].

Differences between the roles of PRA and PRB in different tissues may explain how progestins can prevent uterine cancer and promote breast cancer. In contrast to the results for the uterus discussed above, breast development and response to progesterone are not normal in the absence of PRB [118]. It has been reported that the two progesterone receptor types seem to be coordinately regulated in normal breast epithelial cells, but this coordination is frequently lost in breast cancer cells [119]. It has been suggested that selective modulation of PRA activity by progestins may be particularly important for the regulation of mammary gland hyperplasias [118]. Synthetic PR subtype and cell type-selective progesterone receptor modulators are now being investigated [120] with the hope that some of the side-effects observed with existing progestins might be avoided if more selective progestins are used. Use of the bioidentical progesterone supplement in combination with estrogens may avoid some of the deleterious effects associated with synthetic progestin use.

There are studies that indicate progesterone may have fewer side- effects than synthetic progestins. Postmenopausal women using CEE 0.625 mg/day plus MPA 5 mg/day have more vaginal bleeding and breast tenderness than those using CEE plus progesterone (200 mg/day, oral) [121]. In the Postmenopausal Estrogen/Progestin Interventions clinical trial, the use of progesterone 200 mg/day resulted in 0.62- to 0.68-fold fewer musculoskeletal sideeffects than MPA 2.5 mg/day [122]. Synthetic progestins may have detrimental side-effects on the cardiovascular system [123] and the brain [44] that are not observed with progesterone. This might account for the higher incidences of CVD and dementia in users of combined CEE plus MPA compared with CEE alone (Table I). Results from clinical trials and basic research on breast cancer, dementia and CVD suggest that synthetic progestins may be more deleterious than progesterone when used as part of HRT for postmenopausal women [52]. Long-term clinical trials testing progesterone are required to clarify the differences in side-effect profile of progesterone and synthetic progestins such as MPA. Some recent reports suggest that it might be possible to use progesterone rather than synthetic progestins and avoid progestin-induced increases in breast cancer risk [124].

Efficacy and bioavailability of estriol

Although basic research on the physiological effects of estriol has been limited [125] compared with the amount of research on estradiol, there is interest in estriol as a drug with a different spectrum of sideeffects than estradiol [126]. Much of the research on estriol as a treatment for menopause symptoms has focused on results showing that estriol can alleviate symptoms such as hot flushes and night sweats while not providing as much stimulation of endometrial cell growth as is seen with the more potent estrogen agonist estradiol [127]. However, estriol is not entirely without growth stimulatory effect on the uterus, so ‘estriol alone’ does not seem to be a viable therapy for women with a uterus [29]. A weak association between vaginal estriol administration and endometrial cancer was detected in a case-control study [128].

Following oral estriol, estriol metabolites are present in the circulation at higher levels than estriol itself while only 1-2% of the administered estriol reaches the circulation in unconjugated form [88]. Estriol sulfate levels increase dramatically in the blood after or\al estriol [129]. The poor bioavailability of oral estriol is strong motivation for the use of topically applied estriol, but most of the existing efficacy data for estriol are for the vaginal and oral routes of administration with very little published information concerning topical delivery of estriol. Once estriol reaches the blood plasma, it is rapidly removed from circulation [65].

It was reported that estriol levels can remain elevated for many hours after a single oral dose, possibly because of enterohepatic recycling [13O]. Peak plasma levels of estriol following 1 mg oral estriol averaged about 50 pmol/ml and were still above baseline after 24 h [131]. Plasma levels near 100 pmol/1 were reported 24 h after a 3 mg oral estriol dose, with peak levels of about 300 pmol/ 1 several hours after estriol ingestion [13O]. When a 12 mg oral dose of estriol was used the average peak plasma level of estriol was reported to be about 500 pmol/1 and a level of about 300 pmol/1 was still detected 24 h later [132]. Similar but generally lower levels of estriol were observed following oral estriol administration under fasting conditions [133].

Several studies have reported that menopausal symptoms can be relieved with estriol [134,135]. However, it is difficult to compare such studies with studies of other estrogens and there have been few studies directly comparing oral estriol’s effectiveness to estradiol or CEE in treating vasomotor symptoms. In one study, estriol 2-4 mg/ day was found to be less effective than CEE 0.625 mg/day [136].

There are conflicting results from several clinical trials that involved treating vasomotor symptoms with various oral doses of estriol. There have also been attempts to examine follicle- stimulating hormone (FSH) as a biomarker for biological activity of estriol supplements. A daily oral dose of 2 mg estriol was found to be effective in only those women in whom FSH levels showed a relatively large decrease [134]. A daily oral dose of 2 mg estriol was found to decrease the FSH levels of most postmenopausal women only slightly [137]. Other studies with oral estriol 2 mg/day reported no change in the average FSH level [127,138]. Schiff and co- workers also found that a 4 mg oral dose of estriol has little effect on FSH levels [129]. When estriol was provided at the level of three daily 2 mg oral doses there was a significant decrease in FSH levels [139]. One study that tested oral estriol for relief of severe vasomotor symptoms at a range of doses (2, 4, 6 and 8 mg/ day) reported a direct relationship between dose and effectiveness as measured by the Kupperman index [14O]. In this study FSH levels were decreased following estriol use, most dramatically by the 8 mg/ day dose (reduced to about one-third of the baseline value). Another study found 4 mg/day generally ineffective while 12 mg/day showed some effectiveness in some patients [141]. Estriol appears to be efficacious for the treatment of vasomotor symptoms in some women, at variable doses. However, since estriol binds poorly to steroid hormone-binding proteins in the blood [142] and is cleared from the blood with a half-time of a few minutes [65], circulating levels of estriol might not be particularly useful for monitoring estriol bioavailability to target tissues.

Saliva has been suggested as a suitable biological fluid for measuring estriol levels [143]. It is not clear that measures of estriol in the blood are the best indicators of an effective dose of estriol, particularly when topically administered. An estriol metabolite such as estriol sulfate, estriol levels in saliva or levels of some estriol metabolite in urine are better indicators of estriol bioavailability than is the circulating level of estriol in the blood. Alternatives to measuring blood levels of estriol should also be further investigated for their utility in monitoring individual variations in estriol bioavailability.

Estriol may have beneficial effects by acting as an agonist at ERβ or through its ability to inhibit activation of ERa by estradiol. There have been suggestions of important physiological roles for ERβ in both the brain and the cardiovascular system. For example, ERβ knockout mice have brain changes that resemble those associated with Alzheimer’s disease [53] and vasoconstriction in response to estrogen and hypertension [144]. Estriol has also been suggested to have a physiological function in preventing cancer, discussed briefly in the next section. Even if estriol alone is not efficacious for treatment of vasomotor systems, estriol may be useful as an adjunct in estrogen combination therapies, e.g. estradiol and estriol combination (Biest(TM)), discussed below.

Can estriol inhibit carcinogenesis by acting on estrogen receptor β?

Results showing that estriol actions through ERβ can modulate or complement the effects of estradiol binding to ERa [145,146] have stimulated interest in the development of synthetic ERβ-selective estrogens [147]. Estrogen receptor subtype- selective ligands should help to reveal which effects of estrogen on target tissues are mediated by ERa and which by ERβ. One of the most studied effects of estrogens is stimulation of cell proliferation and its association with carcinogenesis. Most evidence is consistent with a key role for ERa in estrogen-induced cell proliferation. Several lines of investigation have suggested that estriol might be able to act in a complementary way with ERα- preferring estrogens to limit estrogen-induced cell proliferation and, possibly, carcinogenesis. Investigations have begun into the existence of mutations in the human ERβ gene that might contribute to breast cancer risk [ 148]. Estriol stimulates the development of uterine cancer less than estradiol [127].

It was originally suggested in the 1960s that there might be an association between low estriol levels and increased risk of breast cancer [149]. Experiments with laboratory rodents also suggested that estriol has a protective effect against the induction of breast cancer [15O]. Exposure of rats to estriol prior to exposure to carcinogens such as 7,12-dimethylbenz(a) anthracene resulted in the prevention of 80-90% of the tumors that could be induced in the absence of exposure to estriol [151]. Similar studies of inhibition of carcinogenesis in rodents following activation of sex steroid hormone receptors have continued [152].

Recent results have led to the suggestion that ERβ- preferring estrogens may be useful for combating cancer [153] and that ERβ can function as a tumor suppressor [154,155]. These results suggest reasons for investigating if combinations of sex steroid hormones that include an ERβ-preferring estrogen such as estriol are safer than estradiol alone.

Conclusions

Long-term, placebo-controlled safety and efficacy clinical trials should be conducted for topically applied combinations of estradiol, estriol and progesterone. Existing evidence suggests that transdermal administration of combinations of these bioidentical hormones may have advantages over conventional oral HRT. In particular, the risk of blood clotting may be minimized for some combinations of hormones consisting of topical estrogen administration with progesterone rather than synthetic progestin. Clinical trials testing low-dose, topically applied estrogens such as estradiol with estriol without synthetic progestin for young postmenopausal women may be able to demonstrate cardiovascular benefits of these combination estrogen therapies.

Strategies to avoid the rebound of vasomotor symptoms upon estrogen supplement withdrawal are needed when minimizing length of therapy with hormones. Possibly certain forms of estrogen supplementation in effective doses will make tapering estrogen doses easier.

Exploration of alternative estrogen supplements such as Biest(TM) (combined estradiol and estriol) plus progesterone needs to take place within a research environment where individualization of treatment is emphasized and a comprehensive approach to the treatment of menopause symptoms is used, one that integrates the therapy with lifestyle changes (e.g. smoking cessation, weight loss, diet modifications, exercise). The development of simple tests and monitoring devices that will allow women to easily monitor their estrogen levels to control their vasomotor symptoms more precisely will be helpful. Long-term monitoring and record-keeping of patient histories, treatments and therapy outcomes, which will serve to aid in making individually appropriate decisions about estrogen supplement use by postmenopausal women, is absolutely necessary to develop beneficial treatment for menopausal symptoms that has minimal risk.

Acknowledgements

We thank Dr John Dye, Dr Jennifer Orlowski, Dr Jennifer Nevels and Dr Debi Smolinski for stimulating discussions and all their other contributions during the preparation of this review. The review was prepared with funding support from Southwest College of Naturopathic Medicine. There were no conflicts of interest in the preparation of this manuscript.

References

1. Jokinen K, Rautava P, Makinen J, Ojanlatva A, Sundell J, Helenius H. Experience of climacteric symptoms among 42-46 and 52- 56-year-old women. Maturitas 2003;46:199-205.

2. Coope J, Thomson JM, Poller L. Effects of ‘natural oestrogen’ replacement therapy on menopausal symptoms and blood clotting. Br Med J 1975;4:139-143.

3. MacLennan A, Lester S, Moore V. Oral estrogen replacement therapy versus placebo for hot flushes: a systematic review. Climacteric 2001;4:58-74.

4. Vihtamaki T, Savilahti R, Tuimala R. Why do postmenopausal women discontinue hormone replacement therapy? Maturitas 1999;33:99- 105.

5. North American Menopause Society. Treatment of menopause- associated vasomotor symptoms: position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause 2004;11:11-33.

6. Nelson HD. Postmenopa\usal estrogen for treatment of hot flashes: clinical applications. J Am Med Assoc 2004;291: 1621-1625.

7. Kronenberg F. hot flashes: epidemiology and physiology. Ann N Y Acad Sei 1990;592:52-86, discussion 123-133.

8. Harvey AG, Tang NK. Cognitive behaviour therapy for primary insomnia: can we rest yet? Sleep Med Rev 2003;7: 237-262.

9. Hochberg Z, Pacak K, Chrousos GP. Endocrine withdrawal syndromes. Endocr Rev 2003;24:523-538.

10. Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, LaCroix AZ, Kooperberg C, Stefanick ML, Jackson RD, Beresford SA, Howard BV, Johnson KC, et al. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results from the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. J Am Med Assoc 2002;288:321- 333.

11. Manson JE, Hsia J, Johnson KC, Rossouw JE, Assaf AR, Lasser NL, Trevisan M, Black HR, Heckbert SR, Detrano R, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and the risk of coronary heart disease. N Engl J Med 2003;349:523-534.

12. Anderson GL, Limacher M, Assaf AR, Bassford T, Beresford SA, Black H, Bonds D, Brunner R, Brzyski R, Caan B, et al. Effects of conjugated equine estrogen in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. J Am Med Assoc 2004;291: 1701-1712.

13. Anderson GL, Judd HL, Kaunitz AM, Barad DH, Beresford SA, Pettinger M, Liu J, McNeeley SG, Lopez AM. Effects of estrogen plus progestin on gynecologic cancers and associated diagnostic procedures: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trial. J Am Med Assoc 2003;290:1739-1748.

14. Shumaker SA, Legault C, Kuller L, Rapp SR, Thal L, Lane DS, Fillit H, Stefanick ML, Hendrix SL, Lewis CE, et al. Conjugated equine estrogens and incidence of probable dementia and mild cognitive impairment in postmenopausal women: Women’s Health Initiative Memory Study. J Am Med Assoc 2004;291:2947-2958.

15. Shumaker SA, Legault C, Rapp SR, Thai L, Wallace RB, Ockene JK, Hendrix SL, Jones BN 3rd, Assaf AR, Jackson RD, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and the incidence of dementia and mild cognitive impairment in postmenopausal women: the Women’s Health Initiative Memory Study: a randomized controlled trial. J Am Med Assoc 2003;289: 2651-2662.

16. Chlebowski RT, Wactawski-Wende J, Ritenbaugh C, Hubbell FA, Ascensao J, Rodabough RJ, Rosenberg CA, Taylor VM, Harris R, Chen C, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and colorectal cancer in postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med 2004;350:991-1004.

17. Hodges RM. The effects of oral estrogen-progestin compounds on blood coagulation factors. Im J Fertil 1968; 13: 349-353.

18. CaIi RW. Management of the climacteric and postmenopausal woman. Med Clin North Am 1972;56:789-800.

19. Tice LF. Estrogens: their function, uses and hazards. Part 2. Am Pharm 1978;18:30-33.

20. Nachtigall LE, Nachtigall RH, Nachtigall RD, Beckman EM. Estrogen replacement therapy I: a 10-year prospective study in the relationship to osteoporosis. Obstet Gynecol 1979; 53:277-281.

21. Pritchard KI. Estrogen/hormone replacement therapy and the etiology of breast cancer. Recent Results Cancer Res 1998;152:22- 31.

22. Hersh AL, Stefanick ML, Stafford RS. National use of postmenopausal hormone therapy: annual trends and response to recent evidence. J Am Med Assoc 2004;291: 47-53.

23. Grady D, Herrington D, Bittner V, Blumenthal R, Davidson M, Hlatky M, Hsia J, Hulley S, Herd A, Khan S, et al. Cardiovascular disease outcomes during 6.8 years of hormone therapy: Heart and Estrogen/progestin Replacement Study follow-up (HERS II). J Am Med Assoc 2002; 288:49-57.

24. Howard BV, Kuller L, Langer R, Manson JE, Allen C, Assaf A, Cochrane BB, Larson JC, Lasser N, Rainford M, et al. Risk of cardiovascular disease by hysterectomy status, with and without oophorectomy: the Women’s Health Initiative Observational Study. Circulation 2005;! 11:1462-1470.

25. Fremont-Smith M, Meigs JV, Graham RM, Gilbert HH. Cancer of endometrium and prolonged estrogen therapy. J Am Med Assoc 1946;131:805-808.

26. Quint BC. Changing patterns in endometrial adenocarcinoma: a study of 291 consecutive cases at a large private hospital, 1960- 1973. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1975;122: 498-501.

27. Anderson DG. The possible mechanisms of action of progestins on endometrial adenocarcinoma. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1972;113:195- 211.

28. Gambrell RD Jr. Estrogens, progestogens and endometrial cancer. J Reprod Med 1977;18:301-306.

29. Emons G, Huschmand-Nia A, Krauss T, Hinney B. Hormone replacement therapy and endometrial cancer. Onkologie 2004;27:207- 210.

30. Diamanti-Kandarakis E. Hormone replacement therapy and risk of malignancy. Gurr Opin Obstet Gynecol 2004; 16: 73-78.

31. Wingo PA, Layde PM, Lee NC, Rubin G, Ory HW. The risk of breast cancer in postmenopausal women who have used estrogen replacement therapy. J Am Med Assoc 1987;257: 209-215.

32. Kelsey JL, Gammon MD. The epidemiology of breast cancer. CA Cancer J CHn 1991;41:146-165.

33. Schairer C, Byrne C, Keyl PM, Brinton LA, Sturgeon SR, Hoover RN. Menopausal estrogen and estrogen-progestin replacement therapy and risk of breast cancer (United States). Cancer Causes Control 1994;5:491-500.

34. Steinberg KK, Smith SJ, Thacker SB, Stroup DF. Breast cancer risk and duration of estrogen use: the role of study design in meta- analysis. Epidemiology 1994;5:415-421.

35. Hulka BS. Epidemiologie analysis of breast and gynecologic cancers. Prog Clin Biol Res 1997;396:17-29.

36. Colditz GA. Relationship between estrogen levels, use of hormone replacement therapy, and breast cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1998;90:814-823.

37. Ross RK, Paganini-Hill A, Wan PC, Pike MC. Effect of hormone replacement therapy on breast cancer risk: estrogen versus estrogen plus progestin. J Natl Cancer Inst 2000; 92:328-332.

38. Jemal A, Murray T, Ward E, Samuels A, Tiwari RC, Ghafoor A, Feuer EJ, Thun MJ. Cancer statistics, 2005. CA Cancer J Clin 2005;55:10-30.

39. Weiss NS, Lyon JL, Krishnamurthy S, Dietert SE, Liff JM, Dating JR. Noncontraceptive estrogen use and the occurrence of ovarian cancer. J Natl Cancer Inst 1982;68:95-98.

40. Folsom AR, Anderson JP, Ross JA. Estrogen replacement therapy and ovarian cancer. Epidemiology 2004; 15:100-104.

41. Rodriguez C, Calle EE, Coates RJ, Miracle-McMahill HL, Thun MJ, Heath CW Jr. Estrogen replacement therapy and fatal ovarian cancer. Am J Epidemiol 1995;141:828-835.

42. Risch HA. Estrogen replacement therapy and risk of epithelial ovarian cancer. Gynecol Oncol 1996;63:254-257.

43. Koh KK, Sakuma I. Should progestins be blamed for the failure of hormone replacement therapy to reduce cardiovascular events in randomized controlled trials? Arterioscler Thromb Vase Biol 2004;24:1171-1179.

44. Nilsen J, Brinton RD. Divergent impact of progesterone and medroxyprogesterone acetate (Provera) on nuclear mitogenactivated protein kinase signaling. Proc Natl Acad Sei U S A 2003; 100:10506- 10511.

45. LeBlanc ES, Janowsky J, Chan BK, Nelson HD. Hormone replacement therapy and cognition: systematic review and meta- analysis. J Am Med Assoc 2001;285:1489-1499.

46. Maggi A, Ciana P, Belcredito S, Vegeto E. Estrogens in the nervous system: mechanisms and nonreproductive functions. Annu Rev Physiol 2004;66:291-313.

47. Yaffe K, Sawaya G, lieberburg I, Grady D. Estrogen therapy in postmenopausal women: effects on cognitive function and dementia. J Am Med Assoc 1998;279:688-695.

48. Henderson VW. Hormone therapy and Alzheimer’s disease: benefit or harm? Expert Opin Pharmacother 2004;5:389406.

49. Gureviciene I, Puolivali J, Pussinen R, Wang J, Tanila H, Ylinen A. Estrogen treatment alleviates NMDA-antagonist induced hippocampal LTP blockade and cognitive deficits in ovariectomized mice. Neurobiol Learn Mem 2003;79: 72-80.

50. Asthana S, Craft S, Baker LD, Raskind MA, Birnbaum RS, Lofgreen CP, Veith RC, Plymate SR. Cognitive and neuroendocrine response to transdermal estrogen in postmenopausal women with Alzheimer’s disease: results of a placebo-controlled, double-blind, pilot study. Psychoneuro-endocrinology 1999;24:657-677.

51. Thai LJ, Thomas RG, Mulnard R, Sano M, Grundman M, Schneider L. Estrogen levels do not correlate with improvement in cognition. Arch Neurol 2003;60:209-212.

52. Grady D, Ernster VL. Hormone replacement therapy and endometrial cancer: are current regimens safe? J Natl Cancer Inst 1997;89:1088-1089.

53. Zhang QH, Huang YH, Hu YZ, Wei GZ, Han XF, Lu SY, Zhao YF. Disruption of estrogen receptor β in mice brain results in pathological alterations resembling Alzheimer disease. Acta Pharmacol Sin 2004;25:452-457.

54. de Lignieres B, Vincens M. Differential effects of exogenous oestradiol and progesterone on mood in post-menopausal women: individual dose/effect relationship. Maruritas 1982; 4:67-72.

55. Crandall C. Low-dose estrogen therapy for menopausal women: a review of efficacy and safety. J Womens Health (Larchmt) 2003; 12:723-747.

56. Yasui T, Uemura H, Tezuka M, Yamada M, Irahara M, Miura M, Aono T. Biological effects of hormone replacement therapy in relation to serum estradiol levels. Horm Res 2001;56:38-44.

57. Yasui T, Uemura H, Takikawa M, Irahara M. Hormone replacement therapy in postmenopausal women. J Med Invest 2003;50:136-145.

58. Pickar JH, Yeh I, Wheeler JE, Cunnane MF, Speroff L. Endometrial effects of lower doses of conjugated equine estrogens and medroxyprogesterone acetate. Fertil Steril 2001;76:25-31.

59. Campagnoli C, Ambroggio S, Biglia N, Sismondi P. Conjugated estrogens and breast cancer risk. Gynecol Endocrinol 1999;13(Suppl):13-19.

60. Romero M. Bioidentical hormone replacement therapy. Customizing care for perimenopausal and menopausal women. Adv Nurse Pract 2002; 10:47-48, 51-52.

61. Furuhjelm M, Carlstrom K. Treatment of climacteric and postmenopausal women with 17β-oestradiol and norethisterone acetate. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1977;56:351-361.

62. Francisco L. Is bio-identical hormone therapy fact or fairy tale? Nurse Pract 2003;28:39-44.

63. Boothby LA, Doering PL, Kipersztok S. Bio\identical hormone therapy: a review. Menopause 2004; 11:356-367.

64. Lievertz RW. Pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of estrogens. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1987;156:1289-1293.

65. Longcope C. Estriol production and metabolism in normal women. J Steroid Biochem 1984;20:959-962.

66. Fotherby K. Bioavailability of orally administered sex steroids used in oral contraception and hormone replacement therapy. Contraception 1996;54:59-69.

67. van Haaften M, Donker GH, Haspels AA, Thijssen JH. Oestrogen concentrations in plasma, endometrium, myometrium and vagina of postmenopausal women, and effects of vaginal oestriol (E^sub 3^) and oestradiol (E^sub 2^) applications. J Steroid Biochem 1989;33:647- 653.

68. Corson SL. A decade of experience with transdermal estrogen replacement therapy: overview of key pharmacologic and clinical findings. Int J Fertil 1993;38:79-91.

69. Franz C, Watson D, Longcope C. Estrone sulfate and dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate concentrations in normal subjects and men with cirrhosis. Steroids 1979;34:563-573.

70. Ranadive GN, Mistry JS, Damodaran K, Khosravi MJ, Diamandi A, Gimpel T, Castracane VD, Patel S, Stanczyk FZ. Rapid, convenient radioimmunoassay of estrone sulfate. Clin Chem 1998;44:244-249.

71. Standefer J. Direct radioimmunoassay for serum estriol during pregnancy. Clin Chem 1976;22:484-488.

72. Cauley JA, Gutai JP, Kuller LH, Powell JG. The relation of endogenous sex steroid hormone concentrations to serum lipid and lipoprotein levels in postmenopausal women. Am J Epidemiol 1990; 132:884-894.

73. Johnston A. Estrogens – pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics with special reference to vaginal administration and the new estradiol formulation – Estring. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand Suppl 1996;163:16-25.

74. Speroff L, Whitcomb RW, Kempfert NJ, Boyd RA, Paulissen JB, Rowan JP. Efficacy and local tolerance of a low-dose, 7day matrix estradiol transdermal system in the treatment of menopausal vasomotor symptoms. Obstet Gynecol 1996;88: 587-592.

75. Rich RL, hoth LR, Geoghegan KF, Brown TA, LeMotte PK, Simons SP, Hensley P, Myszka DG. Kinetic analysis of estrogen receptor/ ligand interactions. Proc Natl Acad Sei USA 2002;99:8562-8567.

76. Ekena K, Katzenellenbogen JA, Katzenellenbogen BS. Determinants of ligand specificity of estrogen receptor-α: estrogen versus androgen discrimination. J Biol Chem 1998;273:693- 699.

77. Hanstein B, Uu H, Yancisin MC, Brown M. Functional analysis of a novel estrogen receptor-β isoform. Mol Endocrinol 1999;13:129-137.

78. Mesiano S, Jaffe RB. Developmental and functional biology of the primate fetal adrenal cortex. Endocr Rev 1997;18:378-403.

79. Isgor C, Cecchi M, Kabbaj M, Akil H, Watson SJ. Estrogen receptor β in the paraventricular nucleus of hypothalamus regulates the neuroendocrine response to stress and is regulated by corticosterone. Neuroscience 2003;121:837-845.

80. Paige LA, Christensen DJ, Gron H, Norris JD, Gottlin EB, Padilla KM, Chang CY, Ballas LM, Hamilton PT, McDonnell DP, et al. Estrogen receptor (ER) modulators each induce distinct conformational changes in ERa and ERβ. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1999;96:3999-4004.

81. Ruder HJ, Loriaux L, Lipsett MB. Estrone sulfate: production rate and metabolism in man. J Clin Invest 1972;51: 1020-1033.

82. Powers MS, Schenkel L, Darley PE, Good WR, Balestra JC, Place VA. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of transdermal dosage forms of 177bgr;-estradiol: comparison with conventional oral estrogens used for hormone replacement. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1985;152:1099-1106.

83. Nelson HD. Commonly used types of postmenopausal estrogen for treatment of hot flashes: scientific review. J Am Med Assoc 2004;291:1610-1620.

84. Chaumeil JC. Micronization: a method of improving the bioavailability of poorly soluble drugs. Methods Find Exp Clin Pharmacol 1998;20:211-215.

85. Kuhnz W, Louton T, Back DJ, Michaelis K. Radioimmunological analysis of ethinylestradiol in human serum. Validation of the method and comparison with a gas chromatographic/mass spectrometric assay. Arzneimittelforschung 1993;43:16-21.

86. Englund DE, Johansson ED. Plasma levels of oestrone, oestradiol and gonadotrophins in postmenopausal women after oral and vaginal administration of conjugated equine oestrogens (Premarin). Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1978;85:957-964.

87. Ginsburg ES, Gao X, Shea BF, Barbieri RL. Half-life of estradiol in postmenopausal women. Gynecol Obstet Invest 1998;45:45- 48.

88. Kuhl H. Pharmacokinetics of oestrogens and progestogens. Maturitas 1990;12:171-197.

89. Sitruk-Ware R, Bricaire C, De Lignieres B, Yaneva H, Mauvais- Jarvis P. Oral micronized progesterone. Bioavailability Pharmacokinetics, pharmacological and therapeutic implications – a review. Contraception 1987;36:373-402.

90. Maxson WS, Hargrove JT. Bioavailability of oral micronized progesterone. Fertil Steril 1985;44:622-626.

91. Warren MP, Shantha S. Uses of progesterone in clinical practice. Int J Fertil Womens Med 1999;44:96-103.

92. Brussaard AB, Wossink J, Lodder JC, Kits KS. Progesteronemetabolite prevents protein kinase C-dependent modulation of γ-aminoburyric acid type A receptors in oxytocin neurons. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2000;97:3625-3630.

93. Minkin MJ. Considerations in the choice of oral vs. transdermal hormone therapy: a review. J Reprod Med 2004; 49:311- 320.

94. Sitruk-Ware R. Percutaneous and transdermal oestrogen replacement therapy. Ann Med 1993;25:77-82.

95. O’Connell MB. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacologie variation between different estrogen products. J Clin Pharmacol 1995;35(Suppl):18S-24S.

96. Taggart W, Dandekar

What Are Memories Made Of?

Why is it that amnesia patients can’t remember their names or addresses, but they do remember how to hold a fork? It’s because memories come in many flavors, says Fred Helmstetter, professor of psychology at the University of Wisconsin”“Milwaukee (UWM). Remembering what is not the same as remembering how.

“Different circuits in the brain are activated when you remember what you had for breakfast this morning versus when you fell off a bicycle in second grade,” says Helmstetter, who researches the brain’s regulation of memories, emotions and learning.

And it’s those distinctive connections in the brain’s communication network that differentiate between the “aware,” or conscious, memories and the unconscious ones, some of which Helmstetter calls “emotional memories.”

Selectivity is one of the many aspects of memory that intrigues him, and it’s key to his research into the specific brain process that is responsible for making you aware of what you’ve learned or remembered.

Dissecting the mechanisms behind emotional memory is important because the region of the brain that governs this also controls fear and anxiety. That is why an emotional memory, such as a traumatic car accident, can activate the autonomic nervous system, causing bodily responses like an increase in heart rate, sweating and blood pressure ““ even if you don’t realize it.

So the research has implications for a variety of illnesses, from Alzheimer’s disease to anxiety disorders.

Unraveling the differences between kinds of memories, Helmstetter believes, depends on understanding the chemical changes that happen in the brain at the molecular level.

Helmstetter’s work has already shown how memories are stored in certain neurons. Now he wants to know more about the molecular players that make the brain’s whole network of constantly changing memory connections possible. His extramural funding has come from sources such as the National Science Foundation and the National Institute of Mental Health.

Once thought to be static, the adult brain is now known to be the opposite ““ constantly forming or breaking neural connections and growing new cells.

It happens automatically when you exercise, take drugs or recover from certain illnesses. But it also occurs by simply thinking: The brain reroutes its communication pathways and its genetic instructions in response to experience.

“When you first learn something, such as how to ride a bike, there is an actual physical change in the brain ““ the cells make proteins they didn’t make before,” Helmstetter says.

The brain’s capacity for dynamic states, called neuroplasticity, or just plasticity, makes tracking the circuitry behind memories a task of near-epic proportions. Hundreds of variables come into play.

Consider, for example, that a lot of memory formation and storage goes on simultaneously, some of it consciously and some of it unconsciously. And, in the time it takes to commit something to memory, hundreds of other experiences are being sorted and perhaps stored.

A message passed between two neurons is like person-to-person e-mail rather than a listserv. It does not trigger a global response in the brain’s processing network.

Sound complicated? “That’s right,” says Helmstetter. “Plasticity is functionally infinite.”

So how can scientists investigate under such a tempest of changing circumstances? It would be impossible to track all the neural adjustments marking every new condition, Helmstetter concedes. So he uses a mix of approaches.

One weapon in his investigative arsenal is an imaging technique that produces a 3-D picture of the parts of the human brain that are active during memory formation or recall. Using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), Helmstetter can “map” the anatomy of plasticity because it allows him to actually see, in real time, where cells are more active and use more energy.

But since it isn’t yet possible to observe which genes turn on and off while humans call up their memories, he does the next best thing: He studies what happens in rats. He further simplifies the experiments by modifying the expression of whole families of genes at once.

“Our initial approach has been to use broad strokes,” he says. “We suppress the whole compliment of genes involved in memory formation rather than chasing each individual gene and its expression.”

The rat results are then compared with the information gleaned from the memory imaging in humans to see if there’s a correlation. The memory circuitry is the same in both organisms, he says.

But of potentially more value is finding the exact role that genes and proteins play in the brain in response to stimuli, he says, because genes also are affected by environment.

What he’s discovered suggests he is on the right track. Storage of a memory is a time-dependent endeavor. The process of making a memory involves a set of genes that are expressed or come “on” right away, he says.

“We now look at time versus structure,” he says. “And we’re focused on a set of proteins that appear to be required in several parts of your brain right after something important happens to you.”

On the Web :

http://www.uwm.edu/

MHA Announces Launch of Combo Pharmacy Class of Trade

FLORHAM PARK, N.J., Jan. 4 /PRNewswire/ — Managed Health Care Associates, Inc. (MHA), the nation’s largest Alternate Site GPO, announced today the launch of its new Combo Pharmacy Class of Trade. MHA has added a large number of new pharmacy contracts to enhance a program that had been offered to members of PBI, prior to PBI’s acquisition by MHA last August. This new offering will enable Independent Community Pharmacies that currently service retail patients the ability to access contract pricing for their institutional and home infusion patients as well. In addition to enhancing the pharmacy portfolio, MHA has also formed a strictly dedicated Combo Pharmacy National Accounts Management Team to service its existing base of over 300 members.

Michael J. Sicilian, President of MHA stated, “This is another example of MHA’s ability to identify, and dedicate resources towards new Classes of Trade that increase value to our members. Historically the Alternate Site GPO model has been focused on Closed Door Pharmacy Providers that are required to exclude retail patients in order to access contracts and discounts. While certainly this class of trade offers a more limited portfolio than might be available to a Closed Door pharmacy, the Combo Pharmacy Class of Trade allows Independent Community Pharmacy Providers to service Retail, Institutional and Home Infusion patients within their current service model. The MHA program has also been well received by the wholesaler community as it does not compete with their generic drug source programs and it gives our members the best of both worlds from a contract purchasing perspective.”

Carol Godfrey, Director of Combo Pharmacy Services with MHA, commented, “PBI was already the largest Combo Pharmacy GPO in the country. Through the addition of an expanded contract portfolio and a dedicated account team, MHA is poised to continue to expand this leadership position in the future.”

Managed Health Care Associates, Inc. (MHA) is the largest Alternate Site GPO in the country servicing the Long Term Care, Home Infusion, Combo Pharmacy and Specialty Pharmacy industries. MHA is also the leading Long Term Care Pharmacy Network Manager with focus on serving the Medicare D patient population. MHA’s success is driven by unparalleled member support, competitive contracts, and the ability to create sophisticated, customized, web tools and reports, designed to increase savings and promote profitability. Members utilize MHA’s services to assist in the purchasing of a complete line of pharmaceuticals, medical supplies, capital equipment, and food, as well as, network access to the majority of the largest national and regional prescription drug plans managing the newly created Medicare Part D drug benefit. MHA also offers a variety of services to medical supply, pharmaceutical manufacturers and prescription drug plan organizations, including contract administration, marketing, and continuing education.

   For More Information Contact:   Anthony Cilento   Corporate Communications Manager   Managed Health Care Associates, Inc.   800-642-3020 x4472   [email protected]  

Managed Health Care Associates, Inc.

CONTACT: Anthony Cilento, Corporate Communications Manager of ManagedHealth Care Associates, Inc., +1-800-642-3020 x4472, or [email protected]

Web site: http://www.mhainc.com/

Spontaneous Rupture of the Spleen in Secondary Amyloidosis: A Patient With Rheumatoid Arthritis

By Aydinli, B; Ozturk, G; Balik, A A; Aslan, S; Erdogan, F

Keywords: Amyloidosis, spleen, spontaneous rupture, rheumatoid arthritis

Abstract

A 63-year-old man who had had a history of rheumatoid arthritis presented with shock and hemoperitoneum, without a history of trauma. An emergency laparatomy revealed hemoperitioneum and splenic rupture with massive bleeding. Splenectomy was performed. Histopathological examination of the spleen revealed amyloid deposition in the wall of the vessels. Rectal biopsy revealed amyloid deposition in mucosa that indicating amyloidosis was systemic. Histochemical studies showed that amyloid was secondary or AA.

Introduction

Amyloidosis describes a group of diseases characterized by the extracellular deposition of fibrillar proteins. The disorders may be primary, secondary, or hereditary, and the deposits may be localized or systemic [1]. In secondary or AA amyloidosis, the acute phase reactant protein serum amyloid A is deposited in tissues. Among the causes of AA amyloidosis are rheumatic diseases (Rheumatoid and Juvenile arthritis), idiopathic diseases (Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis), inherited diseases (familial Mediterranean fever), and infectious diseases (tuberculosis and leprosy) [1,2]. AA accumulates predominantly in small vessel walls and parenchymal organs such as spleen, liver and kidney in human and various animal species [3]. Peritoneal hemorrhage following splenic rupture is rare, but there is an increased risk of this complication in patients with underlying systemic amyloidosis. Involvement of the spleen is common and, although this is usually of no clinical significance, it is recognized such abnormal spleens may rupture spontaneously [4].

Case

A 63-year-old man presented with shock and features of hemoperitoneum. The patient had no trauma history. The patient had abdominal pain and diffuse tenderness. On admission, the patients blood pressure was 70/30 mmHg and heart rate 120/min. Laboratory test revealed hemoglobin 5.3 g/dL, leucocytes 17.6 10^sup 9^/L, platelets 332 10^sup 9^/L and his PT and PTT levels were 77.4% and 45.2 s, respectively, INR was 1.2. The patient had splenomegaly with subcapsullary hematoma and free intraperitoneal fluid, which was visible on an emergency abdominal, computed tomographic (CT) scan (Figure 1). On emergency laparatomy, several liters of old and fresh blood in the upper abdomen and bleeding from a laceration of the anterior surface of the spleen were present (Figure 2). The spleen was removed. The liver was a little enlarged, there was no evidence of any other intra-abdominal pathology, and no lymphadenopathy was seen in the abdomen suggesting a lymphoproliferative disorder. Tru- cut biopsy was performed from the enlarged liver during the laparatomy.

Histopathological examination of the spleen showed deposits of amyloid, mainly in the wall of the vessels (Figure 3), with green birefringence after staining with Congo red in polarized light. Pretreatment with potassium permanganate resulted in the loss of congophilia, indicating that the amyloidosis was secondary. On biopsy, the architecture of the liver was normal, but fatty changes and mild cholestasis were also present. Endoscopic rectal biopsy was performed, and mucosal amyloid deposition was observed with Congo red staining. The patient had a long rheumatoid arthritis (RA) history, but he had received medical therapy for RA for the last 2 years. Postoperative laboratory findings showed no deficiency of factor X. The echocardiographic evaluation was normal. The patient was vaccinated against pneumoccoci and hemophilus within first day after splenectomy and was placed on prophilactic benzyl-penicillin application for 6 mondis thereafter. The postoperative course was uneventful, and the patient was discharged from the hospital on the fourth postoperative day. The patient has had no any problems during 4-year follow-up.

Figure 1. Abdominal-computed tomographic (CT) scan reveals subcapsular hematoma and free intraperitoneal fluid (arrow).

Figure 2. Appearance of the lacerated spleen.

Figure 3. Congo-red staining showed deposits of amyloid, mainly in wall of the vessels of the red pulp of the spleen (white arrow).

Discussion

Amyloidosis is a functional disorder marked by unusual depositions of amyloid protein in various organs such as liver, spleen and kidney [5]. Progressive accumulation of amyloid compresses and replaces normal tissue, and it leads to organ dysfunction. Amyloidosis is usually seen in a systemic form, although 10-20% of cases can be localized [6]. Systemic amyloidosis is subclasified by a particular precursor protein into two major forms; primary amyloidosis (AL amyloidosis) and secondary amyloidosis (AA amyloidosis) [6]. We determined systemic amyloidosis with endoscopic rectal biopsy in our patient. Amyloid A (AA) amyloidosis is a secondary disorder induced by chronic infection or inflammation, such as osteomyelitis, tuberculosis, rheumatoid arthritis, or granulomatous ileitis (5). Secondary amyloidosis results from defective metabolism of the inflammatory acute-phase reactant precursor protein, serum amyloid A (SAA), whose concentration strongly correlates with inflammatory disease activity [7]. The prevalence of AA amyloidosis among persons effected by ankylosing spondiylitis, rheumatoid arthritis and Crohn’s disease ranges from 0.5 to 13%, [2]. Secondary amyloidosis is well recognized as a severe complication in the late stages of RA. Nevertheless it may develop, even in patients with a short history of RA, when the disease is active [8]. Our patient had a long RA history, but he had received treatment only for the last 2 years.

Splenic involvement is common in amyloidosis, but splenomegaly is seen only 4-13% of all patients. Amyloid deposition in the spleen can be at three major sites; the red pulp, the white pulp, and the blood vessels. Clinical manifestations of splenic involvement are rare and include pain, hyposplcnism, infarction, and rupture [9]. In the present case, amyloid deposition was seen around the blood vessels.

Spontaneous rupture of the spleen, which has been associated with a number of different underlying conditions, is not common but associated with high mortality. The incidence of spontaneous splenic rupture is unclear [10]. It has been suggested that since the spleen is a friable vascular organ, it is particularly susceptible to parenchymal bleeding when disease, trauma, or vascular obstruction and infection, especially in the setting of coexisting coagulation disorders, damage the architecture. While infectious diseases including infectious mononucleosis and malaria have been the most commonly reported disorders associated with spontaneous splenic rupture, cases associated with sarcoidosis, Gaucher’s disease, hematological malignancies, connective disorders, and amyloidosis have also been reported [10].

The mechanism of spontaneous rupture of the spleen in amyloidosis is unknown. It is generally thought to be caused by rapid expansion of the splenic capsule, which has become rigid because of amyloid deposits. Fragility of the vascular red pulp from amyloid infiltration of the blood vessel walls, and coagulation abnormalities including factor X deficiency and protrombin time prolongation, may also be contributory factors [11].

Complications like spontaneous rupture are usually found postmortem in the amyloid disease, but the use of computed tomography makes antemortem diagnosis possible [12]. In our case, splenic rupture was diagnosed at the beginning and emergency splenectomy was successfully performed.

The postoperative diagnosis was performed with histopathological examination of spleen. Green birefringence after Congo red staining is highly specific for amyloid and a polarization facility is mandatory for diagnosing amyloid [13]. Following pretreatment with potassium permanganate, the loss of congophilia indicates tiiat amyloidosis is secondary, such as in our case [9]. Endoscopic rectal biopsy showed amyloid deposition in the mucosa, and this finding stated that the amyloidosis was systemic.

Splenic rupture has been reported in AL amyloidosis commonly [10,14-21]. Nevertheless spontaneous splenic rupture due to secondary amyloidosis has been reported in two cases (Table I) [9]. In our case histopamological findings supported that our patient who had a treatment history of RA for 2 years has developed secondary amyloidosis.

Modern surgical approach tends to preserve the spleen as long as possible, and this has been carried out successfully in spontaneous splenic ruptures of infections mononucleosis. Splenic preservation has not been attempted in the reported cases of splenic amyloidosis. Owing to the persistent intraperitoneal bleeding, the conservative treatment had to be abandoned [9].

Table I. Characteristics of ruptured amyloid spleen cases in selected literature.

In conclusion splenic amyloidosis must be kept in mind ins patient who have spontaneous splenic rupture, especially with chronic diseases such as RA.

References

1. Gillmore JD, Lovat LB, Persey MR, Pepys MB, Hawkins PN. Amyloid load and clinical outcome in AA amyloidosis in relation to circulating concentration of scrum amyloid A protein. Lancet 2001;358:24-29.

2. Rcken C, Radun D, Glasbrenner B, Malfertheiner P, Roessner A. Generalized AA-amyloidosis in a 58-year-old caucasion woman with an 18-monthhistory of gastrointestinal tuberculosis. Virchows Arch 199;434:95-100.

3. Wien TN, Omtvedt LA, Landsve T, Husby G. Characterization of proteoglycans and glycosaminoglycans in splenic AA amyloid induced in mink. Scand J Immunol 2000;52: 576-583.

4. Dedi R, Bhandari S, Sugar PM, Turney JH. Delayed splenic rupture as a cause of hemoperitoneum in a CAPD patient with amyloidosis. Nephrol Dial Transplant 2001;16:2446.

5. Hosaka N, Ito M, Taki Y, Iwai H, Toki J, Ikehara S. Amyloid A gastrointestinal amyloidosis associated with idiopathic retroperitoneal fibrosis. Are Pathol Lab Med 2003;127: 735-738.

6. Monzawa S, Tsukamota T, Omata K, Hosoda K, Araki T, Sugimura K. A case with primary amyloidosis of the liver and spleen: radiologic findings. Eur J Radiol 2002;41: 237-241.

7. Gottenberg JE, Merle-Vincent F, Bentabeny F, Allanore Y, Berenbaum F, Fautrel B et al. Anti-tumor necrosis factor 2 therapy in fifteen patients with AA amyloidosis secondary to inflammatory arthritides. Arthritis Rheum 2003;48: 2019-2024.

8. Nakamura T, Yamamura Y, Tomoda K, Tsukano M, Shono M, Baba S. Efficacy of cyclophosphamide combined with prednisolone in patients with AA amyloidosis secondary to rheumatoid arthritis. Clin Rheumatol 2003;22:371-375.

9. Rajesh G, Gurpreet S, Shashanka B, Kim V, Bishan R. Spontaneous rupture of the amyloid spleen: a report of two cases. J Clin Gastroenterol 1998;26:161.

10. Oran B, Wright DG. Seldin DC, McAnney D, Skinner M, Sanchorawala V. Spontaneous rupture of the spleen in AL amyloidosis. Am J Hematol 2003;74:131-131.

11. Nowak G, Westermark P, Wernerson A, Herlenius G, Sletten K, Ericzon BG. Liver transplantation as rescue treatment in a patient with primary AL kappa amyloidosis. Transpl Int 2000;13:92-97.

12. Sandberg-Gertzen H, Ericzon BG, Blomberg B. Primary amyloidosis with spontaneous splenic rupture, cholestasis, and liver failure treated with emergency liver tarnsplantation. Am J Gastroenterol 1998;93:2254-2256.

13. Rcken C, Sletten K. Amyloid in surgical pathology. Virchows Arch 2003;443:3-16.

14. Polliack A, Hershko C. Spontaneous rupture of the spleen in amyloidosis. Isr J Mod Sci 1972;8:57-60.

15. McMahon MJ, Lintott JD, Mair WS, Lee PW, Duthie JS. Occult rupture of the spleen. Br J Surg 1977;64:641-643.

16. Wilson H, Yawn DH. Rupture of the spleen in amyloidosis. J Am Med Assoc 1979;241:790-791.

17. Okazaki K, Moriyasu F, Shkimura T, et al. Spontaneous rupture of the spleen and liver in amyloidosis-a case report and review of the literature. Gastroenterol Jpn 1986;21: 518-524.

18. Kozicky OJ, Brandt LJ, Lederman M, Milcu M. Splenic amyloidosis: a case report of spontaneous splenic rupture with a review of the pertinent literature. Am J Gastroenterol 1987;82:582- 587.

19. Festa V, Falcetto G, Garrone C, Simone P, Valente G, Morino M, Migliena C. Spontaneous rupture of the spleen caused by primary amyloidosis. Description of a clinical case. Minerva Chir 1989;31(44):1525-1528.

20. Russell TJ, Ferrera PC. Spontaneous rupture of an amyloid spleen in a patient on continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. Am J Emerg Med 1998;16:279-280.

21. Sandberg-Gertzen H, Ericzon BG, Blomberg B. Primary amyloidosis with spontaneous splenic rupture, cholestasis, and liver failure treated with emergency liver transplantation. Am J Gastroenterol 1998;93:2254 2256.

B. AYDINLI1, G. OZTURK1, A. A. BALIK4, S. ASLAN2, & F. ERDOGAN3

1 Department of General Surgery, 2 Department of Emergency Medicine and 3 Department of Pathology, Ataturk University, School of Medicine, Erzurum, Turkey, and Department of General Surgery, Gaziantep University, School of Medicine, Gaziantep, Turkey

Correspondence: Bulent Aydinli, M.D., Department of General Surgery, Ataturk University School of Medicine, Erzurum, Turkey. Tel: +90 442 3166333,2247 (work). Fax: +90 442 3166340. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Sep 2006

(c) 2006 Amyloid. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

‘Ferrill Five’ Quintuplets Doing Fine

By BETSY TAYLOR

ST. LOUIS – It has taken an oversized effort to deliver and care for the quintuplets already known as the “Ferrill Five.” Born to parents Pete and Jenny Ferrill of Danville, Ill., on Dec. 21, each weighed a little more than 3 pounds.

All are doing well, though the babies are expected to stay in a neonatal intensive care unit at St. Louis Children’s Hospital for several more weeks.

About 100 doctors, nurses and other staffers helped deliver the two girls and three boys at Barnes-Jewish Hospital in St. Louis.

Hospital staff said Wednesday that they practiced the deliveries ahead of time, using bags of saline as stand-ins for the babies. Staffers were assigned to teams in the operating room for specific babies; from there they were immediately brought to a stabilizing nursery next door.

Quintuplet births have been recorded about 200 times in the United States, said Dr. Michael Paul, the obstetrician who delivered the quints, with about 745 on record in the world.

Just one girl, Irelyn, still remains on a ventilator. The children could go home at the end of February or early March, doctors said.

“Just being able to see them and touch them is a miracle unto itself,” said Jenny Ferrill, 29.

She, her husband, and dozens of hospital workers wore T-shirts that read “Team Quint,” with the letter “i” repeated five times – two of them pink, three of them blue – at a news conference about the births.

The Ferrills said at first they thought they were having twins, then four children. When they got the word during an ultrasound examination that Jenny Ferrill was carrying five children, it was mind-boggling, Pete Ferrill said.

The couple decided to use fertility treatments after two previous miscarriages and consider all five children to be blessings.

“It was totally amazing that each one was ours, and all a part of us,” the 33-year-old father said.

Jenny Ferrill was hospitalized Oct. 30 at Barnes-Jewish and remained on bed rest for weeks to reach her 31st week of pregnancy, the time doctors determined to be best for her health and that of the babies.

At the news conference, the hospital gave the parents five one-piece outfits, each personalized with a baby’s name. The parents, in return, gave their doctor a framed painting of a child, created by a relative.

Word-of-mouth and the Internet already are providing updates in Danville, a city of about 30,000 residents about 200 miles northeast of St. Louis.

“They look beautiful,” said friend Mindy Keller, who has been receiving updates on the family’s additions from Jenny’s mother and checking a Web site for photos of the little ones.

Friends are discussing a schedule to provide help with girls Irelyn Kadyn, Kieran Skye and boys Landyn Konner, Layne Mykel and Drayden Karter.

They hope to take turns dropping off hot meals for the parents, along with diapers and baby wipes, Keller said.

The Ferrills said they are grateful for the support. “So many people have offered to do laundry for us, or cook, or rock babies,” Jenny Ferrill said. She said they’ll rely on some outside help, but plan to limit the number of people to protect the health of the premature babies.

Pete Ferrill, a social worker, said he’ll continue at his job, but said he just completed a master’s degree in industrial organization psychology and may find new work. Despite the challenges, he said the family will find the money to support itself.

The couple also said they’re open to having more children, possibly through adoption.

—-

On the ‘Net:

The Ferrill Five: http://www.ferrillfive.com

Swan Song Next Year, Ballet Star Darcey Bussell Will Retire From the Stage. But, After 28 Years As a Dancer, What Will She Do Next? Peter Ross Finds Out

By Peter Ross

IF you haven’t yet seen Darcey Bussell dance, you are running out of time. On June 8, Britain’s best-loved ballerina will give her farewell performance, in Song Of The Earth. “I’ve been building up to this, ” she says, “but I know it’s going to be a wrench.” Bussell is 37, still a young woman, and yet ballet dancers are the mayflies of high culture – their working lives are short and there is little to show for even the most celebrated careers; they are often left with nothing more than fading photographs, the faint echo of applause, and a muffled memory of heart-thumping joy once felt at the apex of a leap.

I meet Bussell in the Royal Opera House, Covent Garden, where The Royal Ballet is based. She sits on a couch with all the languorous ease of a burns victim on a bed of nails. Repose does not come naturally. She has always had a surfeit of energy. As a child in Notting Hill she was “wildly hyperactive” – a running, jumping, dancing dervish forever striking poses. Her self-obsession grew to such monstrous proportions that her father threatened to cover every mirror with a sheet, as if at a wake.

Bussell is five foot seven, tall for a ballerina. She has a cold, feels “knackered”, sips Diet Coke, and is mostly wearing black – shorts, tights and weird quilted moon boots zipped over her ballet shoes.

Velcroed around her waist is a blue back-warmer with her surname written on it in black marker.

Everything about her, from her name (“Darcey is Irish. It means dark angel”) to her coltish figure, neat brown bob and wholesome good looks, makes her appear to have lindy-hopped from the pages of PG Wodehouse.

She is the sort of whip-smart filly over whom Bertie Wooster could easily make a fool of himself. He probably wouldn’t notice her wedding ring, though it’s as big as the Ritz.

We flick through a magazine with her photograph on the cover. She points to a picture of Rudolf Nureyev (“I met him in Monte Carlo. He was like a cripple then, poor guy. I think it was his ideal to die on stage”) and rolls her chocolate coin eyes at a photograph of her rival, the great French ballerina Sylvie Guillem. “My good friend, Sylvie.

She avoids me like the plague.”

This is a rare moment of negativity from Bussell. There’s something of the ambassador’s wife about her – strategically pleasant. “I’m very diplomatic in the way I meet people and speak to them, ” she admits. Yet she also says: “To do an art like ballet there are going to be other sides to you, and what makes you tick, but whether you give all that away is up to you.” The implication of course is that she chooses not to give herself away, and I certainly get a strong impression of churning emotions not far beneath the placid surface. Occasionally there’s a ripple, but not often. At one point she tells me, “I desperately want to be understood”, but it’s like trying to understand the Pacific Ocean while standing in Partick – she holds herself at too great a distance.

Nevertheless, one must take the plunge.

We start talking about her imminent retiral.

I mention that when I interviewed the dancer Michael Clark he described his withdrawal from the stage as a kind of bereavement; he had lost the person he was. Can Bussell relate to that? “Very much, ” she says. “Well, it’s your identity really. I’ve only ever known this – I’ve been dancing professionally for 20 years, and I trained for eight years before that, so it’s horrible really to think about stopping – It’s the people you work with, the atmosphere you get when you are on stage, the adrenalin rush. I know I am going to have to replace that with other things. I feel so fortunate because I have two kids. A lot of dancers at the end of their career don’t have children to keep themselves occupied and focused. So I feel the luckiest person in the world that I can leave a career and have so much still.”

She and her husband Angus Forbes, an Australian banker, have two daughters, Phoebe, five, and Zoe, two. Bussell has had to ask herself: if I am not a dancer, who am I? The answer is: “I’m a mum.”

Having children is one of the reasons she is retiring. Not because pregnancy and childbirth have lessened her physical prowess – “My body actually feels quite good” – but because she wants to spend more time with her children, and is finding it difficult to focus on both parenting and performing.

“That’s the hardest thing – trying to be two different people.”

It’s a shame because she is certain her dancing has improved as a result of having children. She now has access to stronger emotions – “those passions that you feel deeply for your kids” – and is able to express these in her performances. Of course, that’s the tragic irony of being a professional dancer; with age and experience you have more to express, yet less ability to do so.

She’s going out at the top though. For many years Bussell has been one of the few dancers known by name to the average Brit, and is famous internationally too. She has achieved this by being the outstanding talent of her generation – an exceptionally strong dancer, known for the height of her jump – and by her willingness to play the media game. She has modelled for M&S, been photographed by Annie Liebowitz and appeared on Richard And Judy. In the National Portrait Gallery, 10 minutes from where we are today, they sell fridge magnets bearing her image.

Her success is the offspring of ability married to accessibility. None of this was accidental.

She likes showing off, but has always known that with the public on her side she would have the power to shape her own career.

CONTROL is important to her. She was uneasy during her pregnancies because she felt she had lost control of her body. She has always placed great emphasis on discipline and charting her own course. When she was 13 – “the odd girl at school” – she wrote down all the things she wanted to achieve in life. “I was always quite driven, ” she recalls. “It wasn’t for fame really.

I was just desperate to achieve well in one thing. I had a really bad schooling. I was always at the bottom of the class, and desperate to find that thing I could do really well.

So when I found that dance was one of my better things, I definitely focused on that.”

She later discovered she was dyslexic.

Given that she had problems expressing herself in words, it was a relief to discover she was so articulate with her body. That she uses dance to express her emotions is another reason she is going to find it so difficult to give up. “Any sort of feeling comes out physically for me, ” she says. “My vocab isn’t great, and I am conscious that I can speak a lot better with my body, and that’s where I get my confidence from.”

Perhaps she will have to learn to be more emotionally open in her off-stage life? “I think so, yeah. I am very good at being able to put a barrier up because I have my dance to express myself. I’ve never looked at it like this, but it’s very true – The worst thing is just losing my confidence as a person, not being able to fall back on knowing that I can do something really well.”

Bussell started attending the Royal Ballet School at the age of 13. This was a couple of years later than most girls, so she found herself far behind. At first she had a horrendous time (“It was a bit like joining the army, or entering a convent”), being shouted at by teachers, ostracised and humiliated by the other girls. “I had big doubts in my first year that I was doing the right thing. But there was obviously something inside me that felt I could change that. I also realised that dancing wasn’t going to be all lovely. I realised that if you weren’t bullied and put down then you weren’t going to make it. If you couldn’t take criticism then you weren’t going to achieve anything. It was the nature of the job.”

She persevered and quickly surpassed all those who had laughed at her. She denies this was sweet revenge, but admits to feeling a degree of oneupmanship when she was one of only four girls to land a job with the touring arm of The Royal Ballet at the end of her course. She continued her fast rise, and in 1989, aged only 20, was made a principal – meaning she could play lead roles in the great ballets. Britain fell for her.

IThasn’t been all roses, though. She was forced to take six months off in 1994 while recovering from a serious injury. She had been asked to perform Sleeping Beauty, and was keen because it was going to be filmed. However she was having terrible problems with her right ankle; she had developed a bone spur which was rubbing against the tendons. “So I did some very stupid things. I had a cortisone injection in my foot, and then a second one. I even had some bones removed from my ankle. It didn’t sink in until afterwards how stupid I was, how I was ruining the longevity of my career by forcing myself to make this film.”

Bussell was so keen to have Sleeping Beauty filmed because she can’t stand the transient nature of ballet – she might give a brilliant performance, but there is no record of it. “That’s really tough. I think it would be wonderful to be like a footballer where you have a replay of you scoring that goal.”

Since her marriage in 1997, her husband has filmed all her shows so that she has an archive of work. For someone whose reputation rests on their exquisite movement, Bussell is surprisingly interested in stillness – in capturing and preserving a moment.

That’s why she loves being photographed – “You get an end result you can have forever” – and why she finds significance in something as seemingly trite as being cast in wax for Madame Tussauds. “I wanted to keep the whole body. I thought it would be fun to have it in the garden and watch it deteriorate and grow mouldy and get rained on.”

Bussell has lots of plans for life after ballet, although she isn’t keen to get into specifics.

She has bought a pair of tap shoes, and aims to go skiing (forbidden before, lest she broke a leg). There is a workout book and a bit of TV presenting; she is also involved in an interior design business.

It’s hard to say whether she will be happy without the fantasy world of ballet. She tells me that she can relate to those actors who got into the profession because they didn’t like themselves and wanted to pretend to be other people – “I knew I wanted to be better than I was.” For 28 years she has been a dancer – it is “a being” within her – and now she is on the point of banishing that dark angel. She is putting a brave face on things, but in so far as you can feel sorry for a beautiful international star with a wonderful life, I feel sorry for Darcey Bussell. “I know how to let go, ” she assures me, but when it comes time to move on with her life, will that be the one leap she is frightened to make?

Darcey Bussell’s Dance Body Workout is published by Michael Joseph on January 11.

She presents The Magic Of Swan Lake on BBC1, January 21

(c) 2006 Sunday Herald. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.